Page Range | 56703-56858 | |
FR Document |
Page and Subject | |
---|---|
82 FR 56759 - Coordination of Protection Systems for Performance During Faults and Specific Training for Personnel Reliability Standards | |
82 FR 56827 - Sunshine Act Notice | |
82 FR 56827 - Sunshine Act Meeting | |
82 FR 56790 - Boundary Modification to Colorado Roadless Area Boundary, Rio Grande National Forest | |
82 FR 56851 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Neighborhood Environmental Survey | |
82 FR 56852 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Extension Without Change of a Currently Approved Information Collection: Pilots Convicted of Alcohol or Drug Related Motor Vehicle Offenses or Subject to State Motor Vehicle Administrative Procedures | |
82 FR 56851 - Agency Information Collection Activities: Requests for Comments; Clearance of Renewed Approval of Information Collection: Laser Operations in the Navigable Airspace (Advisory Circular (AC), Outdoor Laser Operations Previously Mistitled Notice of Proposed Outdoor Laser Operations | |
82 FR 56855 - Open Meeting of the Federal Advisory Committee on Insurance | |
82 FR 56851 - Notice of Intent To Rule on Change in Use of Aeronautical Property at Laurinburg-Maxton Airport, Maxton, NC | |
82 FR 56843 - Notice of Intent To Collect Fees at the Guffey Gorge Day-Use Area in Park County, Colorado | |
82 FR 56844 - Notice of Public Meeting for the Utah Resource Advisory Council | |
82 FR 56845 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request; Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA) Implementation Study | |
82 FR 56735 - Boscalid; Pesticide Tolerance | |
82 FR 56821 - Pesticide Emergency Exemptions; Agency Decisions and State and Federal Agency Crisis Declarations | |
82 FR 56739 - Nitrapyrin; Pesticide Tolerances | |
82 FR 56779 - Notice of Denial of Petitions for Rulemaking To Change the RFS Point of Obligation | |
82 FR 56824 - TSCA Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements; Standards for Small Manufacturers and Processors; Final Determination | |
82 FR 56744 - System Safety Program | |
82 FR 56818 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 56826 - Notice of Request for Comment on the Annual Report for Fiscal Year 2017 and Three-Year Plan | |
82 FR 56841 - The Performance Review Board; Correction | |
82 FR 56829 - National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program; List of Petitions Received | |
82 FR 56725 - Determination of Rates and Terms for Preexisting Subscription Services and Satellite Digital Audio Radio Services | |
82 FR 56833 - Request for Public Comment: 30-Day Notice for Extension of Fast Track Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery: IHS Customer Service Satisfaction and Similar Surveys | |
82 FR 56832 - Request for Public Comment: 60 Day Proposed Information Collection: Indian Health Service Information Security Ticketing and Incident Reporting | |
82 FR 56847 - Administrative Declaration of a Disaster for the State of North Carolina | |
82 FR 56856 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for Assumption Approval and/or Release From Personal Liability to the Government on a Home Loan | |
82 FR 56856 - Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review: Veteran/Servicemember's Supplemental Application for Assistance in Acquiring Specially Adapted Housing | |
82 FR 56855 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for United States Flag for Burial Purposes | |
82 FR 56857 - Agency Information Collection Activity under OMB Review: Supporting Statement Regarding Marriage | |
82 FR 56857 - Agency Information Collection Activity: Application for Service-Disabled Veterans Insurance | |
82 FR 56827 - Formations of, Acquisitions by, and Mergers of Bank Holding Companies | |
82 FR 56827 - Change in Bank Control Notices; Acquisitions of Shares of a Bank or Bank Holding Company | |
82 FR 56819 - Submission for OMB Review; Comment Request | |
82 FR 56848 - National Small Business Development Centers Advisory Board | |
82 FR 56747 - Pacific Island Pelagic Fisheries; 2017 Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands Bigeye Tuna Fishery; Closure | |
82 FR 56816 - Fisheries of the Exclusive Economic Zone Off Alaska; Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands Management Area; Cost Recovery Programs | |
82 FR 56703 - Child Nutrition Programs: Flexibilities for Milk, Whole Grains, and Sodium Requirements | |
82 FR 56849 - Request for Comments Regarding the Administration's Action Following a Determination of Import Injury With Regard to Large Residential Washers | |
82 FR 56819 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; Study of Higher Education Articulation Agreements Covering the Early Care and Education Workforce | |
82 FR 56847 - Notice of Intent To Renew an Information Collection | |
82 FR 56815 - Endangered Species; File No. 21260 | |
82 FR 56845 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Proposed Collection; Comments Requested; Notice of Appeal to the Board of Immigration Appeals From a Decision of a DHS Officer | |
82 FR 56853 - Notice of OFAC Sanctions Actions | |
82 FR 56836 - Certificate of Alternative Compliance for the TUG BENSON GEORGE MORAN | |
82 FR 56820 - Agency Information Collection Activities; Submission to the Office of Management and Budget for Review and Approval; Comment Request; E-Complaint Form | |
82 FR 56790 - Regulations and Procedures Technical Advisory Committee; Notice of Partially Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 56848 - Notice of Availability of the Final Environmental Impact Statement for the Foreign Missions Center at the Former Walter Reed Army Medical Center, Washington, DC | |
82 FR 56834 - National Institute on Drug Abuse; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 56835 - National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases; Notice of Meetings | |
82 FR 56834 - National Cancer Institute; Notice of Closed Meetings | |
82 FR 56835 - Center for Scientific Review; Notice of Closed Meeting | |
82 FR 56791 - Takes of Marine Mammals Incidental to Specified Activities; Taking Marine Mammals Incidental to Waterfront Improvement Projects at Portsmouth Naval Shipyard | |
82 FR 56842 - Endangered Species; Marine Mammal Receipt of Applications for Permit | |
82 FR 56763 - Medical Devices; Exemption From Premarket Notification: Class II Devices; Surgical Apparel; Request for Comments | |
82 FR 56828 - Determination of Regulatory Review Period for Purposes of Patent Extension; ADVANTAME | |
82 FR 56752 - Clothing Storage Unit Tip Overs; Request for Comments and Information | |
82 FR 56827 - Proposed Data Collection Submitted for Public Comment and Recommendations-National Hospital Ambulatory Medical Care Survey (NHAMCS) | |
82 FR 56749 - Airworthiness Directives; Airbus Airplanes | |
82 FR 56854 - Publication of the Tier 2 Tax Rates | |
82 FR 56765 - Centralized Partnership Audit Regime: International Tax Rules | |
82 FR 56723 - Airworthiness Directives; CFM International S.A. Turbofan Engines | |
82 FR 56781 - Amendments to Regulations Governing NVOCC Negotiated Rate Arrangements and NVOCC Service Arrangements | |
82 FR 56759 - The Food and Drug Administration's Approach To Evaluating Nicotine Replacement Therapies; Public Hearing; Request for Comments | |
82 FR 56780 - Proposed Flood Elevation Determinations for Snohomish County, Washington and Incorporated Areas | |
82 FR 56837 - Changes in Flood Hazard Determinations | |
82 FR 56853 - Reports, Forms, and Record Keeping Requirements Agency Information Collection Activity Under OMB Review |
Food and Nutrition Service
Forest Service
Industry and Security Bureau
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
Food and Drug Administration
Health Resources and Services Administration
Indian Health Service
National Institutes of Health
Coast Guard
Federal Emergency Management Agency
Fish and Wildlife Service
Land Management Bureau
Copyright Royalty Board
Federal Aviation Administration
Federal Railroad Administration
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
Foreign Assets Control Office
Internal Revenue Service
Consult the Reader Aids section at the end of this issue for phone numbers, online resources, finding aids, and notice of recently enacted public laws.
To subscribe to the Federal Register Table of Contents electronic mailing list, go to https://public.govdelivery.com/accounts/USGPOOFR/subscriber/new, enter your e-mail address, then follow the instructions to join, leave, or manage your subscription.
Food and Nutrition Service, USDA.
Interim final rule.
This interim final rule extends through school year 2018-2019 three menu planning flexibilities currently available to many Child Nutrition Program operators, giving them near-term certainty about Program requirements and more local control to serve nutritious and appealing meals to millions of children nationwide. These flexibilities include: Providing operators the option to offer flavored, low-fat (1 percent fat) milk in the Child Nutrition Programs; extending the State agencies' option to allow individual school food authorities to include grains that are not whole grain-rich in the weekly menu offered under the National School Lunch Program (NSLP) and School Breakfast Program (SBP); and retaining Sodium Target 1 in the NSLP and SBP. This interim final rule addresses significant challenges faced by local operators regarding milk, whole grains and sodium requirements and their impact on food development and reformulation, menu planning, and school food service procurement and contract decisions. The comments from the public on the long-term availability of these three flexibilities will help inform the development of a final rule, which is expected to be published in fall 2018 and implemented in school year 2019-2020.
The USDA, Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) invites interested persons to submit written comments on this interim final rule. Comments may be submitted in writing by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
All written comments submitted in response to this interim final rule will be included in the record and will be made available to the public. Please be advised that the substance of the comments and the identity of the individuals or entities submitting the comments will be subject to public disclosure. FNS will make the written comments publicly available via
Tina Namian, Chief, School Programs Branch, Policy and Program Development Division, Food and Nutrition Service, 703-305-2590.
The National School Lunch Program (NSLP) and School Breakfast Program (SBP) provide nutritious and well-balanced meals to millions of children daily. Section 9(a)(4) of the Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, 42 U.S.C. 1758(a)(4), requires that school meals reflect the latest Dietary Guidelines for Americans (Dietary Guidelines). On January 26, 2012, USDA published a final rule,
USDA subsequently published two additional final rules making conforming amendments to the requirements for the service of milk in competitive foods sold outside of the school meal programs (
Over the past five years, since the NSLP and SBP regulations were updated in 2012, some Program operators have experienced challenges with the whole grain-rich requirement and the sodium limits. To address these challenges, USDA took administrative steps, such as allowing enriched pasta exemptions for SYs 2014-2015 and 2015-2016, to provide flexibilities and ease the transition to the updated standards. Congress recognized the challenges as well, and, through Section 751 of the Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (Pub. L. 113-235), expanded the pasta flexibility to include other grain products.
Through successive legislative action, Congress directed the Secretary to allow
The 2017 Appropriations Act provides authority for exemptions for the whole grain-rich requirement through the end of SY 2017-2018, keeps Sodium Target 1 in place through the end of SY 2017-2018, and requires the Secretary to grant State agencies that administer the NSLP and SBP discretion to allow school food authorities (SFAs) that demonstrate a reduction in student milk consumption or an increase in milk waste to serve flavored, low-fat milk as part of a reimbursable meal or as a competitive beverage for sale (as specified in 7 CFR 210.11) through the end of SY 2017-2018.
This interim final rule provides optional flexibilities for SY 2018-2019 in a manner that is consistent with appropriations legislation in effect for SY 2017-2018 and previous administrative actions. In addition, this rule provides an opportunity for public comments that will inform USDA's development of a final rule on the long-term availability of the flexibilities. USDA intends to issue a final rule well in advance of school year 2019-2020, when the final regulations are expected to take effect.
In summary, the flexibilities provided by this interim final rule for SY 2018-2019 are the following:
• This rule allows Program operators in the NSLP, SBP, SMP, and CACFP (the Child Nutrition Programs (CNPs)) the option to offer flavored, low-fat (1 percent fat) milk as part of a reimbursable meal for students in grades K through 12, and for SMP and CACFP participants 6 years of age and older. Schools may also offer flavored, low-fat milk as a competitive beverage for sale. This optional flexibility expands the variety of milk in the CNPs and may encourage children's consumption of fluid milk nationwide.
• This rule allows State agencies to continue granting an SFA's exemption request to use specific alternative grain products if the SFA can demonstrate hardship(s) in procuring, preparing, or serving specific products that are acceptable to students and compliant with the whole grain-rich requirement. This rule responds to challenges experienced by some SFAs with the purchase, preparation, or service of products that comply with the whole grain-rich requirement in the NSLP and SBP.
• This rule retains Sodium Target 1 as the regulatory limit in the NSLP and SBP through the end of SY 2018-2019. Currently, USDA anticipates retaining Target 1 in the final rule through at least the end of SY 2020-2021 to provide SFAs more time to procure and introduce lower sodium food products, allow food industry more time for product development and reformulation, and give students more time to adjust to school meals with lower sodium content. Also, USDA anticipates that the sodium requirement will continue to be reevaluated for consistency with the Dietary Guidelines, which are updated every five years, and in response to Congressional action, as appropriate. To help inform the final rule, USDA seeks public comments on the long-term availability of this flexibility and its impact on the sodium reduction timeline established in 2012 and, specifically, the impact on Sodium Target 2.
This rule also includes minor technical corrections that remove obsolete dates related to the phased-in implementation of the school meal patterns. These technical revisions do not affect the intent or content of the regulations.
As noted earlier, Congress has provided mandates regarding flavored, low-fat milk, whole grains, and sodium effective for SY 2017-2018; therefore, this interim final rule is intended to address the optional flexibilities in effect for SY 2018-2019. No changes made under this interim final rule will extend beyond SY 2018-2019. Comments from State agencies, local Program operators, food industry, nutrition advocates, parents and other stakeholders on the day-to-day impact of these flexibilities will be extremely helpful in the development of the final rule. USDA will carefully consider all relevant comments submitted during the 60-day comment period for this rule, and intends to issue a final rule in fall 2018. USDA is committed to publication of a final rule well before implementation in SY 2019-2020. This will ensure that stakeholders have ample opportunity to make any necessary operational changes.
Legislative action taken by Congress through the annual appropriations process, starting with the 2012 fiscal year, provides short-term assistance to Program operators facing challenges but does not allow enough lead time to have a significant beneficial impact on menu planning, procurement, and contract decisions made in advance of the school year. To implement recurring appropriations legislation, USDA must take additional steps such as developing and disseminating implementation memoranda for Program operators. This creates a time lag that reduces the potential impact of the flexibilities, and causes confusion for Program operators who must keep track of multiple memoranda. For example, USDA issued several memoranda in response to annual appropriations legislation addressing the whole grain-rich requirement. These include SP 20-2015, Requests for Exemption from the School Meals' Whole Grain-Rich Requirement for School Years 2014-2015 and 2015-2016; SP 33-2016, Extension Notice: Requests for Exemption from the School Meals' Whole Grain-Rich Requirement for School Year 2016-2017; and SP 32-2017, School Meal Flexibilities for School Year 2017-2018.
When the 114th Congress began, but did not complete, the reauthorization process for the CNPs, the House and Senate authorizing committees drafted bills granting flexibilities in the three areas addressed by this rule—milk, whole grains and sodium. These preliminary reauthorization efforts reflected Congress' interest in providing stakeholders with additional flexibility in these areas.
Through this interim final rule, USDA is responding to Program operators' need for more flexibility to accommodate menu planning and procurement challenges, local operational differences, and community preferences. This rule also responds to
This rule signals USDA's commitment to an expeditious rulemaking process that will result in a final rule that provides long-term certainty on the flexibilities for milk, whole grains, and sodium. As explained next, food manufacturers need clarity and certainty prior to committing resources for research and product development/reformulation. School districts also need clarity and certainty in order to make menu planning, procurement, and contract decisions in advance of the school year.
USDA acknowledges that the flexibilities granted through annual appropriations do not provide food manufacturers the certainty they need to engage in product development and reformulation in support of the whole grain-rich and sodium requirements. Manufacturers must overcome numerous challenges before some of the school meal products are widely acceptable to children and schools or commercially available. As explained in the preamble to the 2012 final rule,
Commenters advised USDA in 2012 that food providers need time for product development and testing, and schools need time for procurement changes, menu development, sampling, and fostering student acceptance. (See 77 FR 4097). Through informal conversations with 300 food manufacturers over the past three years at each of the annual National Restaurant Association Shows, FNS senior policy officials learned that product research and reformulation involves numerous steps over a period of several years. Food manufacturers indicated that it takes at least two to three years to reformulate and develop food products that support new requirements. The process involves innovation of new products, product research and development, testing, commercialization, launch, and marketing of the new products. Food manufacturers have also noted several specific barriers to meeting the lower sodium targets, including a low level of demand for these products outside of the school audience, the cost and time involved in reformulating existing products, and challenges with replacing sodium in some foods given its functionality (
Regular interaction with food manufacturers at the National Restaurant Association Show and other events, such as the School Nutrition Association Annual Conference, reveals that innovations for grain products can also take several years and involve steps similar to those needed to reformulate products lower in sodium. The formulation and processing of foods made with whole grains differ from and can be more challenging to manufacture than those made with refined grains. Manufacturers are challenged with developing technologies to help overcome consumers' sensory barriers (taste and texture), while optimizing the flavor, color, and texture of foods made with whole grain ingredients. Manufacturers have indicated that in the past when companies reformulated products early, they incurred significantly more costs, such as research and development, product testing, and creating new labels, as opposed to those who took a “wait and see” approach. Therefore, because manufacturers perceive uncertainty about the whole grain-rich requirement and the possibility of further meal pattern changes resulting from legislative activity, USDA understands they are not currently investing time or resources to develop new whole grain-rich products.
While product-specific information is proprietary, the overwhelming and consistent message is that the food industry needs consistency and certainty of the regulatory requirements. In addition, ample lead time and predictability about the regulatory requirements must be promptly provided to food manufacturers to enable them to offer products to schools that support the meal patterns and nutrition standards. While this interim final rule is intended to provide certainty for the near term, input from the food industry and school food service staff will be important to help USDA develop a final rule providing reasonable certainty regarding Program requirements and flexibilities.
SFAs also need ample lead time and certainty about regulatory requirements and flexibilities in order to make menu planning, procurement, and contract decisions in advance of the school year; therefore, it is urgent that USDA clarifies the regulatory requirements that impact these processes. The menu, which must reflect the meal patterns and nutrition standards established by Program regulations, drives the procurement process and must be completed first. The menu and standardized recipes help SFAs determine the types of food products to purchase. Menu planners must make many advance decisions involving, first, availability of USDA Foods entitlement commodities, and then soliciting, procuring, ordering, processing, and planning for the delivery of food. Planning in advance saves time, helps avoid repetitive tasks, reduces labor, and implements cost-effective inventory management, according to the Institute for Child Nutrition (ICN).
Once menu planning is complete, SFAs need lead time to screen products, forecast food quantities needed, write product specifications, create solicitation documents, announce the solicitation, and award the contract. As shown in the following chart, due to the numerous steps involved, ICN estimates that the entire procurement process may take up to a year to complete, beginning in August of the previous school year. Public comments from local operators and their State agencies will enable USDA to develop a final rule that provides long-term certainty regarding Program requirements and flexibilities, which will help SFAs conduct procurement more efficiently.
Fluid milk
This interim final rule seeks to address the operational challenges experienced by some Program operators regarding their ability to offer nutritious and appealing meals that are consistent with the Dietary Guidelines and conform to local operational differences and community preferences. It provides schools with specific, optional flexibilities for SY 2018-2019 that will help children gradually adjust to and enjoy school meals that are aligned with science-based recommendations. This rule places more control in the hands of local Program operators to make specific menu and procurement decisions that reflect local tastes, preferences and circumstances, empowering them in ways that may increase both participation in the meal programs and food consumption by children. It is important to stress that the flexibilities are optional, intended as additional tools for schools across the country to provide meals that make sense for their communities. States and Program operators may opt to use some or all of these flexibilities and some schools may not use any.
During the initial years of implementation of the 2012 school meal regulations, nearly one third of SFAs reported challenges finding products to meet the updated nutrition standards.
USDA recognizes that many Program operators have had great success in implementing the updated meal patterns and nutrition standards. We applaud their efforts and encourage them to continue their successful school food service practices. For these Program operators, as well as those who continue to have challenges, publication of this interim final rule ensures that the flexibilities described above will be available for the near term. If there is continued Congressional action in these
The 2015-2020
This interim final rule will allow NSLP, SBP, SMP, and CACFP operators the option to serve flavored, low-fat milk, including as a competitive beverage for sale in schools, in SYs 2018-2019. Under this rule, NSLP and SBP operators that choose to exercise this option are not required to demonstrate a reduction in student milk consumption or an increase in milk waste, but are expected to incorporate this option into the weekly menu in a manner consistent with the dietary specifications for these programs. For consistency across CNPs, this interim final rule allows flavored, low-fat milk in the SMP and CACFP for participants six years of age and older, in SY 2018-2019. This flexibility is intended to encourage children's consumption of fluid milk in the CNPs and to ease administrative burden for Program operators participating in multiple CNPs. This flexibility is consistent with the flexibility regarding flavored, low-fat milk mandated by Congress for the SY 2017-2018.
This rule addresses concerns raised by Program operators and industry partners about declining daily milk consumption among Program participants. Declining milk consumption is a specific concern for children and adolescents because milk is a key source of calcium and vitamin D, which are nutrients necessary for optimizing bone health.
Additionally, FNS collected data on milk consumption during the school meals as part of the School Nutrition and Meal Cost Study conducted in SY 2014-2015. The study has not yet been released but a review of preliminary tables from this study compared to the same data from the previous study using comparable methodology in SY 2004-2005 suggests a decline in milk consumption during lunch among NSLP participants from SY 2004-2005 (from 75 percent to 66 percent). The decline was observed in elementary, middle, and high school students. We plan to release the updated data from School Nutrition Meal Cost Study in early 2018.
Fluid milk is a required component in all school meals, and also must be served in the SMP and CACFP. Some studies suggest that the availability of flavored milk products influences student decisions about, and consumption of, milk in school.
With the implementation of the 2012 final rule on school meals, NSLP and SBP meal requirements limited flavor to fat-free milk to help schools meet weekly saturated fat and calorie limits, as flavored, fat-free milk contains no saturated fat and approximately 20-40 calories less per 8 fluid ounces than flavored, low-fat milk.
Data from a recent survey of school food service professionals suggests that roughly a third of schools are well within the weekly calorie maximums for school meals and some are below the weekly calorie minimums.
The 2012 final rule
Although this rule retains the whole grain-rich regulatory requirement, extending the exemptions for SY 2018-2019 will give Program operators that continue to experience challenges the opportunity to plan and serve meals that are economically feasible and acceptable to their students and communities. Since certain regional foods are not yet widely available in acceptable whole grain-rich varieties, granting more local control through the whole grain-rich exemption can help ensure that culturally appropriate foods are available to the student population. Pasta, bread, and tortillas are among the most common food items for which exemptions have been requested, and other regionally popular products, such as grits and breakfast biscuits, are also reported. For SY 2016-2017, 49 State agencies indicated that they are offering exemptions to SFAs for specific food items. Reports from State agencies indicated that approximately 2,500 SFAs were approved for such exemptions. This was an increase of approximately 10 percent in the number of approvals for exemptions over the previous school year, providing further indication of the need for continuing the option for State agencies to grant exemptions to local SFAs.
Given the challenges expressed by SFAs and the reported increase in exemption approvals, continued and consistent flexibility in meeting the whole grain-rich requirement is necessary. Therefore, this rule extends through SY 2018-2019 the State agency's discretion to grant an exemption from the whole grain-rich requirements if requested by SFAs that demonstrate hardship in providing specific products that meet the whole grain-rich criteria and as long as at least 50 percent of the grains served are whole grain-rich. Hardships may include those caused by lack of availability in the market, financial concerns, an increase in plate waste, lack of student acceptability, and others.
USDA believes the food industry will continue efforts to develop more acceptable, affordable products that are appealing to students. Through interaction with industry at multiple food shows, including the National Restaurant Association's Annual Show, USDA has learned that manufacturers are continuing their efforts to expand their product lines for schools. For instance, whole grain-rich pizza crust and different types of breads, such as whole grain-rich pita and flatbread, are now available to schools. Continuing the State agency's option to offer whole grain-rich flexibility will enable SFAs experiencing challenges to more effectively develop menus and procure foods that are acceptable to students. It also provides manufacturers additional time to develop whole grain-rich food products that are suitable for reheating and hot holding in the food service facility and result in more acceptable meals for students. This will assist schools in sustaining student participation, encouraging meal consumption, and limiting food waste. USDA will evaluate school and food industry progress over time and consider public comments in order to develop a final rule that address the whole grain-rich exemptions.
As a reminder, State agencies that elect to consider whole grain-rich exemption requests by SFAs for specific items are required to develop procedures for accepting and evaluating SFA requests for such exemptions. Because this exemption has been available for several years, many State agencies have already developed such procedures based on FNS guidance (SP 32-2017, School Meal Flexibilities for SY 2017-18; May 22, 2017). Therefore, most State approval procedures are already in place and no changes to those procedures are required by this rule. Additional guidance will be provided to State agencies that have not already developed such procedures.
The 2012 final rule
To facilitate sodium reduction over a 10-year period, the current regulations, established in 2012, require compliance with Sodium Target 1 beginning July 1, 2014 (SY 2014-2015), Target 2 beginning July 1, 2017 (SY 2017-2018), and the Final Target beginning July 1, 2022 (SY 2022-2023). Based on Program operators' certification of compliance with the 2012 updated meal pattern requirements, USDA anticipates that nearly all schools have begun the process of reducing the sodium content of school meals. To facilitate this change, USDA makes a wide variety of low-sodium food products available to Program operators through USDA Foods. However, USDA understands that sodium reduction in school meals must be consistent with broader, overall reductions in the food supply and reductions in children's consumption patterns outside of school. The most recent available data from the CDC indicates that, in 2009-2012, approximately 92 percent of school-age children in the United States exceeded the 2015-2020 Dietary Guidelines upper intake level for dietary sodium.
While USDA recognizes the importance of reducing the sodium content of school meals, reaching this objective will likely require a more gradual process than the planned 10 years to accommodate the individual challenges of SFAs and their access to new products lower in sodium. Factors such as sodium preferences and consumption patterns suggest that retaining Target 1 is appropriate and necessary to ensure student consumption of school meals and adequate nutrient intake.
Therefore, this interim final rule retains Sodium Target 1 for an additional school year—from July 1, 2018, through June 30, 2019 (SY 2018-2019)—which has an impact on the overall sodium reduction timeline established in current regulations. However, this sodium flexibility is consistent with previous Congressional actions directing USDA to maintain Sodium Target 1 for the near term. While USDA anticipates retaining Sodium Target 1 as the regulatory limit in the final rule through at least the end of SY 2020-2021, the Department seeks public comments on the long-term availability of this flexibility and suggestions on how to best address the overall sodium requirement in school
USDA will continue to engage with the public, health advocates, nutrition professionals, schools, and the food industry to gather ongoing input on needs and challenges associated with managing sodium levels in school meals. In addition, USDA will continue to expand the availability of low-sodium products offered through USDA Foods; develop recipes that assist with sodium reduction; and provide menu planning resources, technical assistance, and information to schools through the FNS
This interim final rule provides continued flexibility in SY 2018-2019 in three specific menu planning areas—milk, whole grains, and sodium. Implementation of this interim final rule will allow all CNP operators the discretion to offer flavored, low-fat milk as an allowable milk type in the reimbursable meal or as a competitive beverage for sale in schools in SY 2018-2019. It also will provide State agencies with the authority to continue granting exemptions to the whole grain-rich requirement in SY 2018-2019 for schools demonstrating hardship. Finally, by retaining Sodium Target 1 as the regulatory limit through SY 2018-2019 and inviting public comments, this interim final rule will allow children more time to adjust to school meals with less sodium content. Additionally, this interim rule will provide schools and manufacturers with additional time and predictability to make appropriate menu and product changes. Throughout, USDA will continue to encourage steady progress on sodium reduction in school meals and provide technical assistance to Program operators.
USDA will conduct a thorough review of all public comments on the three flexibilities addressed in this interim final rule and submitted within the comment period. Stakeholders and the public are encouraged to provide comments that will assist USDA in developing a final rule on the long-term availability of the milk, whole grains, and sodium flexibilities.
USDA, under the provisions of the Administrative Procedure Act at 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B), is issuing this as an interim final rule and finds for good cause that, in this limited instance, use of prior notice and comment procedures for issuing this time-limited interim final rule is impracticable.
Following enactment of the Healthy, Hunger-Free Kids Act of 2010, Public Law 111-296, and USDA's codification of effecting regulations beginning in 2012, Program operators have experienced hardships due to persistent uncertainties regarding nutrition requirements as a result of repeated short-term Congressional legislative directives and responsive USDA implementation. As noted in the preamble to this rulemaking, for each of the five intervening school years, Congress has directed USDA to provide exemptions and flexibilities for codified nutrition standards relative to whole grain-rich products, sodium levels, and most recently, flavored fluid milk, consistent with specific legislative provisions. See Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2012 (Pub. L. 112-55) enacted November 18, 2011, Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2015 (Pub. L. 113-235) enacted December 16, 2014, Consolidated and Further Continuing Appropriations Act, 2016 (Pub. L. 114-113) enacted December 18, 2015, and Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2017 (Pub. L. 115-31) enacted May 5, 2017. Most recently, Section 101(a)(1) of the Continuing Appropriations Act, 2018, Division D of the Continuing Appropriations Act, 2018 and Supplemental Appropriations for Disaster Relief Requirements Act, 2017, Public Law 115-56, enacted September 8, 2017, extends the flexibilities provided by section 747 of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2017. Following each legislative directive, USDA timely authored implementing memoranda, notifying affected stakeholders of the availability of exemptions and flexibilities and facilitating utilization despite the inopportune timing.
Recently, USDA has come to understand that the cumulative impact of the unpredictable legislative mandates on Program operators has substantially harmed their ability to accomplish fundamental administrative responsibilities ranging from advance menu planning, to school district budgeting and competitive procurement of allowable foods. As noted elsewhere in this rulemaking, Program operators begin procurement for a school year as early as the previous autumn, after assessing the availability of USDA Foods entitlement commodities and respecting the time and labor required for a fulsome procurement process. Perhaps most importantly, procurement process timing for school meal products is locally determined so as to meet the administrative and planning needs of Program operators.
The successive legislative exemptions and flexibilities for whole grain-rich products and sodium targets significantly impaired Program operators' timely completion of competitive procurements of affected products. Most recently, USDA understands that the exemptions and flexibilities provided by Public Law 115-31, enacted May 5, 2017, could not be effectively incorporated into Program operators' regular procurement processes and menu planning for the 2017-2018 school year, which began July 1, 2017. It is likely that some Program operators were thus deprived of the intended legislated opportunities. Similarly, at this time, many Program operators have already initiated menu-planning for SY 2018-2019, which begins July 1, 2018, with these exemptions and flexibilities in place. Expediting the availability of the three flexibilities for the entire 2018-2019 school year by way of this interim final rule, then, is essential insofar as it provides local Program operators timely notice of the opportunity to utilize the flexibilities in menu-planning for the upcoming school year. Consistent with USDA's understanding, use of an interim final rule to provide sufficient notice of the flexibilities available during SY 2018-2019, rather than a proposed rulemaking, is essential in meeting the needs of local Program operators.
With that in mind, USDA has determined that schools and other local Program operators need reliable nutrition standards in place in order to procure compliant products in the near term through SY 2018-2019 and beyond. Given the realities and time sensitivity of the local procurement
The interim final rule reflects Congressional direction and provides Program operators certainty in local-level procurement and menu planning operations during SY 2018-19. To that end, this interim final rule aims to maintain the whole grain-rich and sodium standards that Congress has consistently enunciated, continue the fluid milk options legislatively directed for the current school year with slight modifications, and provide the urgent relief stakeholders need. Finally, this interim final rule presents a framework which will benefit from public comments received. In turn, those comments will advise the framework of the final rule, which USDA plans to publish in fall 2018.
Also, based on its ongoing engagement with industry partners USDA believes the critical clarity provided by this interim final rule is necessary for manufacturers, producers, and vendors to develop and produce the products needed by Program operators to meet CNP objectives. Legislative and regulatory uncertainty has reduced research and development of CNP-compliant food and beverage products. Implementation of this interim final rule, with the intent to publish a final rule in fall 2018, provides the certainty needed to stimulate research and development of cost-effective, CNP-compliant products so Program operators can meet the need of America's children. Finally, this interim final rule affords food industry stakeholders an opportunity to comment and aid the Department in developing a final rule that will address these flexibilities for future school years.
Consequently, this interim final rule providing for the three menu planning flexibilities discussed above, will enable Program operators, including schools, day care centers, and family day care homes, to exercise the increased options provided in this de-regulatory rulemaking, increase integrity and accuracy of their local procurement processes and menu planning in the near term. In addition, the interim final rule will provide food suppliers with additional clarity needed to encourage research and develop cost-effective, customized products compliant with CNP standards and responsive to the unique needs of Program operators and America's children. Similarly, the interim rule affords the public, including program operators, food suppliers, and other engaged stakeholders, an opportunity to provide meaningful comments aiding the Department during the development of a final rule which we intend to publish in fall 2018.
Executive Orders 12866 and 13563 direct agencies to assess all costs and benefits of available regulatory alternatives and, if regulation is necessary, to select regulatory approaches that maximize net benefits (including potential economic, environmental, public health and safety effects, distributive impacts, and equity). Executive Order 13563 emphasizes the importance of quantifying both costs and benefits, of reducing costs, of harmonizing rules, and of promoting flexibility. This interim final rule has been determined to be significant and was reviewed by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in conformance with Executive Order 12866.
A regulatory impact analysis (RIA) must be prepared for major rules with economically significant effects ($100 million or more in any one year). USDA does not anticipate that this interim final rule is likely to have an economic impact of $100 million or more in any one year, and therefore, does not meet the definition of “economically significant” under Executive Order 12866. The RIA for the 2012 final rule,
To the extent in which the specific flexibilities in this interim final rule allow Program operators still facing challenges to more efficiently operate within the meal patterns established in 2012, we expect the health benefits in this rule to be similar to the overall benefits of improving the diets of children cited in the RIA for the final meal standard rule. An analysis assessing the costs and benefits of this action is presented below.
As explained above, this interim final rule provides optional flexibilities to the meal patterns established in 2012 by allowing for a more gradual implementation of the whole grain-rich and sodium requirements, as well as offering an additional low-fat milk option. USDA anticipates minimal if any costs associated with the changes to the school meal standards due to the discretionary nature of the additional flexibilities. The overall meal components, macro nutrient, and calorie requirements remain unchanged and Program operators may choose to utilize the additional flexibilities offered in this interim final rule within these constraints. Further, we do not anticipate this interim final rule will deter the significant progress made to date
These changes are also promulgated in the context of significant progress
Local operators struggling with one or all of these requirements may choose to adopt any of the options to balance current and future resources in preparing healthy meals. The flexibilities for flavored milk and the whole grain-rich requirement, and the additional time to implement sodium reduction provide certainty for Program operators for the near term to effectively procure food for appealing and healthy menus. The public comments on this interim final rule will be particularly critical in assisting the process to establish a long-term approach to these flexibilities.
Currently, less than 15 percent of SFAs (2,868/19,530) request the whole grain-rich exemption. Aside from the administrative costs of requesting and recording exemptions, we do not estimate any costs associated with extending the whole grain-rich exemption option, given that this is a discretionary provision. The extent to which SFAs will continue to utilize this option will vary greatly; individual Program operators will need to balance resources, product availability, and student acceptability.
The RIA for the 2012 final rule,
Forty-nine States indicated to USDA that they are offering whole grain-rich exemptions to approximately 2,500 SFAs for SY 2016-2017. This was an increase of approximately 10 percent. That said, the individual costs/savings to the SFAs are estimated to be minimal with the extension of the exemption options. Any additional costs associated with a whole grain-rich product would be offset with the overall reduction in refined grain offerings. We also expect that as more products become available, any differential costs associated with whole grain-rich products will normalize in the market. The availability of whole grain-rich products through USDA Foods and the commercial market has increased significantly since the implementation of the meal standards and continues to progress, providing new and affordable options for local operators to integrate into menus.
This interim final rule retains Sodium Target 1 as the regulatory limit through June 30, 2019 (SY 2018-2019) and seeks public comments on the long-term sodium requirement. We do not anticipate any additional costs associated with this change as it is simply allowing for additional time for Program operators and industry to reduce sodium levels.
This interim final rule is an E.O. 13771 deregulatory action. It provides regulatory flexibilities in the meal pattern and nutrition requirements that are consistent with those currently available as a result only of appropriation legislation in effect for SY 2017-2018 and administrative actions.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601-612) requires Agencies to analyze the impact of rulemaking on small entities and consider alternatives that would minimize any significant impacts on a substantial number of small entities. Because Program operators would have discretion to exercise the provisions of this rule and the flexibilities in this rule are only a small part of the overall changes in 7 CFR parts 210, 215, 220, and 226, it has been determined that the rule would not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities.
Title II of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (UMRA), Public Law 104-4, establishes requirements for Federal agencies to assess the effects of their regulatory actions on State, local, and Tribal governments and the private sector. Under section 202 of the UMRA, the Department generally must prepare a written statement, including a cost benefit analysis, for proposed and final rules with “Federal mandates” that may result in expenditures by State, local or Tribal governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. When such a statement is needed for a rule, Section 205 of the UMRA generally requires the Department to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives and adopt the most cost effective or least burdensome alternative that achieves the objectives of the rule.
This interim final rule does not contain Federal mandates (under the regulatory provisions of Title II of the UMRA) for State, local and Tribal governments or the private sector of $100 million or more in any one year. Thus, the rule is not subject to the requirements of sections 202 and 205 of the UMRA.
The NSLP, SMP, SBP, and the CACFP are listed in the Catalog of Federal Domestic Assistance under NSLP No. 10.555, SMP No. 10.556, SBP No. 10.553, and CACFP No. 10.558, respectively, and are subject to Executive Order 12372, which requires intergovernmental consultation with State and local officials. Since the Child Nutrition Programs are State-administered, USDA's Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) Regional Offices have formal and informal discussions with State and local officials, including representatives of Indian Tribal Organizations, on an ongoing basis regarding program requirements and operation. This provides FNS with the opportunity to receive regular input from program administrators which contributes to the development of feasible program requirements.
Executive Order 13132 requires Federal agencies to consider the impact of their regulatory actions on State and local governments. Where such actions have federalism implications, agencies are directed to provide a statement for inclusion in the preamble to the regulations describing the agency's considerations in terms of the three categories called for under Section (6)(b)(2)(B) of Executive Order 13132.
The Department has considered the impact of this rule on State and local governments and has determined that this rule does not have federalism implications. Therefore, under section 6(b) of the Executive Order, a federalism summary is not required.
This interim final rule has been reviewed under Executive Order 12988, Civil Justice Reform. This rule is intended to have preemptive effect with respect to any State or local laws, regulations or policies which conflict with its provisions or which would otherwise impede its full and timely implementation. This rule is not intended to have retroactive effect. Prior to any judicial challenge to the provisions of the interim final rule, all applicable administrative procedures must be exhausted.
FNS has reviewed this interim rule in accordance with USDA Regulation 4300-4, “Civil Rights Impact Analysis,” to identify any major civil rights impacts the rule might have on program participants on the basis of age, race, color, national origin, sex or disability. After a careful review of the rule's intent and provisions, FNS has determined that this rule is not expected to limit or reduce the ability of protected classes of individuals to participate in the NSLP, SMP, SBP, and CACFP.
This rule has been reviewed in accordance with the requirements of Executive Order 13175, “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments.” Executive Order 13175 requires Federal agencies to consult and coordinate with tribes on a government-to-government basis on policies that have tribal implications, including regulations, legislative comments or proposed legislation, and other policy statements or actions that have substantial direct effects on one or more Indian tribes, on the relationship between the Federal Government and Indian tribes or on the distribution of power and responsibilities between the Federal Government and Indian tribes.
The Food and Nutrition Service (FNS) has assessed the impact of this rule on Indian tribes and determined that this rule does not, to our knowledge, have tribal implications that require tribal consultation under E.O. 13175. If a Tribe requests consultation, FNS will work with the Office of Tribal Relations to ensure meaningful consultation is provided where changes, additions and modifications identified herein are not expressly mandated by Congress.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. Chap. 35; 5 CFR part 1320) requires the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to approve all collections
The Department is committed to complying with the E-Government Act, to promote the use of the Internet and other information technologies to provide increased opportunities for citizen access to Government information and services, and for other purposes.
Grant programs—education, Grant programs—health, Infants and children, Nutrition, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, School breakfast and lunch programs, Surplus agricultural commodities.
Food assistance programs, Grant programs—education, Grant program—health, Infants and children, Milk, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Grant programs—education, Grant programs—health, Infants and children, Nutrition, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, School breakfast and lunch programs.
Accounting, Aged, Day care, Food assistance programs, Grant programs, Grant programs—health, American Indians, Individuals with disabilities, Infants and children, Intergovernmental relations, Loan programs, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Surplus agricultural commodities.
Accordingly, 7 CFR parts 210, 215, 220 and 226 are amended as follows:
42 U.S.C. 1751-1760, 1779.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) * * *
(A) * * * The whole grain-rich criteria included in FNS guidance may be updated to reflect additional information provided by industry on the
(B)
(d) * * *
(1) * * *
(i) Schools must offer students a variety (at least two different options) of fluid milk. All milk must be fat-free (skim) or low-fat (1 percent fat or less). Milk with higher fat content is not allowed. Low-fat or fat-free lactose-free and reduced-lactose fluid milk may also be offered. All milk may be unflavored or flavored from July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019 (school year 2018-2019).
(f) * * *
(3)
42 U.S.C. 1772 and 1779.
(a) * * *
(3)
42 U.S.C. 1773, 1779, unless otherwise noted.
The revisions and addition read as follows:
(c) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv) * * *
(A) * * * The whole grain-rich criteria included in FNS guidance may be updated to reflect additional information provided by industry on the food label or a whole grains definition by the Food and Drug Administration. * * *
(B)
(d)
(f) * * *
(3)
Secs. 9, 11, 14, 16, and 17, Richard B. Russell National School Lunch Act, as amended (42 U.S.C. 1758, 1759a, 1762a, 1765 and 1766).
The revisions read as follows:
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
(iii)
(iv)
(c) * * *
(1) * * *
(2) * * *
(3) * * *
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Final rule; request for comments.
We are adopting a new airworthiness directive (AD) for
This AD is effective December 15, 2017.
The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference of a certain publication listed in this AD as of December 15, 2017.
We must receive comments on this AD by January 16, 2018.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this final rule, contact CFM International Inc., Aviation Operations Center, 1 Neumann Way, M/D Room 285, Cincinnati, OH 45125; phone: 877-432-3272; fax: 877-432-3329; email:
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Christopher McGuire, Aerospace Engineer, ECO Branch, FAA, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7120; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
We learned from CFM that there was a quality escape at the manufacturer that resulted in cracks appearing during forging of CFM LEAP-1A HPT stage 2 disks. This condition, if not corrected, could result in failure of the HPT stage 2 disk, uncontained release of the disk, damage to the engine, and damage to the airplane. We are issuing this AD to correct the unsafe condition on these products.
We reviewed CFM Service Bulletin (SB) LEAP-1A-72-00-0167-01A-930A-D, Issue 001, dated September 28, 2017. The SB describes procedures for removal, inspection, rework, and re-identification of HPT stage 2 disk, P/N 2466M52G03. This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
We are issuing this AD because we evaluated all the relevant information and determined the unsafe condition described previously is likely to exist or develop in other products of the same type design.
This AD requires removal, inspection, rework, and re-identification of the HPT stage 2 disk, P/N 2466M52G03.
An unsafe condition exists that requires the immediate adoption of this AD without providing an opportunity for public comments prior to adoption. The FAA has found that the risk to the flying public justifies waiving notice and comment prior to adoption of this rule because the compliance time for the required action is shorter than the time necessary for the public to comment and for us to publish the final rule. Therefore, we find good cause that notice and opportunity for prior public comment are impracticable. In addition, for the reason stated above, we find that good cause exists for making this amendment effective in less than 30 days.
This AD is a final rule that involves requirements affecting flight safety and was not preceded by notice and an opportunity for public comment. However, we invite you to send any written data, views, or arguments about this final rule. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
We estimate that this AD affects 7 engines installed on airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this AD:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: “General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to engines, propellers, and associated appliances to the Manager, Engine and Propeller Standards Branch, Policy and Innovation Division.
This AD will not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This AD will not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify that this AD:
(1) Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866,
(2) Is not a “significant rule” under DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979),
(3) Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska, and
(4) Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA amends 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
This AD is effective December 15, 2017.
None.
This AD applies to CFM International S.A. (CFM) LEAP-1A23, LEAP-1A24, LEAP-1A24E1, LEAP-1A26, LEAP-1A26E1, LEAP-1A30, LEAP-1A32, LEAP-1A33, LEAP-1A33B2 and LEAP-1A35A engines with a high-pressure turbine (HPT) stage 2 disk, with a part number (P/N) 2466M52G03 and serial number (S/N) listed in Table 1 of CFM Service Bulletin (SB) LEAP-1A SB 72-0167-01A-930A-D, Issue 001, dated September 28, 2017, installed.
Joint Aircraft System Component (JASC)/Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 7250, Turbine Section.
This AD was prompted by a quality escape at the manufacturer that resulted in cracks appearing during forging of the HPT stage 2 disks. We are issuing this AD to prevent failure of the HPT stage 2 disks. The unsafe condition, if not corrected, could result in uncontained release of the HPT stage 2 disks, damage to the engine, and damage to the airplane.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
Prior to accumulating 1,200 engine cycles since new after the effective date of this AD, remove, inspect, rework, and re-identify the HPT stage 2 disk, P/N 2466M52G03, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions, paragraph 5.B.(2), in CFM SB LEAP-1A-72-00-0167-01A-930A-D, Issue 001, dated September 28, 2017.
(1) The Manager, ECO Branch, FAA, has the authority to approve AMOCs for this AD, if requested using the procedures found in 14 CFR 39.19. In accordance with 14 CFR 39.19, send your request to your principal inspector or local Flight Standards District Office, as appropriate. If sending information directly to the manager of the certification office, send it to the attention of the person identified in paragraph (i) of this AD. You may email your request to:
(2) Before using any approved AMOC, notify your appropriate principal inspector, or lacking a principal inspector, the manager of the local flight standards district office/certificate holding district office.
For more information about this AD, contact Chris McGuire, Aerospace Engineer, ECO Branch, FAA, 1200 District Avenue, Burlington, MA 01803; phone: 781-238-7120; fax: 781-238-7199; email:
(1) The Director of the Federal Register approved the incorporation by reference (IBR) of the service information listed in this paragraph under 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(2) You must use this service information as applicable to do the actions required by this AD, unless the AD specifies otherwise.
(i) CFM Service Bulletin LEAP-1A-72-00-0167-01A-930A-D, Issue 001, dated September 28, 2017.
(ii) Reserved.
(3) For CFM service information identified in this AD, contact CFM International Inc., Aviation Operations Center, 1 Neumann Way, M/D Room 285, Cincinnati, OH 45125; phone: 877-432-3272; fax: 877-432-3329; email:
(4) You may view this service information at FAA, Engine and Propeller Standards
(5) You may view this service information that is incorporated by reference at the National Archives and Records Administration (NARA). For information on the availability of this material at NARA, call 202-741-6030, or go to:
Copyright Royalty Board (CRB), Library of Congress.
Ruling on regulatory interpretation.
The Copyright Royalty Judges publish their ruling on regulatory interpretation that was referred to them by the United States District Court for the District Of Columbia. The regulation at issue is about gross revenue exclusions that a satellite digital audio radio service may use when calculating royalty payments owed to SoundExchange, a collective for copyright owners, for digital transmissions of sound recordings pursuant to a statutory license. The Judges find that Sirius XM properly interpreted the regulation to apply to pre-'72 sound recordings and that it improperly excluded certain revenues from its Gross Revenues royalty base.
November 30, 2017.
Anita Blaine, CRB Program Specialist, by telephone at (202) 707-7658 or email at
SoundExchange, Inc. (SoundExchange) is the Collective designated by the Copyright Royalty Judges (Judges) to receive, administer, and distribute royalty funds due from entities making digital transmissions of sound recordings under the statutory licenses described at 17 U.S.C. 114.
In 2013, SoundExchange filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the District of Columbia (District Court) against Sirius XM seeking additional royalty payments for the period 2007-2012.
After seeking an opinion from the Register of Copyrights (Register) under 17 U.S.C. 802(f)(1)(B) regarding their authority to render the interpretation required by the District Court referral, the Judges proceeded with the analysis that resulted in the Initial Ruling. The Judges transmitted the Initial Ruling to the Register for the legal review required by the Copyright Act.
In March 2017, upon further reflection, the Judges withdrew the Initial Ruling from the parties and from the Register's statutorily required review for legal error.
(1) Whether section (V)(C)(1)(b) of the Initial Ruling (at pp. 14-16 therein) constituted an
(2) Whether the District Court referral to the Judges under the doctrine of primary jurisdiction included not only a referral of questions of
(3) Whether, regardless of the District Court's intent, the Judges have jurisdiction under the Copyright Act to
(4) Whether question (3) poses a material question of substantive law under the Copyright Act that the Judges may refer to the Register of Copyrights under 17 U.S.C. 802(f)(1)(A) or a novel material question of substantive law under the Copyright Act that the Judges must refer to the Register of Copyrights under 17 U.S.C. 802(f)(1)(B); and
(5) Whether, under the doctrine of primary jurisdiction, the Judges may recommend to the District Court
In its briefing, SoundExchange asserted that (1) the language the Judges are reconsidering constituted an allowable interpretation of the CRB regulations; (2) even if the subject
Sirius XM countered that (1) the section about which the Judges inquired constitutes both an interpretation and application of the CRB regulations, that “goes beyond the limited interpretive guidance appropriate for a primary jurisdiction referral;” (2) the District Court's referral was limited to a request for regulatory interpretation; (3) the Judges' continuing jurisdiction to interpret their regulations does not extend to a detailed review of the facts of the parties' application of the regulation; (4) the question regarding the limits of the Judges' jurisdiction is a material question the Judges may refer to the Register, but not a novel question that the Judges must refer to the Register; and (5) the Judges are not authorized to make findings or recommendations regarding specific rulings regarding a party's compliance with the regulations.
In its Reply Brief, Sirius XM summarized the points at which it perceived agreement between the parties regarding the Initial Ruling.
After consideration of the arguments of both parties, the Judges conclude: (1) Section V(C)(1)(b) of the Initial Ruling applies the Judges' interpretive conclusions to facts the parties presented in their merits presentations; (2) the District Court referral was ambiguous in the task referred to the Judges; (3) regardless of the scope or intended scope of the District Court's referral, in this particular circumstance, the Judges' application of their interpretations of the regulations was inappropriate; (4) the question of interpretation
In the Initial Ruling, the Judges concluded that GAAP standards did not offer guidance for interpreting the subject regulations. The Judges concluded, therefore, that a standard of reasonableness should prevail. To the extent the Judges observed what actions might meet the reasonableness standard, they were appropriately offering interpretation relating to the regulations. Going beyond that guidance, the Judges' ruling was an application of the regulations to the present dispute pending in the District Court. Application of the Judges' interpretation is better done by the District Court, after a review of the complete factual record.
The District Court referred this issue of regulatory interpretation to the Judges under the doctrine of primary jurisdiction. The doctrine provides that a court may defer to an administrative agency when, based on its special competency, the agency “is best suited to make the initial decision on the issues in dispute.”
Sirius XM argued to the District Court that the CRB bore or should bear the task of both interpretation and application of the 2008 regulations.
The Judges accept the scope of their “continuing jurisdiction” under 17 U.S.C. 803(c)(4) as described by the Register. The Judges do not agree with SoundExchange, however, that the continuing jurisdiction to interpret, or their ability to provide “interpretive guidance,” somehow endows them with jurisdiction to resolve factual disputes relating to application of those regulations. As Sirius XM represented, the parties agree that the Judges “lack enforcement jurisdiction and, therefore, can neither order compliance nor fix penalties.” Sirius XM Reply Memorandum . . . on Unresolved Issues (
The parties agree that the question of the Judges' jurisdiction to apply their regulatory interpretations is not a novel question requiring referral to the Register.
The parties agree, as do the Judges, that nothing in the doctrine of primary jurisdiction or in the Judges' authority would suggest that the Judges could or should make recommendations to the District Court regarding its determination of the factual questions properly before the Court.
In light of the foregoing conclusions, the Judges hereby reissue the Initial Ruling as an Amended Ruling, the text of which follows.
The issues before the Judges arose in the context of SoundExchange's action against Sirius XM in District Court. SoundExchange sued to recover additional sound recording royalties from Sirius XM for licenses used during the period 2007 to 2012. The alleged underpayment occurred, according to SoundExchange, because Sirius XM improperly excluded two categories of revenue when calculating “Gross Revenues,” before it determined the royalties due to SoundExchange. 65 F. Supp. 3d at 153. Because the royalties in
In the DC Action, SoundExchange alleged that Sirius XM had misinterpreted and misapplied the Judges' 2008 regulations regarding exclusions from Gross Revenues for (1) sound recordings made before 1972 (and therefore exempt from the federal statutory license) and (2) a portion of subscription revenues that Sirius XM allocated to “premier” channels with primarily talk content that use only incidental performances of sound recordings. With regard to these allegations, the District Court referred two questions to the Judges for resolution. 65 F. Supp. 3d at 154-55. Specifically, the District Court described two “open” questions for the Judges: (1) Whether Sirius XM improperly applied the Judges' regulations in calculating the amount of royalties it paid to SoundExchange “such that it owes SoundExchange additional [royalties] for times past” and (2) whether the Judges consider the Sirius XM Premier channels to be “offered for a separate charge” permitting Sirius XM to exclude Premier subscription revenues from Gross Revenues.
In response to the District Court Judge's Memorandum Opinion (
(1) Do the Judges have jurisdiction under title 17, or authority otherwise, to interpret the regulations adopted in the captioned proceeding?
(2) If the Judges have authority to interpret regulations adopted in the course of a rate determination, is that authority time-limited?
(3) Would the answer regarding the Judges' jurisdiction or authority be different if the terms at issue regulated a current, as opposed to a lapsed, rate period?
The Register opined that the Judges have jurisdiction under 17 U.S.C. 803(c)(4) to clarify the regulations adopted in
To address the revenue-exclusion issues, the Judges have engaged in a thorough review of the
As detailed in this Ruling, the Judges conclude that Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) apply broadly to the definition of Gross Revenues in 37 CFR 382.11 (2008). GAAP does not, however, address specifically the two revenue exclusions at issue in this referral; consequently, the Judges must look beyond the specific words of the regulation to answer the questions posed by the District Court. For the reasons explicated in this Ruling, the Judges conclude that a reasonableness standard
On January 9, 2006, the Judges commenced the original
Following a twenty-six day hearing,
SoundExchange appealed the Judges'
SoundExchange commenced the
(1) Reduced Gross Revenues by an amount it estimated was attributable to pre-1972 sound recordings;
(2) excluded from Gross Revenues the revenue received from the price difference between its standard [Basic] package and its premium [Premier] package, the latter of which includes additional talk channels, but no additional music channels . . . .
65 F. Supp. 3d at 153 (citations omitted);
During the
SoundExchange asserts that the Sirius XM interpretation of the regulation is contrary to the standards of GAAP.
In invoking the doctrine of primary jurisdiction, the District Court tasked the Judges with interpreting the Gross Revenues regulation and, to the extent appropriate, providing “interpretive guidance.” The District Court concluded that the “gross revenue exclusions are
Based on its application of the principles of primary jurisdiction, the District Court identified two broad questions for the Judges to answer:
(1) Were Sirius XM's attribution of revenues to performances of pre-'72 recordings and its exclusion of those attributed revenues from the Gross Revenues royalty base permissible under the
(2) Were the additional talk channels on Sirius XM's Premier service “offered for a separate charge,” and therefore excludable from Gross Revenues?
To address the issues presented in the
(1) Does the Gross Revenues definition require that the revenue exclusions satisfy applicable GAAP?
(2) If so, what GAAP principles, if any, apply to the two exclusions?
A. (3) If no GAAP principles are applicable, what is the standard, if any, that the two exclusions must satisfy?
The parties and their experts disagree regarding the application of the regulatory phrase “recognized in accordance with GAAP.”
SoundExchange argues that GAAP applies in full and equal measure to the regulatory
Sirius XM does not disagree with these broad points. Rather, it contends that its treatment of revenue from pre-'72 recordings is fully consistent with GAAP, stating:
Sirius XM's exclusion of revenue for its transmissions of pre-1972 sound recordings and its separately charged premium non-music channels during the
Written Merits Rebuttal Submission of Sirius XM . . . (
The Judges find and conclude that the applicable regulations require that Sirius XM's inclusions and exclusions of revenue in the Gross Revenues definition
Sirius XM makes two arguments regarding the applicability of GAAP to its calculation and exclusions of revenue. First, Sirius XM asserts that
Based on that 100% recognition argument, Sirius XM contends that it had no obligation, under the regulations or the authority of GAAP, to
SoundExchange does not dispute the first point, tacitly acknowledging that all of the subscription revenue—including any revenue that allegedly could be attributable to pre-'72 sound recording performances—was recognized pursuant to GAAP as part of an undifferentiated sum.
The Judges find that Sirius XM cannot rely on the fact that 100% of its undifferentiated subscription revenue was “recognized” as a sufficient basis to support its assertion that an excluded sub-set of that revenue was independently “recognized” in accordance with GAAP. The repetition of the word “recognized” in the
The Judges agree with SoundExchange that “[t]he only reasonable reading of the Gross Revenues definition is that [GAAP] flows through its entirety.”
SoundExchange argues at length that Sirius XM failed to abide by GAAP in identifying and quantifying revenues supposedly attributable to the performance of pre-'72 sound recordings,
However, SoundExchange's accounting and economic expert, Professor Lys, expressly declined to opine that the MEA concept is even applicable to the two exclusions.
One question relevant to this lawsuit is whether GAAP's multiple element arrangement (“MEA”) rules
Professor Lys's candid refusal to answer his own question in the affirmative,
Thus, the Judges decline to adopt Dr. Lys's decision to analyze Sirius XM's treatment of either pre-'72 recordings or the Premier Upcharges “
The Judges reject the application of the MEA approach for an additional reason. Even assuming the MEA approach is not inapplicable for the foregoing reasons, the MEA approach would still be inapplicable because it is only relevant in a context in which several elements are deliverable
As Mr. Wills stated in his report, GAAP is completely irrelevant to the question in this dispute. The issue addressed by [GAAP] is how to deal with multiple deliverables within a package that may occur
Neither SoundExchange nor its expert, Professor Lys, point to any language within either EITF 00-21 or ASC 605-25 that expressly applies the MEA process to simultaneous deliverables. Professor Lys also relies on SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 13, which he understands to provide that entities “
At any rate, in the present case, the timing of deliverables is irrelevant. SoundExchange is not concerned with the
SoundExchange conducted two audits of Sirius XM relating to the 2007-2012 rate period.
SoundExchange attempts to minimize the importance of the auditing firms' conclusions, arguing that the auditors simply “declined to take sides on how the regulations should be interpreted” because they were told by Sirius XM “that this matter is a legal issue.” SoundExchange Written Merits Rebuttal Submission (
The Judges find SoundExchange's point unsupportive of its position. The gravamen of SoundExchange's argument is that GAAP applies to the propriety of Sirius XM's two categorical revenue exclusions. That is, SoundExchange asserts that the
SoundExchange offers no explanation for why neither of its auditing firms opined that Sirius XM's exclusions of revenue for performances of pre-'72 recordings and for the subscription price differential for the Premier package (the Upcharge) were inconsistent with GAAP. If the auditors had so concluded, SoundExchange could have perhaps bootstrapped such a conclusion into its legal argument. The fact that neither auditing firm reached the conclusion proffered by SoundExchange supports the Judges' conclusion that the revenue exclusion issues in this proceeding are not addressed by GAAP.
For these reasons, the Judges find no record evidence indicating that GAAP provides a particular method for quantifying the two exclusions at issue in this proceeding.
Without specifically applicable GAAP principles, the Judges must construe and interpret their regulation using legal principles. The Judges consider both the language and the purposes of the regulations to determine those standards.
More broadly, the Judges note that a review of the
This is not to say—as SoundExchange misleadingly suggests—that Sirius XM could “slice and dice” its revenue however it saw fit without accounting controls. . . . While Mr. Wills testified that GAAP does not direct (or limit) how a company subdivides already recognized revenue for internal or regulatory purposes, such attribution is still governed by
Absent guidance from the participants, the Judges look first to the authority by which they are bound: The Copyright Act. In
Further, assuming the Judges' regulations are reasonable or may be reasonably interpreted,
Moreover, QC 30 in
These GAAP standards are consonant with the Judges' application of the pre-'72 exclusion in
Paragraph (3)(vi)(D) of the definition of Gross Revenues, relating to exclusions, does not
SoundExchange disagrees, arguing that as Sirius XM never packaged or marketed separately performances of pre-'72 recordings, revenues generated on account of those performances do not fall within the regulatory exclusions from Gross Revenues.
Addressing SoundExchange's first and last assertions, the Judges find that the language of the paragraph (3)(vi)(D) exclusion clearly embraces revenue properly attributable to the performance of pre-'72 recordings. Contrary to SoundExchange's argument, the word “programming” is not redundant of the phrase “performance of sound recordings.” In ordinary parlance, broadcast music programming consists of the aggregation of sound recordings played pursuant to a sequence selected by the broadcaster. In the 2006
The Judges reject SoundExchange's assertion that the final words of the regulation, “for the avoidance of doubt”, preclude an exclusion of revenue from pre-'72 recordings. In paragraph (3)(vi)(D) of the Gross Revenues definition, the phrase “for the avoidance of doubt” follows immediately after the phrase “is separately licensed, including by a statutory license . . . .” The string of four items that follows is comprised of “separately licensed uses.” Thus, the syntax of the paragraph makes it clear that the “for the avoidance of doubt” clause does not address, and therefore does not prohibit exclusions for, performances that are “exempt from any license requirement,” such as performances of pre-'72 recordings.
The Judges also discount SoundExchange's argument that an interpretation of “programming, products, and/or other services” as embracing “the performance of sound recordings” would yield a result that is linguistically “nonsensical.”
Finally, the Judges conclude that it would be anomalous to require Sirius XM to pay for pre-'72 recordings under a federal compulsory license when, by the unambiguous statutory language in section 301 of the Copyright Act, those recordings are not subject to federal copyright protection. Further, it seems implausible to the Judges that the parties did not understand, or that they could reasonably have failed to understand, that the language “exempt from any license requirement” included pre-'72 sound recordings. Indeed, it is not clear exactly what other sound recordings that phrase would cover
During the course of the
During the
Sirius XM did not offer the additional channels included in the Premier package as a separate, standalone product. Rather, Sirius XM customers could obtain those Premier additional talk and other non-music channels as part of a package that included all channels in the Basic package. Sirius XM treated the Premier package as a service “offered for a separate charge” and thus excludable under paragraph (3)(vi)(B) of the regulatory definition of Gross Revenues.
SoundExchange challenges Sirius XM's exclusion asserting it is not supported by the text of the regulation, in that Sirius XM did not offer the Premier channels “for a separate charge” as required by the regulation.
Sirius XM does not deny that it did not consistently call out the “additional upcharge” on marketing materials or customer bills. However, Sirius XM contends that its communications with customers “left no doubt that all subscribers whether existing subscribers looking to upgrade or new subscribers deciding which combination of content they preferred” were presented with information making it clear that “for $4.04 more,” they could “obtain[ ] the additional premium channels.”
The Judges find and conclude that the language in the revenue exclusion described in paragraph (3)(vi)(B) did
Construction of a regulation “must begin with the words in the regulation and their plain meaning.”
The Judges recognize that dictionary definitions and thesaurus entries are not necessarily dispositive as to the meaning of statutory (or regulatory) language.
First, the Judges consider the express language in the
[T]he SDARS definition of “gross revenues” excludes monies attributable to premium channels of nonmusic programming that are offered for a charge separate from the general subscription charge for the service. The separate fee generated for such nonmusic premium channels is not closely related to the value of the sound recording performance rights at issue in this proceeding. Therefore, this proposed exclusion serves to more clearly delineate the revenues related to the value of the sound recording performance rights at issue in this proceeding.
Second, the
The SDARS argue that a “per play” rate provides the SDARS with more business flexibility because it allows them to respond to any substantial increases in fees by
For example, in light of the definition of “gross revenues” herein below in this determination,
The Sirius XM interpretation of the “separate charge” requirement to include its Upcharge for the Premier subscription package does not relate to the benign and appropriate “flexibility” benefit of permitting Sirius XM to perform fewer royalty-bearing sound recordings in order to minimize royalty costs. Rather, the bundle of royalty-bearing and premium non-royalty-bearing channels in a single price introduces an economically indeterminate and self-serving “flexibility” that simply confuses the issue as to which portion of the entire subscription price reflects which type of channel.
Sirius XM's Upcharge methodology is “economically indeterminate” because it ignores the fundamental economic reason why downstream sellers such as Sirius XM decide to bundle products within one offering price—to maximize
SoundExchange's expert, Dr. Lys, cogently explained why the bundled price fails to satisfy the economic purpose of the regulatory “separate charge” requirement:
First, [e]stimating the standalone value of incremental products as the difference between the bundled price and the standalone price . . . inappropriately assigns all of that premium or discount to the incremental products.
Second, there would be no reason to bundle the incremental content of the premium package if in fact [its] value . . . was [merely] the difference between the selling price of the [Premier] and [Basic] [packages]. In other words, if that were the case, Sirius XM could simply offer the incremental content as a standalone subscription. The fact that [it] did not do so is prima facie evidence that the value of the incremental content is not simply the difference between the [Premier] and [Basic] packages.
Third, the implied value of the same incremental good can vary dramatically depending upon which offered bundle is used determine the incremental value.
Sirius XM made no attempt to rebut Professor Lys's economic point regarding bundling and the concomitant indeterminacy in allocating revenue as between or among the bundled items. Rather, its expert, Mr. Wills, attempted to present an analogy which only served to underscore Dr. Lys's analysis. Specifically, Mr. Wills focused instead on a
Moreover, Mr. Wills's point that “when additional features are available at additional cost . . . the reasonable buyer can do the simple math to compute the cost differential, and decide whether the additional features are worth the additional cost”
Third, the Judges find guidance in the
Although the Judges styled their decision as an “
Consistent with the Judges' reliance on the “separate charge” language in the paragraph (3)(vi)(B) exclusion to clarify and amend the paragraph (3)(vi)(A) exclusion, the Judges now conclude that Sirius XM's combined charge for the Premier package is inconsistent with the plain meaning of the paragraph (3)(vi)(B) exclusion and with the purpose of the “separate charge” requirement,
The Judges thus conclude that the Sirius XM Premier package is not a service offered for a separate charge. Consequently any revenues Sirius XM excluded from its Gross Revenues royalty base attributable to the incremental Upcharge for the channels in the Premier package were improper.
Based on the foregoing findings and reasoning, the Judges answer the District Court by concluding that Sirius XM properly interpreted the revenue exclusion to apply to pre-`72 sound recordings. Given the limitations on the Judges' jurisdiction, they defer to the District Court to determine whether Sirius XM developed a consistent, transparent, reasonable methodology for valuing those exclusions. The Judges also conclude that Sirius XM was incorrect to claim a revenue exclusion based upon its Premier package upcharge, as that Premier package was not a service offered for a separate charge. The Judges' responses to the District Court are based upon that reasoning.
The Judges issued the Amended Decision to the parties in interest on September 11, 2017. This published Amended Decision redacts confidential information that is subject to a protective order in the proceeding. The Register of Copyrights reviewed this ruling and found no legal error.
Approved by:
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes a tolerance for residues of boscalid in or on vegetable, legume, edible-podded subgroup 6A. BASF Corporation requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective November 30, 2017. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before January 29, 2018, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0600, is available at
Michael L. Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0600 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before January 29, 2018. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0600, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for boscalid including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with boscalid follows.
In the
The petitioned-for tolerance increase is intended to facilitate imports of commodities in subgroup 6A, rather than accommodate residues resulting from changes in domestic uses; therefore, the only potential impact on the Agency's previous exposure assessment is through consumption of imported food containing boscalid residues. To assess the new dietary exposure levels, EPA considered exposure under the petitioned-for tolerances as well as all existing boscalid tolerances in 40 CFR 180.589. EPA assessed dietary exposures from boscalid in food as follows:
•
•
•
In addition, the Agency must provide for periodic evaluation of any estimates used. To provide for the periodic evaluation of the estimate of PCT as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(F), EPA may require registrants to submit data on PCT.
The Agency used the following chronic PCT for existing uses:
Almonds 45%; apples 15%; apricots 30%; green beans 5%; blueberries 35%; broccoli 2.5%; brussels sprouts 2.5%; cabbage 5%; caneberries 45%; cantaloupes 5%; carrots 20%; cauliflower 2.5%; celery 10%; cherries 50%; chicory 5%; cucumbers 5%; dry beans/dry peas 5%; garlic 5%; grapes 30%; hazelnuts 5%; lemons 2.5%; lettuce 30%; nectarines 15%; onions 25%; oranges 1%; peaches 25%; peanuts 1%; pears 20%; green peas 1%; peppers 2.5%; pistachios 30%; plums/prunes 5%; potatoes 25%; pumpkins 10%; squash 5%; strawberries 60%; sweet corn 1%; tomatoes 2.5%; walnuts 5%; and watermelons 25%.
In most cases, EPA uses available data from the United States Department of Agriculture/National Agricultural Statistics Service (USDA/NASS), proprietary market surveys, and the National Pesticide Use Database for the chemical/crop combination for the most recent six years. EPA uses an average PCT for chronic dietary risk analysis and a maximum PCT for acute dietary risk analysis. The average PCT figure for each existing use is derived by combining available public and private market survey data for that use, averaging across all observations, and rounding to the nearest 5%, except for those situations in which the average PCT is less than 2.5%. The maximum PCT figure is the highest observed maximum value reported within the most recent 6 years of available public and private market survey data for the existing use and rounded up to the nearest multiple of 5%, except for situations in which the maximum PCT is less than 2.5%. In cases where the estimated value is less than 2.5% but greater than 1%, the average and maximum PCT used are 2.5%. If the estimated value is less than 1%, 1% is used as the average PCT and 2.5% is used as the maximum PCT.
The Agency believes that the three conditions discussed above have been met. With respect to Condition a, PCT estimates are derived from Federal and private market survey data, which are reliable and have a valid basis. The Agency is reasonably certain that the percentage of the food treated is not likely to be an underestimation. As to Conditions b and c, regional consumption information and consumption information for significant subpopulations is taken into account through EPA's computer-based model for evaluating the exposure of significant subpopulations including several regional groups. Use of this consumption information in EPA's risk assessment process ensures that EPA's exposure estimate does not understate exposure for any significant subpopulation group and allows the Agency to be reasonably certain that no regional population is exposed to residue levels higher than those estimated by the Agency. Other than the data available through national food consumption surveys, EPA does not have available reliable information on the regional consumption of food to which may be applied in a particular area.
Because this tolerance increase does not impact drinking water or residential exposures, the drinking water and non-dietary exposure discussions from the March 18, 2015
1.
2.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
Boscalid is currently registered for uses that could result in short-term residential exposure, which the Agency
4.
An intermediate-term adverse effect was identified; however, boscalid is not registered for any use patterns that would result in intermediate-term residential exposure. Intermediate-term risk is assessed based on intermediate-term residential exposure plus chronic dietary exposure. Because there is no intermediate-term residential exposure and chronic dietary exposure has already been assessed under the appropriately protective cPAD (which is at least as protective as the POD used to assess intermediate-term risk), no further assessment of intermediate-term risk is necessary, and EPA relies on the chronic dietary risk assessment for evaluating intermediate-term risk for boscalid.
5.
6.
An adequate gas chromatography/mass spectrometric detection (GC/MS) method (Method D0008) using selected ion monitoring (SIM) of major ions is available for enforcing boscalid tolerances in plant commodities, and an adequate GC/electron capture detection method (ECD) (Method DFG S19) is available for enforcing the tolerances in livestock commodities. The validated limit of quantitation (LOQ) for boscalid residues in most plant matrices is 0.05 ppm. These methods have been found adequate by the Analytical Chemistry Branch (ACB) of BEAD. Residues of boscalid and its metabolite M510F01 were not adequately recovered using the multiresidue methods.
The method may be requested from: Chief, Analytical Chemistry Branch, Environmental Science Center, 701 Mapes Rd., Ft. Meade, MD 20755-5350; telephone number: (410) 305-2905; email address:
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has established MRLs for boscalid in or on vegetable, legume, edible-podded subgroup 6A at 3.0 ppm. These MRLs are different than the tolerances established for boscalid in the United States. The registrant has petitioned the EPA to increase the existing tolerance level for edible-podded legume vegetable subgroup 6A from 1.6 ppm to 5.0 ppm in order to harmonize with MRL established by the European Union of 5.0 ppm. This is not anticipated to cause a trade irritant since the CODEX MRL will be lower than the U.S. tolerance, and CODEX countries will still be able to export to the U.S. For these reasons, EPA has determined it is appropriate to amend the tolerance for residues of boscalid on edible podded legume vegetable subgroup 6A as petitioned from 1.6 ppm to 5.0 ppm.
Therefore, a tolerance is established for residues of boscalid, boscalid, 3-pyridinecarboxamide,2-chloro-N-(4′-chloro[1,1′-biphenyl]-2-yl), in or on vegetable, legume, edible podded subgroup 6A at 5.0 ppm.
This action amends a tolerance under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001), Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997), or Executive Order 13771, entitled “Reducing Regulations and Controlling Regulatory Costs” (82 FR 9339, February 3, 2017). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175,
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
(a) * * *
(1) * * *
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Final rule.
This regulation establishes tolerances for residues of nitrapyrin in or on almond hulls and the tree nut group 14-12. Dow AgroSciences requested these tolerances under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
This regulation is effective November 30, 2017. Objections and requests for hearings must be received on or before January 29, 2018, and must be filed in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178 (see also Unit I.C. of the
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0295, is available at
Michael Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
You may access a frequently updated electronic version of EPA's tolerance regulations at 40 CFR part 180 through the Government Printing Office's e-CFR site at
Under FFDCA section 408(g), 21 U.S.C. 346a, any person may file an objection to any aspect of this regulation and may also request a hearing on those objections. You must file your objection or request a hearing on this regulation in accordance with the instructions provided in 40 CFR part 178. To ensure proper receipt by EPA, you must identify docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0295 in the subject line on the first page of your submission. All objections and requests for a hearing must be in writing, and must be received by the Hearing Clerk on or before January 29, 2018. Addresses for mail and hand delivery of objections and hearing requests are provided in 40 CFR 178.25(b).
In addition to filing an objection or hearing request with the Hearing Clerk as described in 40 CFR part 178, please submit a copy of the filing (excluding any Confidential Business Information (CBI)) for inclusion in the public docket. Information not marked confidential pursuant to 40 CFR part 2 may be disclosed publicly by EPA without prior notice. Submit the non-CBI copy of your objection or hearing request, identified by docket ID number EPA-HQ-OPP-2016-0295, by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
Additional instructions on commenting or visiting the docket, along with more information about dockets generally, is available at
In the
Based upon review of the data supporting the petition, EPA has modified the level at which the tolerance is being established for almond hulls. The reason for this change is explained in Unit IV.C.
Section 408(b)(2)(A)(i) of FFDCA allows EPA to establish a tolerance (the legal limit for a pesticide chemical residue in or on a food) only if EPA determines that the tolerance is “safe.” Section 408(b)(2)(A)(ii) of FFDCA defines “safe” to mean that “there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue, including all anticipated dietary exposures and all other exposures for which there is reliable information.” This includes exposure through drinking water and in residential settings, but does not include occupational exposure. Section 408(b)(2)(C) of FFDCA requires EPA to give special consideration to exposure of infants and children to the pesticide chemical residue in establishing a tolerance and to “ensure that there is a reasonable certainty that no harm will result to infants and children from aggregate exposure to the pesticide chemical residue. . . .”
Consistent with FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), and the factors specified in FFDCA section 408(b)(2)(D), EPA has reviewed the available scientific data and other relevant information in support of this action. EPA has sufficient data to assess the hazards of and to make a determination on aggregate exposure for nitrapyrin including exposure resulting from the tolerances established by this action. EPA's assessment of exposures and risks associated with nitrapyrin follows.
EPA has evaluated the available toxicity data and considered its validity, completeness, and reliability as well as the relationship of the results of the studies to human risk. EPA has also considered available information concerning the variability of the sensitivities of major identifiable subgroups of consumers, including infants and children.
The liver is the major target organ of nitrapyrin in both subchronic and chronic studies via the oral route; no toxicity was seen in the subchronic dermal study. Effects in the oral studies were generally consistent among the species tested (rat, mouse, rabbit, and dog), progressed with time, and typically included increased liver weights, enlarged livers, and/or hepatocellular hypertrophy. Only increased liver weights in the absence of other toxic effects in the liver were noted in the rabbit; however, by study design no other liver parameters were measured. Although some of the observed liver effects (
Kidney effects (increased kidney weights accompanied by intratubular mineralization and multifocal necrosis of the intratubular epithelium) were observed in male rats only, in both the two generation reproduction study and the chronic toxicity study. These kidney effects are indicative of α-2u-globulin accumulation with eventual progression to renal tumors. This finding of α-2u-globulin was confirmed by immunoperoxidase stain in the rat chronic study. The response, which only occurs in male rats, is not relevant to humans.
Nitrapyrin did not show qualitative or quantitative susceptibility in the rabbit or rat developmental studies. In the developmental toxicity in the rabbit, an increased incidence of crooked hyoid bones was seen at the highest dose tested (HDT). This effect is considered to be treatment-related but not adverse because it does not affect the health of the animal. In the rat developmental study, delayed ossification and decreased fetal body weight occurred at the same dose as maternal toxicity (reduced body weight/weight gain and reduced food consumption) and are not considered more severe than the maternal effects. Toxic effects in the two generation reproduction study occurred at the same dose in both parental animals and the offspring and included increased liver weights (parental M and F; both generations), enlarged livers in F2 pups (M and F), and hepatic vacuolation consistent with fatty changes in parental and offspring animals (both sexes and both generations).
In the acute neurotoxicity study, following a single oral dose of 400 mg/kg nitrapyrin, male and female rats showed slight tremors; females also showed gait incoordination, palpebral closure, and perineal fecal staining accompanied by decreased total motor activity (≉40% M & F) and an effect on distribution of motor activity (
There is also no evidence of immunotoxicity or mutagenicity.
The available data on carcinogenicity of nitrapyrin includes reports of multiple tumor types that were reported (renal tumors in male rats, stomach, epididymis, or Harderian gland neoplasms in either male or female mice). Following five peer review meetings to evaluate the carcinogenic potential of nitrapyrin as a nitrification inhibitor, EPA concluded that the reported tumors were either not treatment-related or not relevant for the human risk assessment, with the exception of the mouse liver tumors. At that time, the Agency classified nitrapyrin as “suggestive evidence of carcinogenic potential”. Following this classification, mode of action (MOA) studies were submitted that suggest that nitrapyrin is a mitogen that induces the male mouse liver tumors through activation of the constitutive androstane receptor (CAR), a nuclear receptor. Since the MOA data were not considered complete (no MOA data on female mice), a final decision on the MOA has not been made. The weight of evidence remains as suggestive of carcinogenicity for the following reasons:
1. Liver tumors were not seen in the 2-year carcinogenicity study in rats.
2. The response is driven by benign adenomas.
3. Mutagenicity was ruled out as a MOA.
4. There are adequate data supporting the MOA of mitogenesis through activation CAR nuclear receptors in male mice.
Based on the available information and the fact that the chronic reference dose (0.03 mg/kg/day) is approximately 4000X lower than the dose at which tumors are seen in the female mouse, the Agency concludes that quantification of cancer risk using a non-linear Reference Dose (RfD) approach will be protective of all chronic toxicity.
Specific information on the studies received and the nature of the adverse effects caused by nitrapyrin as well as the no-observed-adverse-effect-level (NOAEL) and the lowest-observed-adverse-effect-level (LOAEL) from the toxicity studies can be found at
Once a pesticide's toxicological profile is determined, EPA identifies toxicological points of departure (POD) and levels of concern to use in evaluating the risk posed by human exposure to the pesticide. For hazards that have a threshold below which there is no appreciable risk, the toxicological POD is used as the basis for derivation of reference values for risk assessment. PODs are developed based on a careful analysis of the doses in each toxicological study to determine the dose at which no adverse effects are observed (the NOAEL) and the lowest dose at which adverse effects of concern are identified (the LOAEL). Uncertainty/safety factors are used in conjunction with the POD to calculate a safe exposure level—generally referred to as a population-adjusted dose (PAD) or a reference dose (RfD)—and a safe margin of exposure (MOE). For non-threshold risks, the Agency assumes that any amount of exposure will lead to some degree of risk. Thus, the Agency estimates risk in terms of the probability of an occurrence of the adverse effect expected in a lifetime. For more information on the general principles EPA uses in risk characterization and a complete description of the risk assessment process, see
A summary of the toxicological endpoints for nitrapyrin used for human risk assessment is shown in Table 1 of this unit.
1.
i.
Such effects were identified for nitrapyrin. In estimating acute dietary
ii.
iii.
iv.
2.
Based on the Tier II pesticide water calculator (PWC), the estimated drinking water concentrations (EDWCs) of nitrapyrin residues of concern for acute exposures are estimated to be 51 parts per billion (ppb) for surface water and 76 ppb for ground water, and for chronic exposures are estimated to be 15 ppb for surface water and 67 ppb for ground water.
Modeled estimates of drinking water concentrations were directly entered into the dietary exposure model. For acute dietary risk assessment, the water concentration value of 76 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water. For chronic dietary risk assessment, the water concentration of value 67 ppb was used to assess the contribution to drinking water.
3.
4.
EPA has not found nitrapyrin to share a common mechanism of toxicity with any other substances, and nitrapyrin does not appear to produce a toxic metabolite produced by other substances. For the purposes of this tolerance action, therefore, EPA has assumed that nitrapyrin does not have a common mechanism of toxicity with other substances. For information regarding EPA's efforts to determine which chemicals have a common mechanism of toxicity and to evaluate the cumulative effects of such chemicals, see EPA's Web site at
1.
2.
3.
i. The toxicity database for nitrapyrin is complete.
ii. In an acute neurotoxicity study, nitrapyrin induced tremors and other functional observation battery effects, (
iii. There is no evidence that nitrapyrin results in increased susceptibility in
iv. There are no residual uncertainties identified in the exposure databases. The dietary food exposure assessments were performed based on 100 PCT and tolerance-level residues. EPA made conservative (protective) assumptions in the ground and surface water modeling to assess exposure to nitrapyrin in drinking water. The EPA believes that these assessments will not underestimate the exposure and risks posed by nitrapyrin.
EPA determines whether acute and chronic dietary pesticide exposures are safe by comparing aggregate exposure estimates to the acute PAD (aPAD) and chronic PAD (cPAD). For linear cancer risks, EPA calculates the lifetime probability of acquiring cancer given the estimated aggregate exposure. Short-, intermediate-, and chronic-term risks are evaluated by comparing the estimated aggregate food, drinking water, and residential exposure to the appropriate PODs to ensure that an adequate MOE exists.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Seven analytical methods are available in Volume II of the Pesticide Analytical Manual (PAM II—Pesticide Reg. Sec. 180.350) for tolerance enforcement for nitrapyrin and/or for metabolite 6-CPA.
In making its tolerance decisions, EPA seeks to harmonize U.S. tolerances with international standards whenever possible, consistent with U.S. food safety standards and agricultural practices. EPA considers the international maximum residue limits (MRLs) established by the Codex Alimentarius Commission (Codex), as required by FFDCA section 408(b)(4). The Codex Alimentarius is a joint United Nations Food and Agriculture Organization/World Health Organization food standards program, and it is recognized as an international food safety standards-setting organization in trade agreements to which the United States is a party. EPA may establish a tolerance that is different from a Codex MRL; however, FFDCA section 408(b)(4) requires that EPA explain the reasons for departing from the Codex level.
The Codex has not established any MRLs for nitrapyrin.
The tolerance being established for almond hulls is different than that proposed by the registrant. This difference is due to EPA using the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD) Maximum Residue Limits (MRL) calculation procedures to determine appropriate tolerance levels. The results from the spreadsheet calculator supports a tolerance of 0.06 ppm for almond hulls, rather than 0.07 ppm as proposed.
Also, EPA has revised the tolerance expression to clarify (1) that as provided in FFDCA section 408(a)(3), the tolerance covers metabolites and degradates of nitrapyrin not specifically mentioned; and (2) that compliance with the specified tolerance levels is to be determined by measuring only the specific compounds mentioned in the tolerance expression.
Therefore, tolerances are established for residues of nitrapyrin, including its metabolites and degradates, in or on almond, hulls at 0.06 ppm and the nut, tree, group 14-12 at 0.02 ppm.
This action establishes tolerances under FFDCA section 408(d) in response to a petition submitted to the Agency. The Office of Management and Budget (OMB) has exempted these types of actions from review under Executive Order 12866, entitled “Regulatory Planning and Review” (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993). Because this action has been exempted from review under Executive Order 12866, this action is not subject to Executive Order 13211, entitled “Actions Concerning Regulations That Significantly Affect Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use” (66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001) or Executive Order 13045, entitled “Protection of Children from Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks” (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997). This action does not contain any information collections subject to OMB approval under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3501
Since tolerances and exemptions that are established on the basis of a petition under FFDCA section 408(d), such as the tolerance in this final rule, do not require the issuance of a proposed rule, the requirements of the Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) (5 U.S.C. 601
This action directly regulates growers, food processors, food handlers, and food retailers, not States or tribes, nor does this action alter the relationships or distribution of power and responsibilities established by Congress in the preemption provisions of FFDCA section 408(n)(4). As such, the Agency has determined that this action will not have a substantial direct effect on States or tribal governments, on the relationship between the national government and the States or tribal governments, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government or between the Federal Government and Indian tribes. Thus, the Agency has determined that Executive Order 13132, entitled “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, August 10, 1999) and Executive Order 13175, entitled “Consultation and Coordination with Indian Tribal Governments” (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000) do not apply to this action. In addition, this action does not impose any enforceable duty or contain any unfunded mandate as
This action does not involve any technical standards that would require Agency consideration of voluntary consensus standards pursuant to section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act (NTTAA) (15 U.S.C. 272 note).
Pursuant to the Congressional Review Act (5 U.S.C. 801
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure, Agricultural commodities, Pesticides and pests, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Therefore, 40 CFR chapter I is amended as follows:
21 U.S.C. 321(q), 346a and 371.
The revision and additions read as follows:
(a)
Federal Railroad Administration (FRA), Department of Transportation.
Final rule; stay of regulations.
On August 12, 2016, FRA published a final rule requiring commuter and intercity passenger railroads to develop and implement a system safety program (SSP) to improve the safety of their operations. On February 10, 2017, FRA stayed the SSP final rule's requirements until March 21, 2017, and extended the stay until May 22, 2017, June 5, 2017, and then December 4, 2017. FRA is issuing this final rule to extend that stay until December 4, 2018.
Effective November 29, 2017, the stay of 49 CFR part 270 is extended until December 4, 2018. Petitions for reconsideration must be received on or before January 19, 2018. Comments in response to petitions for reconsideration must be received on or before March 5, 2018.
•
•
•
•
Elizabeth A. Gross, Trial Attorney, U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Railroad Administration, Office of Chief Counsel; telephone: 202-493-1342; email:
On August 12, 2016, FRA published a final rule requiring commuter and intercity passenger railroads to develop and implement an SSP to improve the safety of their operations.
FRA's review included petitions for reconsideration of the SSP final rule
On October 30, 2017, FRA met with the Passenger Safety Working Group and the System Safety Task Group of the Railroad Safety Advisory Committee (RSAC) to discuss the Petitions and comments received in response to the Petitions.
Given the multiple requests for a continued stay of the rule, the comment received supporting a stay, the lack of opposition to a stay in either the comments or at the public RSAC meeting, and FRA's interest in addressing the issues raised in the State petitions prior to requiring full compliance with the SSP final rule, FRA is issuing this final rule extending the stay until December 4, 2018.
This final rule is a non-significant regulatory action within the meaning of Executive Order 12866 and DOT policies and procedures.
In July 2016, FRA issued the System Safety Program final rule (2016 Final Rule) as part of its efforts to continuously improve rail safety and to satisfy the statutory mandate in sections 103 and 109 of Rail Safety Improvement Act of 2008. The 2016 Final Rule requires passenger railroads to establish a program that systematically evaluates railroad safety risks and manages those risks with the goal of reducing the numbers and rates of railroad accidents, incidents, injuries, and fatalities. Paperwork requirements are the largest burden of the 2016 Final Rule.
FRA believes that the final rule, which will stay the requirements of the 2016 Final Rule until December 4, 2018, will reduce regulatory burden on the railroad industry. By staying the requirements of the 2016 Final Rule, railroads will realize a cost savings. Railroads will not sustain any costs during the first year of this analysis. In addition, because the analysis discounts future costs and the final rule will move forward all costs by one-year, the present value cost of the final rule is lower as compared to the present value cost of the 2016 Final Rule. FRA estimates this cost savings to be approximately $164,480, at a 3% discount rate, and $76,788, at a 7% discount rate. The following table shows 2016 Final Rule total cost, delayed one-year implementation date total costs (final rule total cost), and the cost savings from a one-year implementation date delay.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act of 1980, 5 U.S.C. 601
This final rule will affect passenger railroads, but will have a beneficial effect, lessening the burden on small railroads.
“Small entity” is defined in 5 U.S.C. 601 as including a small business
This final rule will apply to passenger railroads. Based on the definition of “small entity,” only two passenger railroads are considered small entities: Saratoga & North Creek Railway (SNC), and the Hawkeye Express (operated by the Iowa Northern Railway Company (IANR)). As the final rule is not significant, if it did impact these two small entities, this final rule would merely provide these entities with additional compliance time without introducing any additional burden.
Pursuant to the Regulatory Flexibility Act, 5 U.S.C. 601(b), the Administrator of the FRA hereby certifies that this final rule will not have a significant impact on a substantial number of small entities. A substantial number of small entities may be impacted by this regulation; however, any impact on these entities will be minimal and positive.
There are no new collection of information requirements contained in this final rule and, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, 44 U.S.C. 3501
Executive Order 13132, “Federalism” (64 FR 43255, Aug. 10, 1999), requires FRA to develop an accountable process to ensure “meaningful and timely input by State and local officials in the development of regulatory policies that have federalism implications.” “Policies that have federalism implications” are defined in the Executive Order to include regulations that have “substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.” Under Executive Order 13132, the agency may not issue a regulation with federalism implications that imposes substantial direct compliance costs and that is not required by statute, unless the Federal government provides the funds necessary to pay the direct compliance costs incurred by State and local governments or the agency consults with State and local government officials early in the process of developing the regulation. Where a regulation has federalism implications and preempts State law, the agency seeks to consult with State and local officials in the process of developing the regulation.
This final rule has been analyzed in accordance with the principles and criteria contained in Executive Order 13132. FRA has determined that this rule does not have substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government. In addition, FRA has determined that this rule does not impose substantial direct compliance costs on State and local governments. Therefore, the consultation and funding requirements of Executive Order 13132 do not apply.
The Trade Agreement Act of 1979 prohibits Federal agencies from engaging in any standards or related activities that create unnecessary obstacles to the foreign commerce of the United States. Legitimate domestic objectives, such as safety, are not considered unnecessary obstacles. The statute also requires consideration of international standards and where appropriate, that they be the basis for U.S. standards. This rulemaking is purely domestic in nature and is not expected to affect trade opportunities for U.S. firms doing business overseas or for foreign firms doing business in the United States.
FRA has evaluated this rule in accordance with its “Procedures for Considering Environmental Impacts” (FRA's Procedures) (64 FR 28545, May 26, 1999) as required by the National Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321
In accordance with section 4(c) and (e) of FRA's Procedures, the agency has further concluded that no extraordinary circumstances exist with respect to this regulation that might trigger the need for a more detailed environmental review. As a result, FRA finds that this rule is not a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment.
Pursuant to section 201 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995 (Pub. L. 104-4, 2 U.S.C. 1531), each Federal agency shall, unless otherwise prohibited by law, assess the effects of Federal regulatory actions on State, local, and tribal governments, and the private sector (other than to the extent that such regulations incorporate
Section 202 of the Act (2 U.S.C. 1532) further requires that before promulgating any general notice of proposed rulemaking that is likely to result in the promulgation of any rule that includes any Federal mandate that may result in expenditure by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100,000,000 or more (adjusted annually for inflation) in any 1 year, and before promulgating any final rule for which a general notice of proposed rulemaking was published, the agency shall prepare a written statement.
This written statement must detail the effect on State, local, and tribal governments and the private sector. For the year 2017, this monetary amount of $100,000,000 has been adjusted to $156,000,000 to account for inflation. This final rule would not result in such an expenditure, and thus preparation of such a statement is not required.
Executive Order 13211 requires Federal agencies to prepare a Statement of Energy Effects for any “significant energy action.” 66 FR 28355, May 22, 2001. Under the Executive Order, a “significant energy action” is defined as any action by an agency (normally published in the
In accordance with 5 U.S.C. 553(c), DOT solicits comments from the public to better inform its rulemaking process. DOT posts these comments, without edit, including any personal information the commenter provides, to
Penalties, Railroad safety, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, System safety.
49 U.S.C. 20103, 20106-20107, 20118-20119, 20156, 21301, 21304, 21311; 28 U.S.C. 2461, note; and 49 CFR 1.89.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Temporary rule; closure.
NMFS is closing the U.S. pelagic longline fishery for bigeye tuna in the western and central Pacific Ocean because the fishery will reach the 2017 allocation limit for the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands (CNMI). This action is necessary to comply with regulations managing this fish stock.
Effective 12:01 a.m. local time December 6, 2017, through December 31, 2017.
Jarad Makaiau, NMFS PIRO Sustainable Fisheries, 808-725-5176.
On September 1, 2017, NMFS restricted the retention, transshipment and landing of bigeye tuna captured by longline gear in the western and central Pacific Ocean (WCPO) because the U.S. longline fishery reached 2017 U.S. bigeye tuna limit of 3,554 mt (82 FR 47642, October 13, 2017). Regulations at 50 CFR 300.224(d) provide an exception to this closure for bigeye tuna caught by U.S. longline vessels identified in a valid specified fishing agreement under 50 CFR 665.819(c). Further, 50 CFR 665.819(c)(9) authorized NMFS to attribute catches of bigeye tuna made by U.S. longline vessels identified in a valid specified fishing agreement to the U.S. territory to which the agreement applies.
Effective on October 10, 2017, NMFS specified a 2017 catch limit of 2,000 mt of longline-caught bigeye tuna for the U.S. territories of American Samoa, Guam and the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands or CNMI (82 FR 49143, October 24, 2017). NMFS also authorized each territory to allocate up to 1,000 mt of its 2,000 mt bigeye tuna limit to U.S. longline fishing vessels permitted to fish under the Fishery Ecosystem Plan for Pelagic Fisheries of the Western Pacific (FEP).
On October 6, 2017, the Western Pacific Fishery Management Council, through its Executive Director, transmitted to NMFS a specified fishing agreement between the CNMI and Quota Management, Inc. (QMI) dated April 14, 2016. NMFS reviewed the agreement and determined that it was consistent with the requirements at 50 CFR 665.819, the FEP, the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act, and other applicable laws (82 FR 49143, October 24, 2017). The criteria that a specified fishing agreement must meet, and the process for attributing longline-caught bigeye tuna, followed the procedures in 50 CFR 665.819—Territorial catch and fishing effort limits.
In accordance with 50 CFR 300.224(d) and 50 CFR 665.819(c)(9), NMFS began attributing bigeye tuna caught in the WCPO by vessels identified in the CNMI/QMI agreement to the CNMI, beginning on October 10, 2017. NMFS monitored catches of longline-caught bigeye tuna by the CNMI longline fisheries, including catches made by U.S. longline vessels operating under the CNMI/QMI agreement. Based on this monitoring, NMFS forecasted that the CNMI territorial allocation limit of 1,000 mt will be reached by December 6, 2017, and is, as an accountability measure, prohibiting the catch and retention of longline-caught bigeye tuna by vessels in the CNMI/QMI agreement.
Effective 12:01 a.m. local time December 6, 2017, through December 31, 2017, NMFS closes the U.S. pelagic longline fishery for bigeye tuna in the western and central Pacific Ocean as a result of the fishery reaching the 2017
During the closure, a U.S. fishing vessel operating under the CNMI/QMI agreement may not retain on board, transship, or land bigeye tuna captured by longline gear in the WCPO, except that any bigeye tuna already on board a fishing vessel upon the effective date of the restrictions may be retained on board, transshipped, and landed, provided that they are landed within 14 days of the start of the closure; that is, by December 20, 2017.
Additionally, U.S. fishing vessels operating under the CNMI/QMI agreement are also prohibited from transshipping bigeye tuna caught in the WCPO by longline gear to any vessel other than a U.S. fishing vessel with a valid permit issued under 50 CFR 660.707 or 665.801.
During the closure, all other restrictions and requirements NMFS established on September 1, 2017, as a result of the U.S. longline fishery reaching the 2017 U.S. bigeye tuna limit of 3,108 mt (82 FR 37824, August 14, 2017) shall remain valid and effective.
However, any vessel included in the CNMI/QMI agreement that is also included in a valid specified fishing agreement in effect on December 6, 2017, may continue to transship, retain, and land bigeye tuna caught by longline gear in the WCPO. Additionally, if any such vessel is engaged in a longline fishing trip in the WCPO on December 6, 2017, that vessel would not need to return to port before December 20, 2017. NMFS would announce any subsequent valid specified fishing agreement in the
There is good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(b)(B) to waive prior notice and the opportunity for public comment on this action, because it would be impracticable and contrary to public interest, as discussed below. This rule closes the U.S. longline fishery for bigeye tuna in the WCPO as a result of reaching the bigeye tuna allocation limit established by the 2017 specification for catch and allocation limits of bigeye tuna for the CNMI, and the specified fishing agreement between the Government of the CNMI and QMI dated April 14, 2016.
NMFS forecasted that the fishery would reach the 2017 CNMI allocation limit by December 6, 2017. Fishermen have been subject to longline bigeye tuna limits in the western and central Pacific since 2009. They have received ongoing, updated information about the 2017 catch and progress of the fishery in reaching the U.S. bigeye tuna limit via the NMFS Web site, social media, and other means. The publication timing of this rule, moreover, provides longline fishermen with seven days' advance notice of the closure date, and allows two weeks to return to port and land their catch of bigeye tuna. This action is intended to comply with regulations managing this stock, and, accordingly NMFS finds it impracticable and contrary to the public interest to have prior notice and public comment.
For the reasons stated above, there is also good cause under 5 U.S.C. 553(d)(3) to waive the 30-day delay in effectiveness for this temporary rule. NMFS must close the fishery to ensure that fishery does not exceed the allocation limit. NMFS implemented the catch and allocation limits for the CNMI consistent with management objectives to sustainable manage the bigeye tuna stock and restore the stock to levels capable of producing maximum sustainable yield on a continuing basis. Failure to close the fishery before the limit is reached would be inconsistent with bigeye tuna management objections and in violation of Federal law.
This action is required by 50 CFR 665.819(d), and is exempt from review under Executive Order 12866.
16 U.S.C. 1801
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice of proposed rulemaking (NPRM).
We propose to adopt a new airworthiness directive (AD) for certain Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes; all Model A330-200 Freighter, -200, and -300 series airplanes; and all Model A340-200, -300, -500, and -600 series airplanes. This proposed AD was prompted by reports of false traffic collision avoidance system (TCAS) resolution advisories. This proposed AD would require modifying the software in the TCAS computer processor or replacing the TCAS computer with a new TCAS computer. We are proposing this AD to address the unsafe condition on these products.
We must receive comments on this proposed AD by January 16, 2018.
You may send comments, using the procedures found in 14 CFR 11.43 and 11.45, by any of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
For service information identified in this NPRM, contact Airbus, Airworthiness Office—EIAS, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 44 51; email
You may examine the AD docket on the Internet at
Sanjay Ralhan, Aerospace Engineer, International Section, Transport Standards Section, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1405; fax 425-227-1149.
We invite you to send any written relevant data, views, or arguments about this proposal. Send your comments to an address listed under the
We will post all comments we receive, without change, to
The European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA), which is the Technical Agent for the Member States of the European Union, has issued EASA Airworthiness Directive 2017-0091R2, dated June 2, 2017 (referred to after this as the Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information, or “the MCAI”), to correct an unsafe condition for certain Airbus Model A318, A319, A320, and A321 series airplanes; all Model A330-200 Freighter, -200, and -300 series airplanes; and all Model A340-200, -300, -500, and -600 series airplanes. The MCAI states:
Since 2012, a number of false TCAS [traffic collision avoidance system] resolution advisories (RA) have been reported by various European Air Navigation Service Providers. EASA has published certification guidance material for collision avoidance systems (AMC 20-15) which defines a false TCAS RA as an RA that is issued, but the RA condition does not exist. It is possible that more false (or spurious) RA events have occurred, but were not recorded or reported. The known events were mainly occurring on Airbus single-aisle (A320 family) aeroplanes, although several events have also occurred on Airbus A330 aeroplanes. Investigation determined that the false RAs are caused on aeroplanes with a certain Honeywell TPA-100B TCAS processor, P/N 940-0351-001, installed, through a combination of three factors: (1) Hybrid surveillance enabled; (2) processor connected to a hybrid GPS source, without a direct connection to a GPS source; and (3) an encounter with an intruder aeroplane with noisy (jumping) ADS-B Out position.
EASA previously published Safety Information Bulletin (SIB) 2014-33 to inform owners and operators of affected aeroplanes about this safety concern. At that time, the false RAs were not considered an unsafe condition. Since the SIB was issued, further events have been reported, involving a third aeroplane.
This condition, if not corrected, could lead to a loss of separation with other aeroplanes, possibly resulting in a mid-air collision.
Prompted by these latest findings, and after review of the available information, EASA reassessed the severity and rate of occurrence of false RAs and has decided that mandatory action must be taken to reduce the rate of occurrence, and the risk of loss of separation with other aeroplanes.
Honeywell International Inc. published Service Bulletin (SB) 940-0351-34-0005 [Publication Number D201611000002] to provide instructions for an upgrade of TPA-100B processors P/N [part number] 940-0351-001 to P/N 940-0351-005, introducing software version 05/01.
Consequently, Airbus developed certain modifications (mod 159658 and mod 206608) and published SB A32034-1656, SB A320-34-1657, SB A330-34-3342, SB A340-34-4304 and SB A340-34-5118, to provide instructions for in-service introduction of the software update (including change to P/N 940-0351-005) on the affected aeroplanes, or to replace the TCAS processor with a P/N 940-0351-005 unit.
Consequently, EASA issued AD 2017-0091, to require modification or replacement of Honeywell TPA-100B TCAS P/N 940-0351-001 processors, hereafter referred to as `affected processor' in this [EASA] AD. That [EASA] AD also prohibits installation of an affected processor on post-mod aeroplanes.
After that [EASA] AD was issued, it was found that an error had been introduced, inadvertently restricting the required action to those aeroplanes that had the affected part installed on the Airbus production line, thereby excluding those that had the part installed in-service by Airbus SB. Consequently, EASA revised AD 2017-0091 to amend Note 1 and include references to the relevant Airbus SBs that introduced the affected processor in service.
Since EASA AD 2017-0091R1 was issued, prompted by operator feedback and to avoid confusion, it was decided to exclude aeroplanes that had an affected processor installed by STC, for which EASA AD No.: 2017-0091R2 separate [EASA] AD action is planned. It was also determined that the prohibition to install an affected processor was too strict, particularly for Group 2 aeroplanes.
For the reason described above, this [EASA] AD is revised to reduce the Applicability, introduce some minor editorial changes and to amend paragraph (3).
You may examine the MCAI in the AD docket on the Internet at
Airbus has issued the following service information, which describes procedures for modifying the software in the TCAS computer processor and procedures for replacing the TCAS computer with a new TCAS computer. These documents are distinct since they apply to different airplane models in different configurations.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1656, dated April 19, 2017.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1657, dated April 19, 2017.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A330-34-3342, dated April 19, 2017.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-4304, dated April 19, 2017.
• Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-5118, dated April 19, 2017.
This service information is reasonably available because the interested parties have access to it through their normal course of business or by the means identified in the
Honeywell has issued Service Bulletin 940-0351-34-0005, Revision 0, dated January 20, 2017. This service information describes procedures for modifying an affected TCAS processor and re-identifying the processor as part number (P/N) 940-0351-005.
This product has been approved by the aviation authority of another country, and is approved for operation in the United States. Pursuant to our bilateral agreement with the State of Design Authority, we have been notified of the unsafe condition described in the MCAI and service information referenced above. We are proposing this AD because we evaluated all pertinent information and determined an unsafe condition exists and is likely to exist or develop on other products of these same type designs.
Paragraph 3 of EASA AD 2017-0091R2, dated June 2, 2017, states that, for Group 2 airplanes (that do not have an affected processor installed), a Honeywell TPA-100B processor having P/N 940-0351-001 should not be installed on any airplane as of June 2, 2018; however, this proposed AD would prohibit installation of a processor having P/N 940-0351-001 as of the effective date of the AD. In cases where a part is known to be unairworthy—such as when it creates an unsafe condition—we typically do not allow such a part to be installed on airplanes that are not affected by the unsafe condition as of the effective date of the AD.
We estimate that this proposed AD affects 205 airplanes of U.S. registry.
We estimate the following costs to comply with this proposed AD:
Title 49 of the United States Code specifies the FAA's authority to issue rules on aviation safety. Subtitle I, section 106, describes the authority of the FAA Administrator. “Subtitle VII: Aviation Programs,” describes in more detail the scope of the Agency's authority.
We are issuing this rulemaking under the authority described in “Subtitle VII, Part A, Subpart III, Section 44701: General requirements.” Under that section, Congress charges the FAA with promoting safe flight of civil aircraft in air commerce by prescribing regulations for practices, methods, and procedures the Administrator finds necessary for safety in air commerce. This regulation is within the scope of that authority because it addresses an unsafe condition that is likely to exist or develop on products identified in this rulemaking action.
This proposed AD is issued in accordance with authority delegated by the Executive Director, Aircraft Certification Service, as authorized by FAA Order 8000.51C. In accordance with that order, issuance of ADs is normally a function of the Compliance and Airworthiness Division, but during this transition period, the Executive Director has delegated the authority to issue ADs applicable to transport category airplanes to the Director of the System Oversight Division.
We determined that this proposed AD would not have federalism implications under Executive Order 13132. This proposed AD would not have a substantial direct effect on the States, on the relationship between the national Government and the States, or on the distribution of power and responsibilities among the various levels of government.
For the reasons discussed above, I certify this proposed regulation:
1. Is not a “significant regulatory action” under Executive Order 12866;
2. Is not a “significant rule” under the DOT Regulatory Policies and Procedures (44 FR 11034, February 26, 1979);
3. Will not affect intrastate aviation in Alaska; and
4. Will not have a significant economic impact, positive or negative, on a substantial number of small entities under the criteria of the Regulatory Flexibility Act.
Air transportation, Aircraft, Aviation safety, Incorporation by reference, Safety.
Accordingly, under the authority delegated to me by the Administrator, the FAA proposes to amend 14 CFR part 39 as follows:
49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701.
We must receive comments by January 16, 2018.
None.
This AD applies to Airbus airplanes, all manufacturer serial numbers, certificated in any category, as identified in paragraphs (c)(1) through (c)(11) of this AD; except those Model A318, A319, A320 and A321 series airplanes that have been modified by a supplemental type certificate that installs Honeywell traffic alert and collision avoidance system (TCAS) 7.1 processor, part number (P/N) 940-0351-001.
(1) Model A318-111, -112, -121, and -122 airplanes.
(2) Model A319-111, -112, -113, -114, -115, -131, -132, and -133 airplanes.
(3) Model A320-211, -212, -214, -216, -231, -232, -233, -251N, and -271N airplanes.
(4) Model A321-111, -112, -131, -211, -212, -213, -231, -232, -251N, -253N, and -271N airplanes.
(5) Model A330-223F and -243F airplanes.
(6) Model A330-201, -202, -203, -223, and -243 airplanes.
(7) Model A330-301, -302, -303, -321, -322, -323, -341, -342, and -343 airplanes.
(8) Model A340-211, -212, and -213 airplanes.
(9) Model A340-311, -312, and -313 airplanes.
(10) Model A340-541 airplanes.
(11) Model A340-642 airplanes.
Air Transport Association (ATA) of America Code 34, Navigation.
This AD was prompted by reports of false TCAS resolution advisories. We are issuing this AD to prevent false TCAS resolution advisories. False TCAS resolution advisories could lead to a loss of separation with other airplanes, possibly resulting in a mid-air collision.
Comply with this AD within the compliance times specified, unless already done.
(1) For the purposes of this AD, Group 1 airplanes are those that have a Honeywell TPA-100B TCAS P/N 940-0351-001 processor that was installed during production, or in-service using the procedures in the applicable service information identified in paragraphs (g)(1)(i) through (g)(1)(xii) of this AD.
(i) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1504.
(ii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1506.
(iii) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1533.
(iv) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1534.
(v) Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1572.
(vi) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-34-3247.
(vii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-34-3281.
(viii) Airbus Service Bulletin A330-34-3344.
(ix) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-4263.
(x) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-4254.
(xi) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-5076.
(xii) Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-5087.
(2) For the purposes of this AD, Group 2 airplanes are airplanes that do not have a Honeywell TPA-100B TCAS P/N 940-0351-001 processor installed.
For Group 1 airplanes, as identified in paragraph (g)(1) of this AD: Within 12 months after the effective date of this AD, do a modification of the TCAS processor to upgrade the software, or replace the TCAS processor with a TCAS TPA-100B processor having P/N 940-0351-005, in accordance with the Accomplishment Instructions of the applicable service information identified in paragraph (i) of this AD.
Note 1 to paragraph (h) of this AD: Guidance for modifying an affected TCAS processor and re-identifying the processor as P/N 940-0351-005 can be found in paragraph 3.F. of Honeywell Service Bulletin 940-0351-34-0005, Revision 0, dated January 20, 2017.
Use the applicable service information specified in paragraphs (i)(1) through (i)(5) of this AD to accomplish the actions required by paragraph (h) of this AD.
(1) For Model A318 and A319 series airplanes; Model A320-211, A320-212, A320-214, A320-216, A320-231, A320-232, and A320-233 airplanes; and Model A321 series airplanes: Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1656, dated April 19, 2017.
(2) For Model A320-251N and Model A320-271N airplanes: Airbus Service Bulletin A320-34-1657, dated April 19, 2017.
(3) For Model A330-200, A330-200 Freighter, and A330-300 series airplanes: Airbus Service Bulletin A330-34-3342, dated April 19, 2017.
(4) For Model A340-200 and A340-300 series airplanes: Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-4304, dated April 19, 2017.
(5) For Model A340-500 and A340-600 series airplanes: Airbus Service Bulletin A340-34-5118, dated April 19, 2017.
An airplane on which Airbus modification 159658 or Airbus modification 206608, as applicable, has been embodied in production and on which it can be positively determined that no TCAS processor has been replaced or modified on that airplane since its date of manufacture is a Group 2 airplane, as identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this AD. Group 2 airplanes are not affected by the requirements of paragraph (h) of this AD. A review of airplane maintenance records is acceptable to make this determination, provided those records can be relied upon for that purpose and that the TCAS processor part number and software standard can be positively identified from that review.
Installation of a Honeywell TCAS TPA-100B processor having P/N 940-0351-001 is prohibited, as required by paragraphs (k)(1) and (k)(2) of this AD.
(1) For Group 1 airplanes, as identified in paragraph (g)(1) of this AD: After modification of an airplane as required by paragraph (h) of this AD.
(2) For Group 2 airplanes, as identified in paragraph (g)(2) of this AD: As of the effective date of this AD.
The following provisions also apply to this AD:
(1)
(2)
(3)
(1) Refer to Mandatory Continuing Airworthiness Information (MCAI) EASA Airworthiness Directive 2017-0091R2, dated June 2, 2017, for related information. This MCAI may be found in the AD docket on the Internet at
(2) For more information about this AD, contact Sanjay Ralhan, Aerospace Engineer, International Section, Transport Standards Section, FAA, 1601 Lind Avenue SW., Renton, WA 98057-3356; telephone 425-227-1405; fax 425-227-1149.
(3) For service information identified in this AD, contact Airbus SAS, Airworthiness Office—EAL, 1 Rond Point Maurice Bellonte, 31707 Blagnac Cedex, France; telephone +33 5 61 93 36 96; fax +33 5 61 93 45 80; email
Consumer Product Safety Commission.
Advance notice of proposed rulemaking.
The Consumer Product Safety Commission is contemplating developing a rule to address the risk of injury and death associated with clothing storage unit furniture tipping over. This advance notice of proposed rulemaking initiates a rulemaking proceeding under the Consumer Product Safety Act. We invite comments concerning the risk of injury associated with clothing storage units tipping over, the alternatives discussed in this notice, and other possible alternatives for addressing the risk. We also invite interested parties to submit existing voluntary standards or a statement of intent to modify or develop a voluntary standard that addresses the risk of injury described in this notice.
Submit comments by January 29, 2018.
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. CPSC-2017-0044, electronically or in writing (hard copy), using the methods described below. The Commission encourages you to submit comments electronically, by using the Federal eRulemaking Portal.
Michael Taylor, Project Manager, Directorate for Laboratory Sciences, U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission, 5 Research Place, Rockville, MD 20850; telephone: (301) 987-2338; email:
The Consumer Product Safety Commission (Commission or CPSC) is aware of numerous injuries and deaths resulting from furniture tip overs. To address this risk, Commission staff reviewed incident data for furniture tip overs and determined that clothing storage units (CSUs), consisting of chests, bureaus, and dressers, were the primary furniture category involved in fatal and injury incidents. There were 195 deaths related to CSU tip overs between 2000 and 2016, which were reported to CPSC. An estimated 65,200 injuries related to CSU tip overs were treated in U.S. hospital emergency departments between 2006 and 2016. These incident reports indicate that the vast majority of fatal and injury incidents resulting from CSUs tipping over involve children. Eighty-six percent of the reported fatalities involved children under 18 years old, most of which were under 6 years old. Seventy-three percent of the emergency department-treated injuries involved children under 18 years old, most of which were also under 6 years old.
To address the hazard associated with CSU tip overs, the Commission has taken several steps. In June 2015, the Commission launched the Anchor It! campaign. This educational campaign includes print and broadcast public service announcements, information distribution at targeted venues, such as childcare centers, and an informational Web site (
The Commission is considering developing a mandatory standard to reduce the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs. Commission staff prepared a briefing package to describe the products at issue, further assess the relevant incident data, examine relevant voluntary standards, and discuss options for addressing the risk associated with CSU tip overs. That briefing package is available at:
To address the risk of injury associated with CSUs tipping over, the Commission is considering developing a mandatory safety standard. The rulemaking falls under the Consumer Product Safety Act (CPSA; 15 U.S.C. 2051-2089). Under section 7 of the CPSA, the Commission may issue a consumer product safety standard if the requirements of the standard are “reasonably necessary to prevent or reduce an unreasonable risk of injury associated with [a] product.”
Under section 9 of the CPSA, the Commission may begin rulemaking by issuing an advance notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPR).
After publishing an ANPR, the Commission may proceed with rulemaking by reviewing the comments received in response to the ANPR, and publishing a notice of proposed rulemaking (NPR). An NPR must include the text of the proposed rule, alternatives the Commission is considering, a preliminary regulatory analysis describing the costs and benefits of the proposed rule and the alternatives, and an assessment of any submitted standards.
CSUs are freestanding furniture intended for storing clothing. CSUs are typically bedroom furniture, but may be used elsewhere. CSUs are available in a variety of designs (
CSUs are available through various distribution channels. The retail price of CSUs varies, with the least expensive products retailing for less than $100, and the most expensive selling for several thousand dollars. Less expensive CSUs are usually mass produced, while more expensive products are often handmade. The lifespans of CSUs vary as well. Consumers may use less expensive CSUs for only a few years, while more expensive products may last for generations.
The Commission has not been able to determine the share of CSUs in the overall furniture market because of a lack of information about sales of specific furniture product types or models. However, according to U.S. Census Bureau information, there are approximately 22,600 U.S. firms that manufacture, import, distribute, or retail household furniture, of which CSUs are a subset. Some manufacturers are large and use mass-production techniques; others are smaller and manufacture products individually or for custom orders. The Commission also has been unable to identify information about the number of CSUs that are in use in U.S. households. The Commission requests information about the CSU market, CSU sales, and the number of CSUs in U.S. households.
Commission staff reviewed fatal and nonfatal incidents involving CSU tip overs to determine the age of people involved in these incidents, the types of CSUs and other items involved, the hazard patterns (hazard patterns include activities, behaviors, circumstances, or factors that are associated with incidents) involved, and the types of injuries and deaths that result from these incidents. As the fatal and nonfatal incidents discussed below indicate, the vast majority of CSU tip-over incidents involve children. For that reason, the Commission largely focused its analysis on incidents involving children.
To identify fatal incidents that involved CSU tip overs, Commission staff reviewed CPSC's Death Certificates database, In-Depth Investigations database, Injury and Potential Injury Incidents database, and the National Electronic Injury Surveillance System (NEISS) database.
Of the 195 total fatal incidents involving all ages, nearly all involved a chest, bureau, or dresser; some of these involved a television falling with the chest, bureau or dresser. Of the 167 fatal incidents involving children, 164 (98 percent) involved a chest, bureau, or dresser, 2 (1 percent) involved a wardrobe, and 1 (less than 1 percent) involved an armoire. Of the 167 child fatalities, 89 (53 percent) involved a television falling in addition to the CSU.
To identify nonfatal incidents that involved CSU tip overs, Commission staff reviewed the NEISS database. The NEISS database contains reports of injuries treated in emergency departments of U.S. hospitals selected as a probability sample of all U.S. hospitals with emergency departments. Using the surveillance information in this database, CPSC can estimate the number of injuries, nationwide, that are associated with specific consumer products. An estimated 65,200 injuries related to CSU tip overs were treated in U.S. hospital emergency departments between January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2016. Of these, 47,700 estimated injuries (73 percent) were to children under 18 years old. Of the injuries involving children, 94 percent involved children under 9 years old and 83 percent involved children under 6 years old. Table 2 provides the estimated number of child injuries treated in hospital emergency departments, by age.
Of the estimated 47,700 incidents involving children, 99 percent involved a chest, bureau, or dresser; the remainder involved armoires, a portable closet, a wardrobe, and a product that was either an armoire or a dresser. In about 30 percent of injuries involving children, a television fell with the CSU.
The types of injuries that can result from CSUs tipping over can range from scratches, cuts, bruises, joint injuries, and bone fractures to potentially fatal injuries, such as skull fractures, closed-head injuries, internal organ injuries, collapsed lungs, spinal injuries, or mechanical asphyxia (which is a form of suffocation that results from a mechanical force (such as furniture) preventing muscle movement necessary for breathing). The severity of injuries depends on various factors, such as the body part hit or trapped by the CSU, the weight and nature of the stationary forces involved (
Children are particularly vulnerable to the risk of injury and death associated with CSU tip overs because of their physical and cognitive abilities, the circumstances often involved in CSU tip overs, and their susceptibility to severe injury. Children generally are not strong enough to move heavy furniture when trapped underneath, do not react quickly enough to avoid falling furniture, and lack cognitive awareness of hazards. In addition, many incidents occur when a child is left unattended, reducing the likelihood that a caregiver could quickly rescue the child. Children, in particular, can suffer long-term harm from head injuries, which can affect their motor and emotional development, speech, cognitive ability, and overall quality of life.
Commission staff reviewed fatal incidents and NEISS incidents involving children to identify the types of fatal and nonfatal injuries associated with CSU tip overs. Of the 167 fatal incidents involving children and CSU tip overs that occurred between 2000 and 2016, 71 (43 percent) were the result of head injuries, skull fractures, and brain hemorrhage from blunt head trauma (including crushing injuries and deep scalp hemorrhage). The remaining 96 fatal incidents (57 percent) were the result of chest compression from a child being pinned under a CSU. In 13 of the 167 fatal incidents involving children, the child died despite receiving medical care.
CSU tip-over injuries to children that are treated in hospital emergency departments ranged in severity, including contusions, abrasions, lacerations, fractures, and internal injuries. Of the estimated 47,700 emergency department-treated injuries to children that were associated with CSUs between January 1, 2006 and December 31, 2016, an estimated 17,700 injuries (37 percent) involved contusions or abrasions; an estimated 12,500 injuries (26 percent) involved internal injuries (including closed head injuries); an estimated 6,600 injuries (14 percent) involved lacerations; and an estimated 4,500 injuries (9 percent)
When a television was involved in a CSU tip over, children's injuries were more likely to require hospitalization and involve internal injuries and head injuries than when no television was involved. When a television was involved in a CSU tip over that resulted in injury to a child, 7 percent of injuries required hospitalization (compared with 3 percent when only a CSU was involved); 36 percent of injuries were internal injuries (compared with 22 percent when only a CSU was involved); and 58 percent were head injuries (compared with 36 percent when only a CSU was involved).
CPSC staff analyzed fatal and nonfatal incident reports to identify factors that are associated with CSU tip-over incidents. This analysis revealed that certain user interactions (such as opening multiple drawers) and surroundings (such as specific flooring) were associated with CSU tip overs. To assess relevant incidents in detail, staff reviewed 369 nonfatal incidents involving CSU tip overs that occurred between January 1, 2005 and December 31, 2015, and were reported to CPSC.
As the incident data discussed above indicates, in some incidents, televisions tipped over with a CSU, often resulting in more serious injuries. Of the 167 child fatalities between 2000 and 2016, 89 (53 percent) involved a television falling in addition to the CSU. Of the estimated emergency department-treated injuries to children between 2006 and 2016, approximately 30 percent involved a television falling with a CSU. In many of these incidents, children were using the CSU like a ladder or step stool, climbing or standing in a lower drawer, to reach the television or other media device (
In the majority of incidents that involved a television and CSU tipping over, the television was a cathode-ray tube (CRT) television, rather than a flat-screen television. CRT televisions are front-heavy, with the majority of their weight in the screen portion facing front. This type of television is no longer manufactured. The Commission continues to consider how best to address the hazard of televisions tipping over. A mandatory Commission rule can only apply to products manufactured after the rule takes effect. Thus, the Commission may not be able to address the hazard discontinued CRT televisions present through rulemaking. To assess the relevance of televisions and regulatory options, the Commission requests comments about the extent to which consumers put televisions on top of CSUs, the types of televisions involved in tip-over incidents, and the impact of televisions on the stability of CSUs.
Several incident reports indicated that a CSU tipped over when a consumer opened one or more drawers. Of the 369 nonfatal incidents staff reviewed, 50 reported this scenario.
Several reports indicated that a child was climbing on the CSU at the time of the tip over incident. In some cases, a child was climbing onto or into the CSU to play, and in others, the child was climbing with a purpose other than playing. Examples of play behaviors evidenced in the data include playing hide-and-go-seek, climbing for a challenge or to jump, and sitting in a lower drawer for fun. Examples of purpose-based behaviors include climbing or standing on a lower drawer to reach a television or other item on top of the CSU, standing on a lower drawer to reach or see into an upper drawer, using the CSU to pull into a standing position, scaling the CSU to reach into a crib, and opening drawers to remove clothing.
These behaviors are developmentally expected for children under 6 years old. It is developmentally normal and foreseeable for children in this age group to interact with furniture, such as CSUs, to play by climbing, sitting, or hiding on or in the CSU. It is also developmentally normal and foreseeable for children to interact with CSUs to dress themselves, place and remove items on top of the CSU, and exercise developing problem-solving skills by stepping on lower drawers to reach items in upper drawers or on top of the CSU.
Of the 369 nonfatal incident reports staff reviewed, all of the reports that included enough information to identify the location of the CSU indicated that the CSU was in a bedroom. Of those reports that specified the flooring surface involved, most occurred on carpet; a smaller number of incidents occurred on wood and tile. Of the reports that indicated the CSU tip over happened on carpeting, nearly all of the incidents involved general stability, such as opening a drawer or no consumer interaction. Of the reports that described the contents of the CSU, most contained only clothing, and very few were empty.
There are five voluntary or international standards that address CSU or storage unit furniture tip overs:
• ASTM F2057-17,
• ASTM F3096-14,
• ISO 7171:1988, International Organization for Standardization,
• AS/NZS 4935:2009, Australia/New Zealand Standard,
• EN 14749:2016, European Standard,
The products within the scope of each of these standards vary. ASTM F2057-17 applies to furniture intended for clothing storage, typical of bedroom furniture, and more than 30 inches in height, but excludes built-in furniture and shelving furniture, such as bookcases, office furniture, entertainment furniture, and dining room furniture. ISO 7171 applies to
ASTM International approved ASTM F2057-17 on October 1, 2017, and published it in October 2017.
To assess the stability of a CSU, ASTM F2057-17 requires that the unit withstand two performance tests—one when the unit is loaded, and one when the unit is unloaded. For the loaded test, the CSU must not tip over when each drawer (or door) is open, one at a time, and weighted with 50 pounds. For the unloaded test, the CSU must not tip over when all of the drawers (or doors) are open at the same time. For both stability tests, testing is on a “hard, level, flat surface” and drawers must be open to the outstop (a feature that limits the outward movement of a drawer) or, when there is no outstop, to
ASTM F2057-17 also requires a permanent label on CSUs, in a “conspicuous location when in use,” and includes an example label showing warning content and formatting. The standard also includes a test for assessing label permanence.
ASTM F2057-17 requires that TRDs be provided with all products that fall within the scope of the standard and that they comply with ASTM F3096-14. TRDs are supplementary devices that help prevent tip overs. One example of a TRD is a strap that users attach to the back of a CSU and the wall, to stabilize the CSU. ASTM F3096-14 requires TRDs to be tested for strength by affixing one end of the assembled restraint to a fixed structure and applying a 50-pound weight to the opposite end. ASTM F3096-14 also requires instructional literature that includes illustrations of installation methods, step-by-step instructions, and a list of parts with pictures.
The three international standards—ISO 7171, AS/NZS 4935, and EN 14749—address many of the same key performance requirements as the voluntary ASTM standards. Table 3 compares the key elements in each of the standards.
ISO 7171 testing
Commission staff assessed the requirements in each of the existing standards and determined that the two ASTM standards are the most effective existing standards. Nevertheless, Commission staff preliminarily believes that the existing standards do not adequately reduce the risk of CSU tip overs. Staff believes that the two ASTM standards are more effective than the international requirements primarily for two reasons. First, although it may appear that EN 14749 is the most stringent standard because it requires additional stability tests, the additional tests are not as severe as applying a larger force to the front edge of an empty unit, as ASTM F2057-17 and AS/NZA 4935 require. Second, ASTM F2057-17 is the only standard that requires TRDs. The Commission's Division of Mechanical Engineering staff believes that TRDs are an important component to effectively prevent CSU tip overs. For these reasons, Commission staff believes that the ASTM standards are the most stringent existing standards, and therefore, focused on these standards when assessing the effectiveness of existing standards that address CSU tip overs. However, as discussed below, there are several provisions in the ASTM standards that staff preliminarily believes do not adequately address the risk of CSU tip overs.
The scope of ASTM F2057-17, which limits the height of CSUs and age of children it addresses, may not adequately reduce the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs. First, the scope of the standard is limited to addressing CSUs that are more than 30 inches in height. However, there have been incidents involving CSUs that are 30 inches tall or less. These products may present a hazard particularly to children because low-height CSUs may be intended for children and these
Second, the scope of ASTM F2057-17 states that that the target population for injury reduction is “children up to and including age five.” However, as the incident data demonstrate, children as old as 8 years old have been killed and injured by CSU tip overs. In particular, children under age 6 are most commonly involved in incidents. The “age five” specified in the standard appears to include only children up to exactly age five (
There are also several components of the stability testing provisions in ASTM F2057-17 that staff preliminarily believes are not adequate to reduce the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs.
First, the standard requires that stability testing occur on a “hard, level, flat surface.” This does not reflect the surfaces on which CSUs may rest in consumers' homes. For example, floors in a home may not be level, and carpeting is not flat. As the incident reports suggest, when a flooring type was reported, carpeting was more commonly involved in CSU tip-over incidents than other types of flooring. Assessing the impact of alternate surfaces on stability may be necessary to accurately assess the stability of a product. In addition, the standard does not provide a detailed definition of a “hard, level, flat surface.” Relevant details may include a surface flatness tolerance (
Second, the requirement that testing occur with drawers open to the outstop or, if there is no outstop, to
Third, the unloaded stability test procedure may not reflect conditions during actual consumer use. This test requires that all drawers are empty and open simultaneously. However, when contents were reported in CSU tip-over incidents, CSUs generally contained clothing.
Fourth, staff has several concerns with the loaded stability test procedure. The 50-pound test weight is not consistent with the age and weight of victims. The majority of reported CSU tip-over incidents involved children under 6 years old. As such, the test weight in the standard does not reflect the weight of children involved in the majority of incidents, which is approximately 60 pounds (for the 95th percentile weight of children just under six years old, according to Centers for Disease Control growth charts). In addition, the test weight tolerances may impact the repeatability of testing. ASTM F2057-17 allows a tolerance of ±1 pound for each of the two 25-pound test weights, which means the total weight can range from 48 to 52 pounds, plus the weight of the fastening hardware and strap. Such a wide tolerance may produce variation in test outcomes, which could result in the same CSU passing and failing during multiple tests.
Fifth, the standard's allowance for the replacement or repair of a failed component may be problematic. For example, this provision does not include a testability requirement, does not account for a failure that cannot be repaired or replaced, and does not account for design-to-fail features that prevent tip overs.
Sixth, during CPSC testing, staff identified several additional issues related to the specificity and clarity of the test procedures in ASTM F2057-17. For example, the standard does not address how to apply test weights to drawers with center components (
Commission staff has concerns with the location and content requirements for warning labels in ASTM F2057-17.
Staff also has concerns with the hazard communication statements ASTM F2057-17 requires on a label. First, the label does not allow for customization of hazard avoidance statements for different unit designs. Second, the warning messages may not reflect the hazard patterns demonstrated in the incident data. Third, the warning language may not be easy to understand, may not motivate consumers to comply, and contradicts typical CSU uses. For example, the warning label states that consumers should not open multiple drawers simultaneously, but this contradicts common consumer use. Another example is the warning label statement that users should not place a television on a CSU, unless it is specifically designed to accommodate one. The CSU manufacturer, not the consumer, is in the best position to determine whether a CSU is designed to accommodate a television.
Commission staff believes that the TRD requirements in ASTM F3096-14 do not adequately assess the strength of TRDs under conditions in which they are commonly used. Staff believes the following provisions are inadequate. First, the test method in ASTM F3096-14 only addresses TRD designs that have a linear connection to the means of attachment (strap-style TRDs). This test does not account for varied or innovative TRD designs. Second, the test does not examine the strength of all of the components of a TRD (
The Commission is considering several alternatives to address the risk of death and injury associated with CSU tip overs.
The Commission could issue a mandatory standard addressing the hazard associated with CSU tip overs. A mandatory standard could include performance requirements, warning and instructional requirements, or both. However, warning and instructional requirements alone may not be adequate to address the risk because they rely on consumers noticing, reading, and following the warning. The Commission may consider the following factors in developing performance and warning requirements:
In developing a mandatory standard, the Commission would need to consider the appropriate scope for the standard, including the types of products the standard would cover, the hazard scenarios it would address, and whether to focus on a particular target population for injury reduction. For example, CPSC would need to consider whether to limit the scope of a standard to the CSU tip-over hazard posed to children under 6 years old. Such a scope may be appropriate because the large majority of CSU tip over injuries and deaths involve children under 6 years old. However, it may also be appropriate not to limit the scope of the standard because some injuries and fatalities have involved older children and adults, and some demonstrated hazard patterns (
Similarly, CPSC also must consider how to define CSUs that are subject to a mandatory rule. Defining CSUs by certain characteristics may be appropriate. Such characteristics could include product height or weight, product types, or product features, reflecting the characteristics of products involved in incidents.
The Commission believes that it may be appropriate to consider performance requirements and test methods that simulate actual use, including weighting a CSU to represent common use, dynamic testing to represent a child climbing (exerting a downward force), and testing that reflects actual floor surfaces in homes. In developing a mandatory standard, the Commission would consider ways to address the hazard patterns demonstrated in the incident data, such as:
• A child under 6 years old (weighing approximately 60 pounds) climbing on a CSU to play;
• A child under 6 years old (weighing approximately 60 pounds) standing on a lower drawer to reach into an upper drawer;
• A consumer (of any age) fully opening multiple drawers simultaneously that contain items typically stored in a CSU; and
• A CSU on a soft surface that simulates average carpet.
Clear and explicit requirements regarding the content and placement of warning labels may assist in reducing the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs. This may include identifying a conspicuous location on CSUs for a warning label; allowing for customization of hazard-avoidance statements, based on unit designs; comparing warning messages with incident data to make sure that the known hazardous situations are addressed; and including warning content that is easy to understand and consistent with the way consumers typically use CSUs.
TRDs are an important feature for reducing the risk of CSU tip overs. To assess the effectiveness of TRDs at preventing tip overs, performance requirements and test methods that assess the strength of the entire TRD system and reflect the circumstances under which TRDs are likely to be used (including the materials to which consumers are likely to attach them and the forces to which they are likely to be subjected) would be useful.
The Commission could rely on the voluntary ASTM standards—ASTM F2057-17 and ASTM F3096-14—that address CSU tip overs. If the Commission determines that the voluntary standards adequately reduce the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs, and it finds that there is substantial industry compliance with the standards, then the Commission must rely on the voluntary standards, instead of issuing a mandatory standard. 15 U.S.C. 2058(b)(2).
However, as discussed above, the Commission preliminarily believes that the ASTM standards do not adequately reduce the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs. The Commission is assessing the level of compliance with the voluntary standards.
The Commission could rely on methods other than mandatory or voluntary standards to address the risk of injuries associated with CSU tip overs. This may include relying on product recalls or promoting the ongoing Anchor It! educational campaign. These alternatives may not be as effective at reducing the risk of injury as a mandatory standard. Recalls only apply to an individual manufacturer and product and do not extend to similar products. Recalls also can only address products that are already on the market, and cannot prevent unsafe products from entering the market. As for educational campaigns, staff does not have information regarding the effectiveness of the Commission's education campaign to date.
The Commission requests comments on all aspects of this ANPR, but specifically requests comments regarding:
• Data about the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs;
• studies, tests, or surveys analyzing furniture tip-over injuries, including the severity and costs associated with injuries;
• the alternatives the Commission is considering, as well as additional alternatives for addressing the risk of injury;
• the appropriate scope of a mandatory standard and definition of CSUs, including the type of products it should address (
• the effectiveness of the stability, warning, and TRD requirements being considered;
• studies, tests, or surveys analyzing the number and type of televisions (
• studies, tests, or surveys analyzing the use of aftermarket products that address tip-over hazards (
• information or studies about how characteristics of the flooring surface under a CSU may impact the stability of the CSU and the effectiveness of a stability standard;
• a suitable definition for a soft surface that could serve as a surrogate for “average” or typical carpet;
• the effectiveness of voluntary or international standards at reducing the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs;
• compliance with ASTM F2057-17 and ASTM F3096-14;
• CSU retail sales or shipments, especially information about the type of CSUs sold and the number of units sold in recent years;
• the number of CSUs in use;
• studies, tests, or descriptions of technologies or design changes that address tip-over injuries and estimates of costs associated with those features, including manufacturing costs and wholesale prices;
• the expected impact of technologies or design changes that address tip-over injuries on manufacturing costs or wholesale prices;
• the potential impact of design changes to address CSU stability on consumer utility; and
• information about whether any stability requirements for CSUs in ether a voluntary standard or potential mandatory rule could have a disparate impact on small entities, such as small manufacturers or importers.
In addition, the Commission invites interested parties to submit any existing standards, or portions of them, for consideration as a consumer product safety standard. The Commission also invites interested persons to submit a statement of intention to modify or develop a voluntary consumer product safety standard addressing the risk of injury associated with CSU tip overs, including a description of the plan to develop or modify such a standard.
Please submit comments in accordance with the instructions in the
Proposed Rule document 2017-25586 beginning on page 56186 was incorrectly published in the issue of Tuesday, November 28, 2017.
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notification of public hearing; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or the Agency) is announcing a public hearing on FDA's approach to evaluating the safety and efficacy of nicotine replacement therapy (NRT) products, including how they should be used and labeled.
The public hearing will be held on Friday, January 26, 2018, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. The public hearing may be extended or may end early depending on the level of public participation. Persons seeking to attend or to present at the public hearing must register by Tuesday, January 2, 2018. Section II provides attendance and registration information. Electronic or written comments will be accepted after the public hearing until Thursday, February 15, 2018.
The public hearing will be held at the FDA White Oak Campus, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 31 Conference Center, the Great Room A, Silver Spring, MD 20993-0002. Entrance for public hearing participants (non-FDA employees) is through Building 1 where routine security check procedures will be performed. For parking and security information, please refer to
You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before February 15, 2018. The
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked, and identified as confidential if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential
Allison Hoffman, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 1, Rm. 1314, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-9203,
A majority (roughly 70%) of adult smokers in the United States report that they want to quit, and nearly half of them make a quit attempt each year. Many of those quit attempts involve the use of NRT products, which are designed to help people quit smoking by supplying controlled amounts of nicotine to ease their withdrawal symptoms. FDA has approved two types of prescription
Although the formulations and routes of administration of currently approved NRT products have remained relatively unchanged for decades, there have been developments in research regarding NRT products and corresponding changes in the regulatory landscape. For example, in 2013, FDA recommended changing the statements on concomitant use and duration of use in the labeling for OTC NRT products because evidence gathered since 1984—the year the first NRT product was approved—suggested that the statements were no longer necessary to ensure the safe use of OTC NRT products for smoking cessation.
On July 28, 2017, the FDA announced a new comprehensive plan that places nicotine, and the issue of addiction, at the center of the Agency's tobacco regulation efforts. This plan will serve as a multi-year roadmap to better protect children and significantly reduce tobacco-related disease and death in the United States. One of the first actions of this comprehensive approach will be an advanced notice of proposed rulemaking (ANPRM) to seek input on the potential impacts of reducing nicotine levels in cigarettes to minimally or non-addictive levels. A key piece of the FDA's comprehensive plan is a recognition that nicotine—while highly addictive—is delivered through products that represent a continuum of risk and is most harmful when delivered through combustible tobacco products. Accordingly, the Agency is committed to increasing access to and use of nicotine replacement therapy, which could help more smokers quit. Therefore, the Agency is seeking public input on its approach to evaluating the safety and efficacy of NRT products.
As a part of its mission to protect and promote public health, FDA is responsible for ensuring that approved drugs, including NRT products, are safe and effective.
To enable a thorough assessment of its approach for evaluating the safety and efficacy NRT products and how they should be used and labeled, FDA is holding a public hearing to receive information and comments from a broad group of stakeholders, including the public health community, researchers, health care professionals, manufacturers, interested industry and professional organizations, and the public, on the appropriate study designs and methods for evaluating the safety and efficacy of OTC NRT drug products. FDA is also seeking input on the warnings and directions sections of the Drug Facts labeling (among other
Although FDA welcomes all feedback on any public health, scientific, regulatory or legal considerations relating to NRT products and their use in tobacco use cessation, we encourage commenters to consider the following questions as they prepare their comments or statements. Responses to questions should include supporting scientific justification.
1. Might there be ways to improve upon the currently available delivery systems to yield new OTC NRT products that might be more effective? If so, what evidence would be needed to support such changes, and how should they be evaluated?
2. Are there additional indications or regimens for OTC NRT products that could be explored? Concepts to consider could include relapse prevention, craving reduction, maintenance, reduce to quit, use of short- and long-acting products in combination, or cessation of non-cigarette tobacco products. What evidence would be needed to support each indication or regimen?
3. What data would be required to demonstrate health benefits of reduction in consumption of combustible tobacco products?
4. Are there OTC NRT products that could be studied for use in combination that might result in reduced tobacco-related health impacts? What evidence would be needed to support the safety and efficacy of these products when used in combination?
5. Is there other information that could be added to labeling for currently approved or new dosage forms of OTC NRT products that would maximize their ability to be used to support smoking cessation? Please consider the various sections of the Drug Facts labeling, including the Uses, Warnings, and Directions sections.
6. Generally, the labeling of OTC NRT products contains a dosing schedule based on duration of use, and FDA has recommended the labeling on OTC NRT products be modified to include the following: “If you feel you need to use [the NRT product] for a longer period to keep from smoking, talk to your health care provider.” What is the impact of longer term NRT treatment? What is the impact on likelihood of cessation or relapse prevention? What data would support an affirmative recommendation to use approved OTC NRT products for durations that exceed those currently included in the Drug Facts labeling of approved OTC NRT products, or would support a chronic or maintenance drug treatment indication for such products?
FDA will try to accommodate all persons who wish to make a presentation. Individuals wishing to present should identify the number of the specific question, or questions, they wish to address. This will help FDA organize the presentations. Individuals and organizations with common interests should consolidate or coordinate their presentations and request time for a joint presentation. FDA will notify registered presenters of their scheduled presentation times. The time allotted for each presentation will depend on the number of individuals who wish to speak. Presenters are encouraged to submit an electronic copy of their presentation to
If you need special accommodations because of a disability, please contact
The Commissioner of Food and Drugs is announcing that the public hearing will be held in accordance with 21 CFR part 15. The hearing will be conducted by a presiding officer, who will be accompanied by FDA senior management from the Office of the Commissioner, the Center for Drug Evaluation and Research, and the Center for Tobacco Products. Under § 15.30(f), the hearing is informal and the rules of evidence do not apply. No participant may interrupt the presentation of another participant. Only the presiding officer and panel members can pose questions; they can question any person during or at the conclusion of each presentation. Public hearings under part 15 are subject to FDA's policy and procedures for electronic media coverage of FDA's public administrative proceedings (21 CFR part 10, subpart C). Under § 10.205, representatives of the media may be permitted, subject to certain limitations, to videotape, film, or otherwise record FDA's public administrative proceedings, including presentations by participants. The hearing will be transcribed as stipulated in § 15.30(b) (see
The following references are on display in the Dockets Management Staff (see
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Proposed order; request for comments.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or Agency) is announcing its intention to exempt certain subtypes of surgical apparel from premarket notification requirements, subject to conditions and limitations. FDA intends to limit the proposed exemption to single-use, disposable respiratory protective devices (RPD) used in a healthcare setting and worn by healthcare personnel during procedures to protect both the patient and the healthcare personnel from the transfer of microorganisms, body fluids, and particulate material. These devices, commonly referred to as N95 filtering facepiece respirators (FFRs) and surgical N95 respirators (herein collectively referred to as N95s) are currently regulated by FDA under product code MSH. All other class II devices classified under FDA's surgical apparel classification regulation would continue to be subject to premarket notification requirements. FDA is publishing this document to obtain comments regarding this proposed exemption, in accordance with the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FD&C Act).
Submit either electronic or written comments by January 29, 2018.
You may submit comments as follows:
Submit electronic comments in the following way. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before January 29, 2018. The
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
•
Aftin Ross, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 66, Rm. 5402, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-5679, email:
Section 510(k) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 360(k)) and the implementing regulations, 21 CFR part 807 subpart E, require persons who intend to market a new device to submit and obtain clearance of a premarket notification (510(k)) containing information that allows FDA to determine whether the new device is “substantially equivalent” within the meaning of section 513(i) of the FD&C Act (21 U.S.C. 360c(i)) to a legally marketed device that does not require premarket approval.
The 21st Century Cures Act (Pub. L. 114-255) (Cures Act) was signed into law on December 13, 2016. Section 3054 of the Cures Act amended section 510(m) of the FD&C Act. As amended, section 510(m)(2) of the FD&C Act provides that, 1 calendar day after the date of publication of the final list under paragraph (1)(B), FDA may exempt a class II device from the requirement to submit a report under section 510(k) of the FD&C Act upon its own initiative or a petition of an interested person, if FDA determines that a report under section 510(k) is not necessary to assure the safety and effectiveness of the device. To do so, FDA must publish in the
There are a number of factors FDA may consider to determine whether a 510(k) is necessary to provide reasonable assurance of the safety and effectiveness of a class II device. These factors are discussed in the January 21, 1998,
FDA, on its own initiative, is proposing to exempt N95 filtering facepiece respirators (FFRs) and surgical N95 respirators (herein collectively referred to as N95s) from 510(k), subject to the conditions and limitations described in this section. FDA considers both of these devices to be a subset of “surgical apparel” intended to be worn by healthcare personnel to protect both the patient and the healthcare personnel from transfer of microorganisms, body fluids, and particulate material. As a result, these devices fall under the generic name “surgical apparel” and are classified in 21 CFR 878.4040(b)(1). In the
FDA has a Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) with the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), acting through its National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) regarding oversight of N95s (Ref. 2). This agreement outlines the structure through which both Agencies will regulate N95s being proposed for exemption from 510(k). However, this MOU will not be effective unless and until, FDA publishes an order in the
Although FDA and CDC share a common public health mission, the Agencies have different statutory authorities and the distinct terminology could lead to confusion among stakeholders. In order to clearly identify the devices that are subject to this document, as well as the corresponding MOU, the following definitions are provided for the devices being proposed for exemption.
The N95 FFR is a single-use disposable, half-mask respiratory protective device that covers the user's airway (nose and mouth) and offers protection from particulate materials at an N95 filtration efficiency level per 42 CFR 84.181. Such an N95 FFR used in a healthcare setting is a class II device, regulated by FDA under 21 CFR 878.4040.
The surgical N95 respirator is a single-use, disposable respiratory protective device used in a healthcare setting that is worn by HCP during procedures to protect both the patient and HCP from the transfer of microorganisms, body fluids, and particulate material at an N95 filtration efficiency level per 42 CFR 84.181. The surgical N95 respirator is also a class II device, regulated by FDA under 21 CFR 878.4040.
As described in the MOU, the following conditions must be met for N95s to be 510(k) exempt: (1) Application submitted to NIOSH is determined not to exceed the CDC and
N95s are the only devices included within the scope of the MOU. As such, this proposed exemption would only apply to devices currently regulated by FDA under product code MSH. If finalized, this exemption would not affect any other subset of surgical apparel classified under 21 CFR 878.4040. In addition to being subject to the general limitations to the exemptions found in 21 CFR 878.9 and the conditions of exemption identified in this document, these devices will also remain subject to current good manufacturing practices and other general controls under the statute. An exemption from the requirement of 510(k) does not mean that the device is exempt from any other statutory or regulatory requirements, unless such exemption is explicitly provided by order or regulation.
The following references are on display in the Dockets Management Staff (see
Medical devices.
Therefore, under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (21 U.S.C. 321
21 U.S.C. 351, 360, 360c, 360e, 360j, 360l, 371.
(b) * * *
(1) Class II (special controls) for surgical gowns and surgical masks. A surgical N95 respirator or N95 filtering facepiece respirator is not exempt if it is intended to prevent specific diseases or infections, or it is labeled or otherwise represented as filtering surgical smoke or plumes, filtering specific amounts of viruses or bacteria, reducing the amount of and/or killing viruses, bacteria, or fungi, or affecting allergenicity, or it contains coating technologies unrelated to filtration (
(i) The user contacting components of the device must be demonstrated to be biocompatible.
(ii) Analysis and nonclinical testing must:
(A) Characterize flammability and be demonstrated to be appropriate for the intended environment of use; and
(B) Demonstrate the ability of the device to resist penetration by fluids, such as blood and body fluids, at a velocity consistent with the intended use of the device.
(iii) NIOSH approved under its regulation.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice of proposed rulemaking.
This document contains proposed regulations implementing section 1101 of the Bipartisan Budget Act of 2015 (BBA), which was enacted into law on November 2, 2015. Section 1101 of the BBA repeals the current rules governing partnership audits and replaces them with a new centralized partnership audit regime that, in general, assesses and collects tax at the partnership level. These proposed regulations provide rules addressing how certain international rules operate in the context of the centralized partnership audit regime, including rules relating to the withholding of tax on foreign persons, withholding of tax to enforce reporting on certain foreign accounts, and the treatment of creditable foreign tax expenditures of a partnership.
Written or electronic comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by January 29, 2018.
Send submissions to: CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-119337-17), Room 5207, Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station, Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand delivered Monday through Friday between the hours of 8:00 a.m. and 4:00 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-119337-17), Courier's Desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, or sent electronically via the Federal eRulemaking Portal at
Concerning the proposed regulations relating to creditable foreign tax expenditures, Larry R. Pounders, Jr., of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International), (202) 317-5465; concerning the proposed regulations relating to chapters 3 and 4 of subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code (other than section 1446), Subin Seth of the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International), (202) 317-5003; concerning the proposed regulations relating to section 1446, Ronald M.
This document contains proposed amendments to 26 CFR part 301. These proposed regulations supplement the regulations proposed in the notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-136118-15) published in the
For information relating to (1) the new centralized partnership audit regime enacted by the BBA, Public Law 114-74 (129 Stat. 58 (2015)) (as amended by the Protecting Americans from Tax Hikes Act of 2015, Public Law 114-113 (129 Stat. 2242 (2015))); (2) Notice 2016-23 (2016-13 I.R.B. 490 (March 28, 2016)), which requested comments on the new partnership audit regime enacted by the BBA; and (3) the temporary regulations (TD 9780, 81 FR 51795) and a notice of proposed rulemaking (REG-105005-16, 81 FR 51835), which provided the time, form, and manner for a partnership to make an election into the centralized partnership audit regime for a partnership taxable year beginning before the general effective date of the regime, see the Background section of the June 14 NPRM.
The June 14 NPRM addresses various issues concerning the scope and process of the new centralized partnership audit regime. Unless otherwise noted, all references to proposed regulations in this Background refer to regulations proposed by the June 14 NPRM.
With respect to the scope of the centralized partnership audit regime, proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(a) provides that any adjustment to items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of a partnership and any partner's distributive share is determined at the partnership level. Proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(b)(1) broadly defines the phrase “items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit” to include all items and information required to be shown, or reflected, on a partnership return or maintained in the partnership's books and records. For example, proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(b)(1)(i)(A) provides that the character, timing, source, and amount of the partnership's income, gain, loss, deductions, and credits, including whether an item is deductible, tax-exempt, or a tax-preference item, must be determined under the centralized partnership audit regime. Similarly, proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(b)(1)(i)(F) provides that an adjustment to the separate category, timing, and amount of the partnership's creditable foreign tax expenditures described in § 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(
Proposed § 301.6222-1 generally requires a partner to treat items consistently with the partnership's return; however, a partner may take an inconsistent position on an original income tax return if the partner provides notice of the inconsistent position in accordance with proposed § 301.6222-1(c). If a partner treats an item inconsistently with the partnership return position without providing notice, the item may be adjusted to conform to the partnership return, and any underpayment resulting from that adjustment may be assessed and collected as if it were on account of a mathematical or clerical error appearing on the partner's return.
Proposed § 301.6223-1 provides rules relating to the designation of the partnership representative. Proposed § 301.6223-2 provides rules relating to the authority of the partnership representative and the effect of actions taken by the partnership through the partnership representative. Partners are bound by the actions of the partnership representative and may not take a position that is inconsistent with the actions of the partnership (except with notice on the partner's return, as provided under section 6222 and proposed § 301.6222-1).
Proposed §§ 301.6225-1, 301.6225-2, and 301.6225-3 provide rules relating to partnership adjustments, including the computation of the imputed underpayment, modification of the imputed underpayment, and the treatment of adjustments that do not result in an imputed underpayment. Under proposed § 301.6225-1(d), adjustments are separated into four groupings: the reallocation grouping, the credit grouping, the creditable expenditure grouping, and the residual grouping. The June 14 NPRM reserved § 301.6225-1(d)(2)(iv) for rules addressing the treatment of items in the creditable expenditure grouping. Each grouping is further divided into subgroupings of adjustments to account for preferences, restrictions, limitations, and conventions. For example, an adjustment in the residual grouping could be further divided into subgroupings by character, source, category, and other restrictions under the Code.
Under proposed § 301.6225-1, the net positive adjustments in all subgroupings of the residual and reallocation groupings are summed. The sum is the total netted partnership adjustment, which is multiplied by the highest applicable tax rate in effect for the reviewed year (as defined in proposed § 301.6241-1(a)(8)). The resulting figure is then increased, or decreased, by the net adjustments in the credit grouping to produce the imputed underpayment amount. A net non-positive adjustment in the reallocation grouping or the residual grouping (or any subgrouping thereof) is treated as an adjustment that does not result in an imputed underpayment and is taken into account in the adjustment year (as defined under proposed § 301.6241-1(a)(1)) under proposed § 301.6225-3.
The partnership may request a modification, under proposed § 301.6225-2, to adjust the imputed underpayment calculated under proposed § 301.6225-1. The modification rules set out in proposed § 301.6225-2 generally allow: (1) Modifications that result in the exclusion of certain adjustments, or portions thereof, from the calculation of the imputed underpayment (such as a modification under proposed § 301.6225-2(d)(2) (amended returns by partners), (d)(3) (tax-exempt partners), (d)(5) (certain passive losses of publicly traded partnerships), (d)(7) (partnerships with partners that are qualified investment entities described in section 860), (d)(8) (partner closing agreements), and, if applicable, (d)(9) (other modifications)); (2) rate modifications, which affect only the taxable rate applied to the total netted partnership adjustment (described in proposed § 301.6225-2(d)(4)); and (3) modifications to the number and composition of imputed underpayments (described in proposed § 301.6225-2(d)(6)).
Proposed § 301.6225-3 sets forth rules for the treatment of adjustments that do not result in an imputed underpayment. In general, pursuant to proposed § 301.6225-3(b)(1) the partnership takes the adjustment into account in the adjustment year as a reduction in non-separately stated income or as an increase in non-separately stated loss depending on whether the adjustment is to an item of income or loss. Proposed § 301.6225-3(b)(2) provides that if an adjustment is to an item that is required to be separately stated under section 702, the adjustment shall be taken into account by the partnership on its adjustment year return as an adjustment to such separately stated item. Proposed § 301.6225-3(b)(3) provides that an adjustment to a credit is taken into account as a separately stated item.
Proposed §§ 301.6226-1, 301.6226-2, and 301.6226-3 provide rules relating to the election under section 6226 by a partnership to have its partners take into account the partnership adjustments in lieu of paying the imputed underpayment determined under section 6225, the statements the partnership must send to its partners (including the computation of the partners' safe harbor amounts), and the computation and payment of the partners' liability. If a partnership makes the election under section 6226 to “push out” adjustments to its reviewed year partners, the partnership is not liable for the imputed underpayment. Instead, under proposed § 301.6226-3, reviewed year partners must either pay any additional chapter 1 tax that results from taking the adjustments reflected on the statements into account in the reviewed year and from changes to the tax attributes in the intervening years, or pay a safe harbor amount, which is calculated based on rules similar to those used to calculate the imputed underpayment. In addition to being liable for the additional tax or safe harbor amount, the partner must also pay its allocable share of any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts reflected on the statement from the partnership, and any interest determined in accordance with proposed § 301.6226-3(d).
Proposed § 301.6227-1 provides rules for a partnership to file an administrative adjustment request (AAR). A partnership subject to the centralized partnership audit regime may file a request for an administrative adjustment to one or more items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of the partnership for any partnership taxable year. Filing an AAR is the only mechanism provided by the centralized partnership audit regime to request a change to an item reported on a partnership return that has already been filed with the IRS. Proposed § 301.6227-1(a) provides that only a partnership representative acting on behalf of the partnership may file an AAR; a partner may not make a request for an item to be adjusted administratively, such as by filing an amended return to take a position that is inconsistent with the partnership return. However, this rule does not preclude a partner from taking an inconsistent position on an original income tax return if the partner provides notice of the inconsistent position in accordance with proposed § 301.6222-1(c).
Proposed §§ 301.6227-2 and 301.6227-3 provide rules for how the partnership accounts for adjustments in an AAR and for how partners must account for adjustments in an AAR, respectively. Subject to certain special rules, adjustments in an AAR are generally taken into account in a manner similar to IRS-initiated adjustments. For example, an adjustment requested in an AAR may result in an imputed underpayment calculated in a manner similar to the computation of the imputed underpayment under section 6225, although modification is more restricted in the context of an AAR (see proposed § 301.6227-2(a)(2)). The partnership must pay the imputed underpayment or elect to have it and its partners take the adjustments into account under rules similar to those under section 6226. One significant difference between an IRS-initiated adjustment and an adjustment requested in an AAR is that requested adjustments that do not result in an imputed underpayment are accounted for under rules similar to those under section 6226.
Finally, proposed § 301.6241-1 provides definitions for purposes of the centralized partnership audit regime.
These proposed regulations provide guidance on certain international issues related to the centralized partnership audit regime. This Explanation of Provisions proceeds as follows: Part 2 discusses provisions related to chapters 3 and 4 of subtitle A of the Code. Part 3 discusses provisions related to creditable foreign tax expenditures and foreign tax credits. Part 4 discusses issues related to treaties and reductions to the rate of tax on foreign persons under the Code. Part 5 discusses issues related to certain foreign corporations.
Unless otherwise stated, all references to proposed regulations in this Explanation of Provisions are to the new proposed regulations in this Notice of Proposed Rulemaking. Because these regulations are supplementing the regulations published in the June 14 NPRM, the numbering and ordering of some of the provisions do not follow typical conventions. The Department of the Treasury (Treasury Department) and the IRS intend to appropriately integrate these provisions when both these regulations and the proposed regulations in the June 14 NPRM are finalized.
Chapter 3 (Withholding of Tax on Nonresident Aliens and Foreign Corporations) of subtitle A of the Code imposes withholding requirements on payments or allocations of income to foreign persons (under sections 1441 through 1446) and provides rules regarding the application of those withholding provisions (under sections 1461 through 1464). Sections 1441 and 1442 require all persons having the control, receipt, custody, disposal, or payment of certain specified items of income of any nonresident alien, foreign partnership, or foreign corporation to withhold tax at a 30-percent rate from such items unless a reduced rate of withholding applies. Amounts subject to withholding under sections 1441 and 1442 include amounts from sources within the United States that constitute fixed or determinable annual or periodical income, which in turn is defined under § 1.1441-2(b)(1)(i) to include all income included in gross income under section 61, subject to certain exceptions. In addition to being required to withhold on a payment made to a foreign person, a domestic (U.S.) partnership is required to withhold under sections 1441 and 1442 on an amount subject to withholding that is includible in the gross income of a partner that is a foreign person. See § 1.1441-5(b)(2)(i). A foreign partnership may also be required to withhold with respect to its foreign partners under sections 1441 and 1442 if it is either a foreign withholding partnership as described in § 1.1441-5(c)(2), or fails to meet the requirements described in § 1.1441-5(c)(3)(v). A partnership satisfies its withholding requirements with respect to its foreign partners by withholding on distributions made to the partner that include amounts subject to withholding, or, to the extent the partnership's withholding liability is not satisfied by withholding on distributions, by
Section 1446 requires a partnership to pay withholding tax to the extent that the partnership has effectively connected taxable income (ECTI) that is allocable to a foreign partner, at the highest rate applicable to that partner. See § 1.1446-3(a)(2). ECTI generally refers to the partnership's taxable income as computed under section 703, with adjustments as provided in section 1446(c) and § 1.1446-2, and computed with consideration of only those partnership items that are effectively connected (or treated as effectively connected) with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States. See § 1.1446-2.
Section 1443 imposes withholding requirements on certain payments or allocations of income made to foreign tax-exempt organizations, including income includible under section 512 for computing unrelated business taxable income (subject to section 1443(a)) and income subject to tax under section 4948 (subject to section 1443(b)). Because the tax under section 4948 is not a chapter 1 tax, and therefore is not implicated by the centralized partnership audit regime, references to chapter 3 in this preamble and these proposed regulations refer to the provisions in chapter 3 of subtitle A of the Code, excluding section 1443(b). See proposed § 301.6225-1(a)(4).
Section 1445 imposes withholding requirements upon the disposition of a U.S. real property interest (as defined in section 897(c)) by a foreign person and certain related distributions. To the extent that a partnership's income from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest is allocable to a foreign partner, the partnership is subject to the requirements under section 1446. See §§ 1.1446-2; 1.1446-3(c)(2).
Chapter 4 (Taxes to Enforce Reporting on Certain Foreign Accounts) of subtitle A of the Code (chapter 4) requires a withholding agent (as defined in § 1.1473-1(d)) to withhold tax at a 30-percent rate on a withholdable payment (as defined in § 1.1473-1(a)) made to a foreign financial institution (FFI) unless the FFI has entered into an agreement described in section 1471(b) to obtain status as a participating FFI, or the FFI is deemed to have satisfied the requirements of section 1471(b). A participating FFI is required to withhold tax with respect to payments made to recalcitrant account holders (as defined in § 1.1471-5(g)(2)) and nonparticipating FFIs (as defined in § 1.1471-1(b)(82)) to the extent required under § 1.1471-4(b). Chapter 4 also generally requires a withholding agent to withhold tax at a 30-percent rate on a withholdable payment made to a nonfinancial foreign entity (NFFE) unless the NFFE has provided information to the withholding agent with respect to the NFFE's substantial U.S. owners or has certified that it has no such owners. See section 1472.
Under sections 1461 and 1474, any person required to withhold tax under chapters 3 and 4 is made liable for such tax, and may also be liable for any penalties, additions to tax, additional amounts, and interest that may apply for failure to timely pay the tax required to be withheld. To the extent that the tax required to be withheld is paid by the beneficial owner of the income (as defined in §§ 1.1441-1(c)(6) and 1.1471-1(b)(8)) or by the withholding agent (as defined in §§ 1.1441-7(a)(1) and 1.1473-1(d)), the tax will not be collected a second time from the other; however, the person that did not pay the tax is not relieved from liability for any penalties, additions to tax, or interest that may apply. See §§ 1.1446-3(e); 1.1463-1; 1.1474-4.
Under §§ 1.1462-1 and 1.1474-3, a beneficial owner is required to include in gross income the entire amount of income from which tax is required to be withheld, but the amount of any tax actually withheld (including any amount withheld on a partner's distributive share) is allowed as a credit under section 33 against the beneficial owner's income tax liability. Similarly, under § 1.1446-3(d)(2)(i), the amount of section 1446 tax paid by the partnership that is allocable to a foreign partner is allowed as a credit under section 33 against the partner's income tax liability. In general, because the beneficial owner will have gross income during the taxable year when the withholding occurs, the beneficial owner will be required to file a U.S. income tax return for that year. See section 6012. However, a beneficial owner's requirement to file a return is waived when it is not engaged in a U.S. trade or business and its tax liability has been fully satisfied through withholding at source. See §§ 1.6012-1(b)(2)(i); 1.6012-2(g)(2)(i).
Proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(a) (June 14 NPRM) provides that all adjustments to items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of a partnership, and any partner's distributive share of those adjusted items are determined, and any tax attributable thereto is assessed and collected, at the partnership level under the centralized partnership audit regime. Proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(b)(1)(i) (June 14 NPRM) broadly defines the phrase “items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit” to include all items and information required to be shown, or reflected, on a partnership return or maintained in the partnership's books and records. Proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(b)(3) (June 14 NPRM) defines tax for purposes of the centralized partnership audit regime to be the tax imposed by chapter 1. Proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(d) (June 14 NPRM), however, provides that nothing in subchapter C of chapter 63 and the regulations thereunder (the centralized partnership audit regime) precludes the IRS from making any adjustment to any of these items for purposes of determining taxes imposed by other chapters of the Code. The preamble to the June 14 NPRM explains that those taxes that are not covered by the centralized partnership audit regime include taxes imposed by chapters 3 and 4. Accordingly, the IRS will continue to examine a partnership's compliance with its obligations under chapters 3 and 4 in a proceeding outside of the centralized partnership audit regime.
As discussed in Part 2.A of this Explanation of Provisions, a partnership that receives a payment or has income allocable to a partner that is a foreign person, an FFI, or an NFFE may have withholding requirements under chapters 3 and 4. These requirements are imposed on the partnership to ensure that any chapter 1 tax owed by its partners with respect to the item of income is collected, or in the case of chapter 4, to ensure compliance with certain information reporting obligations regarding U.S. persons that hold foreign financial accounts or interests in passive foreign entities. The provisions of chapters 3 and 4, therefore, create a collection mechanism for tax that would otherwise be due from the beneficial owner of the income under chapter 1. This could potentially result in taxes being collected twice and, for this reason, and as discussed in Part 2.A of this Explanation of Provisions, chapters 3 and 4 provide that the tax is collected only once—either from the withholding agent or from the beneficial owner of the income. Similarly, because an imputed underpayment may now be assessed and collected at the partnership level under the centralized partnership audit regime, and is designed to closely reflect the chapter 1 tax that the partners would have reported and paid had the partnership and partners reported
To demonstrate the rules regarding the scope of the centralized partnership audit regime and the examination of the partnership's obligations under chapters 3 and 4 outside of the centralized partnership audit regime, these proposed regulations provide examples that illustrate what occurs when (1) a partnership fails to withhold at the correct rate on an item of income allocable to a foreign partner, and (2) a partnership fails to report an item of income and, therefore, also fails to withhold on the additional income allocable to a foreign partner. Example 1 under proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(f) clarifies that a partnership's withholding tax liability for failure to withhold at the correct rate on an item of income that the partnership received and properly reported on its partnership return may be adjusted by the IRS under the procedures applicable to an examination under chapter 3 or chapter 4, and that the procedures under the centralized partnership audit regime do not apply to the adjustment. The same result would occur on a partnership's failure to withhold at the correct rate under section 1441 on a payment made to an unrelated foreign person, or upon a partnership's failure to withhold as a transferee of a U.S. real property interest at the correct rate under section 1445. Example 2 under proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(f) presents a case in which the partnership has failed to report on its partnership return an item of income that it received for which it would have had a withholding obligation under chapters 3 and 4, and the failure to report the item is discovered in an examination of the partnership's compliance with its obligations under chapters 3 and 4. Because an adjustment to increase the partnership's income would be an adjustment to an item of income of the partnership, it would be subject to the centralized partnership audit regime. See proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(a) (June 14 NPRM). However, under proposed § 301.6221(a)-1(d) (June 14 NPRM), the IRS is not precluded from determining an adjustment to the same item under chapters 3 and 4 outside of the centralized partnership audit regime.
To address situations in which an item subject to the centralized partnership audit regime is also subject to the rules under chapters 3 and 4, these proposed regulations provide rules that coordinate the interaction between the separate regimes, and ensure that tax is collected only once with respect to the same adjustment. When an examination of the partnership's obligations under chapters 3 and 4 is conducted before the initiation of an administrative proceeding under the centralized partnership audit regime, proposed § 301.6225-1(c)(5) provides that to the extent that the IRS has collected tax under chapter 3 or chapter 4 attributable to an adjustment to an amount subject to withholding (as defined in § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i)), that adjustment (or portion thereof) will be disregarded for purposes of calculating the total netted partnership adjustment (upon which the imputed underpayment amount is determined) under the centralized partnership audit regime. When the IRS has not collected tax under chapter 3 or chapter 4 on an amount subject to withholding, and the partnership is subject to examination under the centralized audit partnership regime, proposed § 301.6225-1(a)(4) provides that if the partnership pays the imputed underpayment pursuant to section 6225, and the total netted partnership adjustment (upon which the imputed underpayment amount is determined) includes an adjustment to an amount subject to withholding under chapter 3 or chapter 4, the partnership is treated as having paid the amount required to be withheld with respect to that adjustment under chapter 3 or chapter 4 for purposes of applying § 1.1463-1 or § 1.1474-4. Therefore, the partnership is considered to have satisfied its withholding tax liability associated with the adjustment. The partnership, however, is not relieved from any interest, penalties, or additions to tax that may otherwise apply under current rules for failure to withhold under chapters 3 and 4. See §§ 1.1461-1(a)(2); 1.1461-3; 1.1474-1(h). Under proposed § 301.6227-2(b)(3), this same rule applies when the partnership pays the imputed underpayment in an AAR pursuant to section 6227.
Under section 6226, a partnership may elect to “push out” adjustments to its reviewed year partners rather than paying an imputed underpayment determined under section 6225. If a partnership makes a valid election under section 6226 (a section 6226 election), proposed § 301.6226-2 (June 14 NPRM) requires it to furnish a statement to each reviewed year partner that includes information regarding the partner's allocable share of partnership adjustments with respect to the imputed underpayment for which the election is made and the partner's share of any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts (a section 6226 statement). The partnership must also calculate and include on each section 6226 statement a safe harbor amount and, for each reviewed year partner that is an individual, an interest safe harbor amount. Under proposed § 301.6226-3 (June 14 NPRM), each reviewed year partner must increase its tax imposed under chapter 1 by its additional reporting year tax for the taxable year that includes the date on which the section 6226 statement is furnished (the reporting year). The additional reporting year tax is either the aggregate of the adjustment amounts (as computed under proposed § 301.6226-3(b) (June 14 NPRM)) or the safe harbor amount. In addition, each reviewed year partner must also pay its share of any penalties, additions to tax, additional amounts, and interest (either as computed at the partner level under proposed § 301.6226-3(d)(1) (June 14 NPRM) or, if applicable, the interest safe harbor amount).
As discussed in the preamble to the June 14 NPRM, it is the view of the Treasury Department and the IRS that, consistent with the purposes of chapters 3 and 4, if adjustments reflected on a section 6226 statement represent additional income allocable to a foreign or domestic partner that was not properly accounted for in the reviewed year, and the partnership makes a section 6226 election to have the partners take the adjustments into account, these allocations of income should be subject to the rules in chapters 3 and 4 to the same extent that these amounts would have been if they had been properly accounted for by the partnership in the reviewed year. Accordingly, these proposed regulations provide rules that apply withholding and reporting requirements under chapters 3 and 4 to a partnership that makes a section 6226 election with respect to a reviewed year partner that would have been subject to withholding in the reviewed year, and rules that apply to the reviewed year partner when taking these adjustments into account. Under proposed § 301.6227-2(b)(4), these same rules apply when a partnership elects to have its reviewed year partners take into account adjustments requested in an AAR.
Proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) requires a partnership that makes a section 6226 election to pay the amount of tax required to be withheld under chapters 3 and 4 on any adjustment
Proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(ii) allows a partnership that is required to pay withholding tax under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) to reduce the amount of that tax to the extent that the reviewed year partner provides valid documentation to establish that it is entitled to a reduced rate of tax under chapters 3 and 4. For this purpose, these proposed regulations allow the partnership to rely on documentation that the partnership possesses that is valid with respect to the reviewed year (determined without regard to the expiration after the reviewed year of any validity period prescribed in chapters 3 and 4), or new documentation that the partnership obtains from the reviewed year partner if the partner includes a signed affidavit stating that the associated information and representations are accurate with respect to the reviewed year. However, proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(ii) does not allow the partnership to reduce the amount of withholding tax due based on partner-level items as provided in § 1.1446-6. Consideration of these partner-level items raises administrability issues given the partner's activities in the intervening taxable years between the reviewed year and the reporting year. For example, partner-level deductions and losses certified to the partnership for the reviewed year may have been used in a subsequent year to offset the partner's allocable share of partnership ECTI or income effectively connected (or treated as effectively connected) with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States from other sources. Accordingly, reductions to the amount of withholding tax a partnership is required to pay under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) are limited to those based on a reduced rate of tax. The procedures under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(ii) do not constitute a modification as described in section 6225.
Proposed § 301.6226-3(f) requires a reviewed year partner that is subject to withholding under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) to file a return for the reporting year to report its additional reporting year tax and its share of penalties, additions to tax, additional amounts, and interest, notwithstanding any filing exception in § 1.6012-1(b)(2)(i) or § 1.6012-2(g)(2)(i). Therefore, a reviewed year partner whose allocable share of adjustments is subject to withholding under chapters 3 and 4 must file a federal income tax return for the reporting year and pay its allocable share of penalties, additions to tax, additional amounts, and interest, even if the partner's additional reporting year tax has been satisfied by the partnership through withholding at source and the partner would not otherwise be required to file a federal income tax return under an exception in the section 6012 regulations.
In certain circumstances, the reviewed year partner is allowed a credit under section 33 for tax paid by the partnership under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) that the partner may apply against its income tax liability for its reporting year. For purposes of sections 1441 through 1443 and 1471 through 1474, a reviewed year partner is allowed a credit for the amount of tax actually withheld from that partner (including any amounts withheld on the partner's distributive share). To the extent the tax is not withheld, but is instead paid by the partnership (because, for example, the reviewed year partner is no longer a partner in the partnership), the partnership (rather than the partner) is allowed a credit against its withholding tax liability for the amount of tax paid. In that case, the tax will not be collected a second time from the partner, but the partner would remain liable for any applicable penalties, additions to tax, or interest. See §§ 1.1463-1; 1.1464-1; 1.1474-4. For purposes of section 1446, a reviewed year partner is allowed a credit for the tax paid by the partnership with respect to ECTI allocable to the partner. See § 1.1446-3(d)(2). A partner claiming a credit under section 33 must properly report the additional reporting year tax on its return and substantiate the credit with the appropriate information return (Form 1042-S or Form 8805), as well as any other requirements prescribed by the IRS in forms, instructions, and other guidance.
Because § 301.6226-1(c)(1) (June 14 NPRM) requires a partnership to satisfy the provisions of proposed §§ 301.6226-1 and 301.6226-2 (June 14 NPRM) to make a valid section 6226 election, a partnership must pay the tax due under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) and meet the reporting obligations under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(iii) to satisfy this requirement. However, a partnership that anticipates making a section 6226 election may instead request during the modification process that the IRS determine a specific imputed underpayment (as defined in § 301.6225-1(e)(2)(iii) (June 14 NPRM)) with respect to adjustments allocated to reviewed year partners that would have been subject to withholding in the reviewed year, and a general imputed underpayment (as defined in § 301.6225-1(e)(2)(ii) (June 14 NPRM)) with respect to all other adjustments. If the IRS agrees with the modification request, upon receipt of the notice of final partnership adjustment the partnership could then (1) pay under section 6225 the specific imputed underpayment that includes adjustments subject to withholding, and (2) make a timely section 6226 election with respect to the adjustments that result in the general imputed underpayment. A partnership might make such a request so that its partners subject to withholding under chapters 3 and 4 would not need to file a return as they would under proposed § 301.6226-3(f) when the partnership makes a section 6226 election with respect to those adjustments.
The Treasury Department and the IRS are considering additional ways to alleviate the filing obligation in proposed § 301.6226-3(f) for foreign persons when a partnership pushes out its adjustments and does not make a specific imputed underpayment for adjustments subject to withholding. Specifically, the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering whether to allow a partnership that pays the withholding tax required under proposed § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i) to elect to pay the share of penalties, additions to tax, additional amounts, and interest attributable to a partner that would have been subject to withholding in the reviewed year. Under this approach, if the partner's additional reporting year tax and the partner's share of penalties,
In the June 14 NPRM, the Treasury Department and the IRS requested comments on how the rules under chapters 3 and 4 should apply when a section 6226 statement includes income allocable to a foreign partner that is an intermediary or flow through entity. The Treasury Department and the IRS continue to study this issue in conjunction with the broader issue of how to treat pass-through partners generally under the section 6226 regime. Specifically, comments are still requested regarding the application of chapters 3 and 4 to section 6226 in the case of partners that are foreign flow through entities, including partners that assume primary withholding responsibility as withholding foreign partnerships or withholding foreign trusts.
Subject to limitations, a taxpayer may elect to claim a credit under section 901 for income, war profits, and excess profits taxes paid or accrued during the taxable year to any foreign country or possession of the United States. This credit is generally referred to as the foreign tax credit (FTC). Under section 902, certain corporations are deemed, for FTC purposes, to have paid the foreign taxes that are paid or accrued by foreign subsidiaries from which they receive a dividend. Under section 960, inclusions under subpart F of part III of subchapter N of chapter 1 of the Code (subpart F) are treated as dividends for purposes of computing the foreign taxes deemed paid under section 902.
A partnership is not eligible to claim an FTC under section 901 (or a deduction for foreign taxes under section 164). See section 703(b)(3). Instead, under sections 702(a)(6), 706(a), and 901(b)(5) each partner takes into account its distributive share of the creditable foreign taxes paid or accrued by the partnership in the partner's tax year with or within which the partnership's tax year ends. See § 1.702-1(a)(6). Under section 702(a)(6), this amount, known as a creditable foreign tax expenditure (CFTE), is accounted for as a separately stated item. Similarly, under section 902(c)(7), a partner is treated as owning a proportional share of stock owned by or for the partnership for purposes of computing a deemed paid credit under section 902. Therefore, while a partnership is not deemed to pay foreign taxes paid by a foreign corporation in which it holds stock, each of its domestic corporate partners, if eligible, independently calculates foreign taxes deemed paid with respect to dividends or subpart F inclusions relating to stock owned by or for the partnership.
The amount of FTC allowed against a taxpayer's U.S. tax in a given year is limited to the amount of pre-credit U.S. tax on the taxpayer's foreign source income. See section 904. This FTC limitation is applied separately to foreign source income in each of the separate categories described in section 904(d)(1) (
Given the nature and purpose of the FTC to mitigate the effects of double taxation and the importance of preventing the inappropriate use of the credit, special procedural rules often apply. For example, because the amount of foreign tax may change as the result of a foreign audit, refund claim, or other dispute resolution process involving a foreign tax authority, taxpayers are required to notify the IRS if a foreign tax for which credit is claimed is refunded (in whole or in part), if an accrued tax remains unpaid after two years, or if the amount of taxes paid differs from the amount accrued. See section 905(c). Any underpayment resulting from a change to the amount of creditable foreign tax paid or accrued is collectable upon notice and demand, without regard to the generally applicable statute of limitations. See section 6501(c)(5). Moreover, taxpayers have a special ten-year period of limitations under section 6511(d)(3) for claiming refunds of overpayments attributable to the application of an FTC. The IRS also permits a taxpayer to accrue a contested foreign tax if the amount of the tax has actually been paid to the foreign tax authority. Rev. Rul. 70-290 (1970-1 C.B. 160). These special rules allow increased flexibility with regard to the timing of adjustments in order to better match foreign income and the foreign tax on that income and thereby mitigate double taxation of income.
Neither the statutory text of the centralized partnership audit regime nor the explanation of that text prepared by the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation explicitly addresses coordination with the FTC rules. Joint Comm. on Taxation, JCS-1-16,
The view of the Treasury Department and the IRS is that, to the maximum extent possible, the long-standing FTC rules should be preserved while implementing the broader purpose of the centralized partnership audit regime. In order to coordinate these provisions in a manner that is administrable and fair, rules should be promulgated to clarify the appropriate interaction of these two regimes. Some of these issues are discussed in this preamble and addressed in the regulations proposed herein, such as the treatment of CFTEs under the imputed underpayment provisions of the centralized partnership audit regime. Additionally, this preamble discusses the application of the FTC limitation of partners in a partnership subject to the centralized partnership audit regime, certain special procedural FTC rules (including those under sections 905(c) and 6511(d)(3)), and the treatment of credits under sections 902 and 960 (which are not themselves items of the partnership, but the calculation of
A partnership reports CFTEs to its partners as separately stated items, allowing each partner to elect either a credit under section 901 or a deduction under section 164(a)(3). See Sections 702(a)(6) and 901(b)(5). Under current rules, the partnership is not required to maintain records or report to the IRS whether its partners claimed credits or deductions with respect to their CFTEs or the extent to which any such credits are subject to a partner's FTC limitation. Accordingly, the tax effects of an adjustment to the CFTEs reported by a partnership cannot be determined solely by examining the return and other records of the partnership. Similarly, the partnership lacks the necessary information to determine those tax effects in connection with an AAR.
Proposed § 301.6225-1(a)(2) (June 14 NPRM) provides that for purposes of determining the imputed underpayment, all applicable preferences, restrictions, limitations, and conventions will be taken into account to disallow netting of adjustments as if the adjusted item was originally taken into account in the manner most beneficial to the partners. Similarly, proposed § 301.6225-1(d)(1) (June 14 NPRM) provides that items within each grouping are divided into subgroups, for netting purposes, based on preferences, limitations, restrictions, and conventions, such as source, character, holding period, or restrictions under the Code applicable to such items.
Consistent with this general approach, proposed rules are added in the paragraph reserved in the June 14 NPRM for the creditable expenditure grouping, proposed § 301.6225-1(d)(2)(iv)(A), relating to the treatment of adjustments to CFTEs made in an administrative proceeding under the centralized partnership audit regime. Proposed § 301.6225-1(d)(2)(iv)(A)(
These CFTE subgrouping rules serve several goals. First, subgrouping prevents netting of CFTEs between partners, or between separate categories with respect to the same partner, a restriction which is necessary to preserve the application of the category-by-category limitation required under section 904 and the regulations thereunder. Second, by subgrouping based on the sharing ratio of the partners in the reviewed year, adjustments that would be allocable to one partner cannot be netted against adjustments to CFTEs that would be allocable to another partner. This is intended to provide greater consistency with the requirement that CFTEs be allocated in accordance with the partners' interests in the partnership under section 704 and the regulations thereunder. Subgrouping based on the category and allocation of the adjustment between the partners is necessary to avoid a net reduction in the U.S. tax collected as the result of adjustments to CFTEs for which no credit would have been allowed to the partner if the CFTEs had been correctly reported in the reviewed year.
One comment received in response to Notice 2016-23 addressed the treatment of adjustments to CFTEs in calculating the imputed underpayment. Specifically, the comment noted the complex FTC limitation computation which must be made at the partner level, based on components maintained and adjusted each year by the partner. After discussing several possible approaches, the comment recommended that CFTEs be treated as a credit for purposes of computing the imputed underpayment, increasing the imputed underpayment to account for any decrease to CFTEs, but suggested that the regulations disallow any reduction to the imputed underpayment based on an increase to CFTEs, since they may be subject to limitation at the partner level. The comment explained that while this treatment may cause the imputed underpayment to overstate the correct tax amount, this overstatement can be remedied if the partnership provides additional information through the modification process.
Proposed § 301.6225-1(d)(2)(iv) generally adopts the recommended approach. If the amount of CFTEs is decreased on audit, the proposed regulations treat the item as if the partners had reduced their U.S. tax by that amount and, therefore, increase the imputed underpayment by the amount of the CFTE reduction. Conversely, if the amount of CFTEs is increased on audit, the proposed regulations treat the item as if the FTC limitation would prevent use of the increased credit and, therefore, do not reduce the imputed underpayment.
The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that the rules proposed in § 301.6225-1(d)(2)(iv) may cause the amount of the imputed underpayment to exceed the amount of tax that would have been due if the partnership had accurately reported in the reviewed year, either because CFTEs reported in the reviewed year were not claimed by all partners as FTCs or because any additional CFTEs agreed to on audit could be claimed as FTCs. However, because the partners' FTC posture is neither reflected on the partnership returns nor required to be maintained in the partnership's books and records, the only practical way to maintain the efficacy of the FTC rules is to assume both that the partners claimed FTCs for all CFTEs originally reported and that the FTC limitation would prevent any additional CFTEs from being claimed as credits. This approach preserves the long-standing principles underlying the FTC regime, especially the FTC limitation rules in section 904 and the regulations thereunder, and is consistent with the general rule in § 301.6225-1(a)(2) (June 14 NPRM) which explicitly provides that the adjusted items are treated as if they were originally taken into account by the partnership or the partners, as applicable, in the manner most beneficial to the partnership and the partners. The modification process under section 6225 (including
In addition to the amended return modification or section 6226 election available under the current rules, additional types of modification may be appropriate with respect to some CFTEs under section 6225(c)(6) and proposed § 301.6225-2(d)(9) (June 14 NPRM). For example, not all partners are eligible to look through the partnership for purposes of determining the separate category of their CFTEs. See § 1.904-5(h). Such partners have only passive category CFTEs, regardless of the category of those items at the partnership level. Under these circumstances, a partnership may request modification under section 6225(c)(6) by providing sufficient evidence that a particular portion of CFTEs would be allocable to a partner or group of partners who cannot look through the partnership to characterize such CFTEs, so that all adjustments to CFTEs allocable to that partner or group of partners may be netted without regard to separate category. Similarly, if different sharing ratios apply to the allocation of adjusted CFTEs, some portion of the adjustments subject to different sharing ratios may still ultimately be allocable to the same partner or group of partners. Under these circumstances, the partnership may request modification by providing sufficient evidence of the portion of each adjustment that is allocable to the same partner or group of partners in order to allow netting of those CFTEs by modification, where appropriate.
The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on the application of the netting rules to CFTEs and the related computation of the imputed underpayment, including any special modification rules that may be appropriate with respect to CFTEs. The Treasury Department and the IRS also request comments regarding circumstances in which the grouping and subgrouping of CFTE adjustments could be improved while preserving the FTC limitation rules.
These proposed regulations continue to reserve the rules on creditable expenditures other than CFTEs. The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments as to whether special rules are needed to address any other creditable expenditures and if so, whether those rules should follow or differ from the grouping and netting rules for CFTEs set forth in these proposed regulations.
Under the principles of proposed section 301.6225-1 (June NPRM), an adjustment decreasing the amount of foreign source income would not offset an adjustment increasing the amount of U.S. source income under the netting process described in proposed § 301.6225-1(c) (June 14 NPRM). Instead, these items, the foreign source income adjustment (which is negative) and the U.S. source income adjustment (which is positive), would be in separate subgroups. Assuming no other adjustments, the decrease in foreign source income would be treated as an adjustment which does not result in an imputed underpayment, and the increase in U.S. source income would be a net positive adjustment included in computing the imputed underpayment. This is an appropriate result.
Without a subgrouping requirement, the netting of U.S. and foreign source items would circumvent FTC limitation calculations under section 904 by effectively ignoring the potential impact of changes to foreign source income on FTCs. Specifically, netting U.S. and foreign source items at the partnership level would, in many cases, understate the true underpayment of tax caused by the partnership treating these items incorrectly in the reviewed year and, in other cases, would cause a permanent reduction in the partners' FTC limitation over time. Similarly, in the case of adjustments to items allocable to foreign partners, because foreign partners typically owe tax only with respect to U.S. source income, netting adjustments to U.S. source items against adjustments to foreign source items may understate the tax owed. Grouping adjustments by source may also facilitate modification requests with respect to amounts allocable to foreign partners.
One obstacle to subgrouping foreign source and U.S. source items is that the source (or allocation and apportionment) of certain partnership items is determinable only by the partners. In this regard, section 861 and the regulations thereunder provide that deductible expenses, including interest expense and research and experimentation (R&E) expense, are allocated and apportioned between foreign source gross income and other income on the basis of partner-level attributes. For example, § 1.861-9(e) provides that, subject to certain exceptions, a partner's distributive share of the interest expense of a partnership is considered to be related to all income-producing activities and assets of the partner and is apportioned between a partner's U.S. and foreign source income based on the relative values of the partner's assets. See also, for example, § 1.871-17 (providing rules for the allocation and apportionment of R&E expense).
Therefore, these expense items, when allocated and apportioned, affect the partners' net foreign and U.S. source income (and therefore the partner's FTC limitation), in amounts that cannot be determined at the partnership level. Similarly, items of gain or loss attributable to sales of non-inventory property are sourced at the partner level. See section 865(i)(5). Because the source of certain items cannot be accurately established at the partnership level (and because certain expenses must be allocated and apportioned at the partner level), those items cannot definitively be included in either foreign or U.S. source income subgroupings for purposes of computing the imputed underpayment. Moreover, if an adjustment to items sourced (or allocated and apportioned) at the partner level can offset other adjustments not sourced (or allocated and apportioned) in that manner, the purposes of the FTC limitation rules could effectively be circumvented.
Under the proposed regulations in the June 14 NPRM, adjustments to items that may be sourced (or allocated and apportioned) at the partner level will generally be divided into subgroups in accordance with the specific method applicable for the sourcing (or allocation and apportionment) of those items in order to avoid netting that would undermine the application of the FTC limitation under section 904 unless the IRS determines otherwise. See proposed § 301.6225-1(a)(2) (June 14 NPRM). This would prevent, for example, an increase to interest expense from being netted against an increase to U.S. source income. However, netting of an increase to interest expense from one activity against a decrease to interest expense from another activity would generally be permissible because netting these adjustments would not typically affect the partners' section 904 limitation.
The Treasury Department and the IRS recognize that subgrouping significant items of expense, such as R&E or interest, may cause imputed underpayments to exceed the tax that would have been owed had all items been treated correctly in the reviewed year. While the partnership can attempt to reduce this distortion during the
The Treasury Department and the IRS request comments with respect to the grouping and subgrouping of items of income, gain, loss, or deduction based on source and separate category. Specifically, the Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on any rule or modification method that would allow the calculation of the imputed underpayment to more accurately reflect the amount of tax that would have been due if the partnership had reported correctly in the reviewed year. The Treasury Department and the IRS also specifically request comments relating to any rules that would preserve the potential effects of adjustments to partnership items that are sourced (or allocated and apportioned) at the partner level in determining the imputed underpayment without requiring that all of these items be assigned to separate subgroupings.
Section 905(c) generally requires a taxpayer to notify the IRS in the event of certain changes to creditable foreign taxes. A taxpayer must notify the IRS if any foreign tax claimed as a credit is refunded in whole or in part. Similarly, a taxpayer must notify the IRS if an accrued foreign tax claimed as a credit remains unpaid after two years or if the amount when paid differs from the amount accrued. The notice requirement under section 905(c) is generally satisfied by the taxpayer filing an amended return for the year or years to which the foreign tax relates and paying any underpayment that results from the adjustment to the amount of creditable foreign tax. If such an adjustment results in an overpayment of tax, a taxpayer may generally claim a refund or credit within the 10-year period described in section 6511(d)(3). See section 905(c)(3). In the context of a partnership, the partner who claimed the FTC has historically borne the primary obligation to notify the IRS if there was a change in the foreign tax liability described in section 905(c) (and to pay any underpayment, upon notice and demand, or timely file a claim for refund of any overpayment). However, several aspects of the centralized partnership audit regime make it difficult to determine the most appropriate application of section 905(c) with respect to CFTEs reported by a partnership subject to the centralized partnership audit regime.
Neither the statutory text of the centralized partnership audit regime, nor the explanation of that text prepared by the staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation, explicitly addresses section 905(c). See JCS-1-16. There is no indication that the new procedures were intended to restrict either the taxpayer's or the government's right to recoup any overpayment or underpayment of U.S. tax resulting from a redetermination required under section 905(c). It is also unlikely that Congress would effectuate a change to long-standing principles through generic procedural provisions without any specific discussion of section 905(c) in the statutory text.
Generally, if a partnership reports CFTEs and has an adjustment described in section 905(c), there are two ways of viewing the adjustment required under section 905(c): It is either an adjustment at the partnership level, which is subject to the centralized partnership audit regime, or it is an adjustment at the partner level, which is subject to the historic application of this provision in the partnership context. Either of these two approaches presents administrative challenges. Therefore, the Treasury Department and the IRS request comments addressing coordination and administration of section 905(c) and the centralized partnership audit regime. Specifically, the Treasury Department and the IRS request comments on using the AAR process for purposes of satisfying the requirements of section 905(c) with respect to changes to the foreign tax liability reported by a partnership as a CFTE.
Under sections 902 and 960, certain domestic corporations are permitted to claim credits for foreign taxes “deemed paid” corresponding to foreign taxes paid by a foreign subsidiary from which the domestic corporation receives a dividend or with respect to which the domestic corporation has a subpart F inclusion. As discussed in Part 3.A. of this Explanation of Provisions, section 902(c)(7) provides that stock of a foreign corporation held by or on behalf of a partnership will be treated as if it was actually owned (proportionally) by the partners for purposes of computing the foreign taxes deemed paid under sections 902 and 960. Thus, qualifying partners are generally entitled to claim FTCs for deemed paid taxes attributable to their allocable share of partnership dividend income and subpart F inclusions.
Section 6221(a) provides that any adjustment to an item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit of a partnership for a partnership taxable year must be determined, and any tax attributable thereto must be assessed and collected, at the partnership level pursuant to the centralized partnership audit regime. Further, proposed § 301.6221(a)-1 (June 14 NPRM) provides that all items required to be shown or reflected on the partnership's return and information in the partnership's books and records related to a determination of these items, as well as factors that affect the determination of items of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit, are subject to determination and adjustment at the partnership level under the centralized partnership audit regime.
Under existing filing requirements, a partnership reports dividends from its subsidiaries, foreign and domestic, and domestic (U.S.) partnerships also report subpart F inclusions, but neither foreign nor domestic partnerships are required to report the amount of foreign taxes deemed paid by a partner with respect to stock held by or for the partnership. Further, a partnership is generally not required to maintain or report all information upon which the computations of those amounts are based (for example, the foreign subsidiary's pools of post-1986 undistributed earnings and post-1986 foreign income taxes). Accordingly, the amount of any deemed paid foreign tax computed with respect to stock owned by or for a partnership cannot be determined based on existing partnership reporting requirements.
The centralized partnership audit regime did not explicitly address the treatment of FTCs allowed with respect to deemed paid foreign taxes under the centralized partnership audit regime. However, the dividends and subpart F inclusions that trigger the availability of the deemed paid FTC are subject to that regime. Therefore, in order to preserve the IRS's ability to audit FTCs for deemed paid taxes claimed with respect to stock owned through partnerships subject to the centralized partnership audit regime, coordinating rules are necessary. These rules should ensure that all restrictions and limitations on the FTC allowed under sections 902 and 960 are given effect with respect to both the items giving rise to FTCs and the FTCs themselves.
The broad scope of the centralized partnership audit regime contemplates
Proposed § 301.6225-2(d)(2) through (8) (June 14 NPRM) provides seven enumerated types of modifications the IRS will consider if requested by the partnership. The preamble to the June 14 NPRM requested comments on modifications that could be considered appropriate where a partner is a foreign person and thus may be subject to gross basis taxation under section 871(a) or 881(a), or where a partnership, partner, or indirect partner is entitled to a reduced rate of tax under the Code or as a resident of a country that has in effect an income tax treaty with the United States.
Under U.S. tax treaties, a foreign partner or partnership may be entitled to benefits with respect to an item of income, profit, or gain paid to an entity that is fiscally transparent under the laws of the United States to the extent it is treated as an item of income, profit, or gain of a resident of the applicable treaty jurisdiction. See also section 894. Thus, for example, the Treasury Department and the IRS are considering providing a modification in proposed § 301.6225-2(d) (June 14 NPRM) that would apply as illustrated in the following example: The IRS initiates an administrative proceeding with respect to a domestic partnership, and determines a single partnership adjustment increasing the U.S. source dividend income received by the partnership. The partnership had two equal partners during the reviewed year: A, a U.S. citizen, and B, a nonresident alien individual resident in Country X. The United States has in effect an income tax treaty with Country X, and Country X treats the partnership as fiscally transparent. Assuming that the other requirements set forth in the regulations for modifications are satisfied, if the partnership provides documentation demonstrating to the IRS's satisfaction the amount of the adjustment that is allocable to B under the partnership agreement and B's entitlement to a reduced rate of tax on dividends in the reviewed year pursuant to the income tax treaty between Country X and the United States, the IRS could agree to a modification to the imputed underpayment with respect to the amount of the adjustment allocable to B that is subject to a reduced rate of tax under the income tax treaty. Additionally, other methods for modifications could be provided in future guidance with respect to other Code-based exemptions from tax applicable to foreign persons, including sections 871(h) and 881(c), which provide an exemption from tax for foreign persons with respect to interest on certain portfolio debt investments. See also sections 871(a)(2) and 881(a) (limiting taxation of foreign persons on U.S. source capital gains).
The Treasury Department and the IRS are still considering additional modifications to address circumstances where a partnership, partner, or indirect partner is a foreign person, and which potential modifications, such as modifications for portfolio interest and U.S. source capital gains, may already be addressed by one of the seven types of modifications included in the June 14 NPRM. See proposed § 301.6225-2(d)(3) (June 14 NPRM) (providing rules for modifications for tax-exempt partners which, as defined, includes certain foreign persons or entities). Accordingly, the Treasury Department and the IRS continue to request comments on what specific types of modifications available to partners or partnerships that are foreign persons (including partners that are foreign persons described under section 501(c)) should be included in proposed § 301.6225-2(d) (June 14 NPRM).
The June 14 NPRM also requested comments on the coordination of the proposed rules with the mutual agreement procedures (MAP) available under income tax treaties that a partnership, partner, or indirect partner may invoke in order to determine eligibility for treaty benefits that may affect the calculation of the imputed underpayment. Pursuant to income tax treaties in effect between the United States and other jurisdictions, the Treasury Department and the IRS intend to allow access to MAP, when and where appropriate, for a partnership, partner, or indirect partner that is subject to the centralized partnership audit regime. However, the Treasury Department and the IRS are continuing to study this issue and request comments on how to coordinate MAP with the centralized partnership audit regime.
The preamble to the June 14 NPRM stated that the Treasury Department and the IRS intend to issue regulations to address situations where a partnership pushes out an adjustment under section 6226 to a direct partner in the partnership that is a foreign entity, such as a trust or corporation, that may not be liable for U.S. federal income tax with respect to one or more adjustments, but an owner of the direct partner is or could be liable for tax with respect to that amount. For example, if a direct partner in the audited partnership is a controlled foreign corporation, the foreign corporation as a direct partner may not have a U.S. tax liability with respect to a given adjustment; however, the adjustment may impact the tax liability of its U.S. shareholder(s) by increasing the subpart F income of the CFC that is included in the income of the U.S. shareholder(s) under section 951(a). The Treasury Department and the IRS continue to study this issue and continue to request comments both on how the reporting obligations concerning foreign entities should be modified to ensure that statements issued under section 6226 are reflected on the returns of the U.S. owners of these entities, and more generally, on how to incorporate rules governing foreign corporations into the centralized partnership audit regime.
Certain IRS regulations, including these, are exempt from the requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a
Pursuant to section 7805(f) of the Code, these regulations have been submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business Administration for comment on its impact on small business.
IRS Revenue Procedures, Revenue Rulings, Notices and other guidance cited in this preamble are published in the Internal Revenue Bulletin (or Cumulative Bulletin) and are available from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Publishing Office, Washington, DC 20402, or by visiting the IRS Web site at
Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations, consideration will be given to any electronic and written comments that are submitted timely to the IRS as prescribed in this preamble under the
The principal authors of these proposed regulations are Larry R. Pounders, Jr., Ronald M. Gootzeit, and Subin Seth of the Office of the Associate Chief Counsel (International). However, other personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated in their development.
Employment taxes, Estate taxes, Excise taxes, Gift taxes, Income taxes, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 301, as proposed to be amended June 14, 2017 (82 FR 27334), is proposed to be further amended as follows:
26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
(f)
Partnership, a partnership created or organized in the United States, has two equal partners, A and B. A is a nonresident alien who is a resident of Country A, and B is a U.S. citizen. In 2018, Partnership earned $200 of U.S. source royalty income. Partnership was required to withhold 30 percent of the gross amount of the royalty income allocable to A unless Partnership had documentation that it could rely on to establish that A was entitled to a reduced rate of withholding. See §§ 1.1441-1(b)(1) and 1.1441-5(b)(2)(i)(A) of this chapter. Partnership withheld $15 from the $100 of royalty income allocable to A based on its incorrect belief that A is entitled to a reduced rate of withholding under the U.S.-Country A Income Tax Treaty. In 2020, the IRS determines in an examination of Partnership's Form 1042, Annual Withholding Tax Return for U.S. Source Income of Foreign Persons, that Partnership should have withheld $30 instead of $15 on the $100 of royalty income allocable to A because Partnership failed to obtain documentation from A establishing a valid treaty claim for a reduced rate of withholding. The rate of withholding on the income allocable to A is not an item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit under paragraph (b)(1) of this section. Therefore, in accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, the adjustment to increase Partnership's withholding tax liability by $15 is not determined under subchapter C of chapter 63, and instead must be determined as part of the Form 1042 examination.
Partnership, a partnership created or organized in the United States, has two equal partners, A and B. A is a nonresident alien who is a resident of Country A, and B is a U.S. citizen. In 2018, Partnership earned $100 of U.S. source dividend income. Partnership was required to report the dividend income on its 2018 Form 1065, “U.S. Return of Partnership Income,” and withhold 30 percent of the gross amount of the dividend income allocable to A unless Partnership had documentation that it could rely on to establish that A was entitled to a reduced rate of withholding. See §§ 1.1441-1(b)(1) and 1.1441-5(b)(2)(i)(A) of this chapter. In 2020, in an examination of Partnership's Form 1042, the IRS determines that Partnership earned but failed to report the $100 of U.S. source dividend income in 2018. The adjustment to increase Partnership's dividend income by $100 would be an adjustment to an item of income, gain, loss, deduction, or credit under paragraph (b)(1) of this section if made in an administrative proceeding under subchapter C of chapter 63. The tax imposed on Partnership for its failure to withhold on that income, however, is not a tax as defined in paragraph (b)(3) of this section because it is a tax imposed by chapter 3 of subtitle A of the Code (chapter 3 tax). Pursuant to paragraph (d) of this section, the IRS may determine, assess, and collect that chapter 3 tax without conducting a proceeding under subchapter C of chapter 63. Therefore, the IRS may determine the chapter 3 tax in the examination of Partnership's Form 1042 by adjusting Partnership's withholding tax liability by an additional $15 for failing to withhold on the $50 of dividend income allocable to A. If the IRS subsequently initiates an administrative proceeding under subchapter C of chapter 63 and makes an adjustment to the same item of income, the portion of the dividend income allocable to A will be disregarded in the calculation of the imputed underpayment to the extent that the chapter 3 tax has been collected with respect to such income. See § 301.6225-1(c)(5).
(a) * * *
(4)
(c) * * *
(5)
(d) * * *
(2) * * *
(iv)
(
(
(B)
(f) * * *
Partnership reports on its 2019 partnership return $400 of CFTEs in the general category under section 904(d). The IRS initiates an administrative proceeding with respect to Partnership's 2019 taxable year and determines that the amount of CFTEs was $300 instead of $400 ($100 adjustment to CFTEs). No other adjustments are made for the 2019 taxable year. The $100 adjustment to CFTEs falls within the creditable expenditure grouping described in paragraph (d)(2)(iv) of this section and is within the general category subgrouping. Because there are no other adjustments for the 2019 taxable year in this subgrouping, the net adjustment in the subgrouping is $100. Pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(A)(
Partnership reports on its 2019 partnership return $400 of CFTEs in the passive category under section 904(d). The IRS initiates an administrative proceeding with respect to Partnership's 2019 taxable year and determines that the CFTEs reported by Partnership were general category instead of passive category CFTEs. No other adjustments are made. Under the rules in paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(A)(
Partnership has two partners, A and B. Under the partnership agreement, $100 of the CFTE is specially allocated to A for the 2019 taxable year. The IRS initiates an administrative proceeding with respect to Partnership's 2019 taxable year and determines that $100 of CFTE should be reallocated from A to B. The partnership adjustment is a <$100> adjustment to general category CFTE allocable to A and an increase of $100 to general category CFTE allocable to B. Pursuant to paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(A)(
Partnership has two partners, A and B. Partnership owns two entities, DE1 and DE2, that are disregarded as separate from their owner within the meaning of § 301.7701-3 and are operating in and paying taxes to foreign jurisdictions. The partnership agreement provides that all items (income, gain, loss, deduction, credit, etc.) from DE1 and DE2 are allocable to A and B in the following manner. Items related to DE1: To A 75% and to B 25%. Items related to DE2: To A 25% and to B 75%. Partnership reports CFTEs in the general category of $300, $100 with respect to DE1 and $200 with respect to DE2. Partnership allocates the $300 of CFTEs $125 and $175 to A and B respectively. On examination, the IRS determines that Partnership understated the amount of creditable foreign tax paid by DE2 by $40 and overstated the amount of creditable foreign tax paid by DE1 by $80. No other adjustments are made. Because the two adjustments each relate to CFTEs that are subject to different allocations, the two adjustments are in different subgroupings under paragraph (d)(2)(iv)(A)(
(h) * * *
(3)
(ii)
(iii)
(f)
(g) * * *
On its partnership return for the 2020 tax year, Partnership, a domestic partnership, reported U.S. source dividend income of $2,000. On June 1, 2023, the IRS mails an FPA to Partnership for Partnership's 2020 year increasing the amount of U.S. source dividend income to $4,000 and asserting an imputed underpayment plus an accuracy-related penalty under section 6662(b). Partnership makes a timely election under section 6226 in accordance with § 301.6226-1 with respect to the imputed underpayment in the FPA for Partnership's 2020 year and does not file a petition for readjustment. The time to file a petition expires on August 30, 2023. Pursuant to § 301.6226-2(b), the partnership adjustments become finally determined on August 30, 2023. On September 30, 2023, Partnership files the statements described under § 301.6226-2 with the IRS and furnishes to partner A, a nonresident alien individual who was a partner in Partnership during 2020 (and remains a partner in Partnership in 2023), a statement described in § 301.6226-2. A had a 50 percent interest in Partnership during all of 2020 and was allocated 50 percent of all items from Partnership for that year. The statement shows A's share of U.S. source dividend income reported on Partnership's return for the reviewed year of $1,000 and an adjustment to U.S. source dividend income of $1,000. In addition, the statement reports A's share of the accuracy-related penalty related to the imputed underpayment, and A's safe harbor amount and interest safe harbor amount (as determined under § 301.6226-2(g)). Under § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i), because the additional $1,000 in U.S. source dividend income allocated to A is an amount subject to withholding (as defined in § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(i)), Partnership must pay the amount of tax required to be withheld on the adjustment. See §§ 1.1441-1(b)(1) and 1.1441-5(b)(2)(i)(A) of this chapter. Under § 301.6226-2(h)(3)(ii), Partnership may reduce the amount of withholding tax it must pay because it has valid documentation from 2020 that establishes that A was entitled to a reduced rate of withholding in 2020 on U.S. source dividend income of 10 percent pursuant to a treaty. Partnership withholds $100 of tax from A's distributive share, remits the tax to the IRS, and files the necessary return and information returns required by § 1.1461-1 of this chapter. A does not elect to pay the safe harbor amount and therefore must pay the additional reporting year tax as determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, in addition to A's share of the penalty and interest. On his 2023 return, A must report the additional reporting year tax determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of this section, plus A's share of the accuracy related penalty determined at the partnership level, and interest determined in accordance with
(b) * * *
(3)
(4)
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Denials of rulemaking requests.
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is providing notice of its denial of several petitions requesting that EPA initiate a rulemaking process to reconsider or change 40 CFR 80.1406, which identifies refiners and importers of gasoline and diesel fuel as the entities responsible for complying with the annual percentage standards adopted under the Renewable Fuel Standard (RFS) program.
November 30, 2017.
The EPA has established a docket for this action under Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0544. All documents in the docket are listed on the
Julia MacAllister, Office of Transportation and Air Quality, Assessment and Standards Division, Environmental Protection Agency, 2000 Traverwood Drive, Ann Arbor, MI 48105; telephone number: 734-214-4131; email address:
On March 26, 2010, the EPA issued a final rule (75 FR 14670) establishing regulatory amendments to the renewable fuel standards (“RFS”) program regulations to reflect statutory amendments to Section 211(o) of the Clean Air Act enacted as part of the Energy Independence and Security Act of 2007. These amended regulations included 40 CFR 80.1406, identifying refiners and importers of gasoline and diesel fuel as the “obligated parties” responsible for compliance with the RFS annual standards. Beginning in 2014, and continuing to the present, some obligated parties and other stakeholders have questioned whether 40 CFR 80.1406 should be amended, and a number of them have filed formal petitions for reconsideration of the definition of “obligated party” in 40 CFR 80.1406, or petitions for rulemaking to amend the provision. On January 27, 2014, Monroe Energy LCC (“Monroe”) filed a “petition to revise” 40 CFR 80.1406 to change the RFS point of obligation, and on January 28, 2016, Monroe filed a “petition for reconsideration” of the regulation. On February 11, 2016, Alon Refining Krotz Springs, Inc.; American Refining Group, Inc.; Calumet Specialty Products Partners, L.P.; Lion Oil Company; Ergon-West Virginia, Inc.; Hunt Refining Company; Placid Refining Company LLC; U.S. Oil & Refining Company (the “Small Refinery Owners Ad Hoc Coalition”) filed a petition for reconsideration of 40 CFR 80.1406. On February 12, 2016, Valero Energy Corporation and its subsidiaries (“Valero”) filed a “petition to reconsider and revise” the rule. On June 13, 2016, Valero submitted a petition for rulemaking to change the definition of “obligated party.” On August 4, 2016, the American Fuel and Petrochemical Manufacturers (“AFPM”) filed a petition for rulemaking to change the definition of “obligated party.” On September 2, 2016, Holly Frontier also filed a petition for rulemaking to change the definition of “obligated party.”
The petitioners all seek to have the point of obligation shifted from refiners and importers, but differed somewhat in their suggestions for alternatives in their petitions. Some requested in their petitions that EPA shift the point of obligation from refiners and importers to those parties that blend renewable fuel into transportation fuel. Others suggested that it be shifted to those parties that hold title to the gasoline or diesel fuel immediately prior to the sale of these fuels at the terminal (these parties are commonly called the “position holders”), or to “blenders and distributors”. All petitioners argued, among other things, that shifting the point of obligation to parties downstream of refiners and importers in the fuel distribution system would align compliance responsibilities with the parties best positioned to make decisions on how much renewable fuel is blended into the transportation fuel supply in the United States. Some of the petitioners further claimed that changing the point of obligation would result in an increase in the production, distribution, and use of renewable fuels in the United States and would reduce the cost of transportation fuel to consumers.
On November 22, 2016, EPA published a notice in the
The final decision document describing EPA's analysis of the petitions seeking a change in the definition of “obligated parties” under the RFS program and our rationale for denying the petitions is available in the docket referenced above (Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2016-0544). In evaluating this matter, EPA's primary consideration was whether or not a change in the point of obligation would improve the effectiveness of the program to achieve Congress's goals. EPA does not believe the petitioners or commenters on the matter have demonstrated that this would be the case. At the same time, EPA believes that a change in the point of obligation would unnecessarily increase the complexity of the program and undermine the success of the RFS program, especially in the short term, as a result of increasing instability and uncertainty in programmatic obligations.
We believe that the current structure of the RFS program is working to incentivize the production, distribution, and use of renewable transportation fuels in the United States, while providing obligated parties a number of options for acquiring the RINs they need to comply with the RFS standards. We do not believe that petitioners have demonstrated that changing the point of obligation would likely result in increased use of renewable fuels. Changing the point of obligation would not address challenges associated with commercializing cellulosic biofuel technologies and the marketplace dynamics that inhibit the greater use of fuels containing higher levels of ethanol, two of the primary issues that inhibit the rate of growth in the supply of renewable fuels today. Changing the point of obligation could also disrupt investments reasonably made by participants in the fuels industry in reliance on the regulatory structure the agency established in 2007 and reaffirmed in 2010. While we do not anticipate a benefit from changing the point of obligation, we do believe that such a change would significantly increase the complexity of the RFS program, which could negatively impact its effectiveness. In the short term we believe that initiating a rulemaking to change the point of obligation could work to counter the program's goals by causing significant confusion and uncertainty in the fuels marketplace. Such a dynamic would likely cause delays to the investments necessary to expand the supply of renewable fuels in the United States, particularly investments in cellulosic biofuels, the category of renewable fuels from which much of the majority of the statutory volume increases in future years is expected.
In addition, changing the point of obligation could cause restructuring of the fuels marketplace as newly obligated parties alter their business practices to avoid the compliance costs associated with being an obligated party under the RFS program. We believe these changes would have no beneficial impact on the RFS program or renewable fuel volumes and would decrease competition among parties that buy and sell transportation fuels at the rack, potentially increasing fuel prices for consumers and profit margins for refiners, especially those not involved in fuel marketing. In addition, we note that in comments on EPA's proposed denial, commenters favoring a change in the definition of “obligated party” were predominantly in favor of designating position holders as obligated parties. However, position holders are not all refiners, importers or blenders. Therefore, EPA believes the petitioners' proposal is not well aligned with the authority provided EPA in the statute to place the RFS obligation on “refineries, importers and blenders, as appropriate.”
A number of parties that either petitioned EPA to change the definition of “obligated party,” or commented favorably on those petitions also challenged the rule establishing RFS standards for 2014, 2015 and 2016, alleging both that EPA had a duty to annually reconsider the appropriate obligated parties under the RFS program and that it was required to do so in response to comments suggesting that it could potentially avoid or minimize its exercise of the inadequate domestic supply waiver authority if it did so. In a recent ruling in that litigation, the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit declined to rule on the matter, and instead indicated that EPA could address the matter either in the context of a remand of the rule ordered on other grounds, or in response to the administrative petitions that are the subject of this notice. See
EPA has determined that this action is nationally applicable for purposes of CAA section 307(b)(1). since the result of this action is that the current nationally-applicable regulation defining obligated parties who must comply with nationally applicable percentage standards developed under the RFS program remains in place. In the alternative, even if this action were considered to be only locally or regionally applicable, the action is of nationwide scope and effect for the same reason, and because the action impacts entities that are broadly distributed nationwide who must comply with the nationally-applicable RFS percentage standards, as well as other entities who are broadly distributed nationwide that could potentially have been subject to such requirements if EPA had elected to grant the petitions seeking a change in the definition of obligated parties.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Proposed rule; withdrawal.
The Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) is withdrawing its proposed rule concerning proposed flood elevation determinations for Snohomish County, Washington and Incorporated Areas.
The proposed rule published on January 7, 2011 at 76 FR 1125 and the
You may submit comments, identified by Docket No. FEMA-B-1170 to Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
On January 7, 2011, FEMA published a proposed rule at 76 FR 1125 and 1126, and a correction on February 22, 2011 at 76 FR 9714, proposing flood elevation determinations along one or more flooding sources in Snohomish County, Washington and Incorporated Areas. FEMA is withdrawing the proposed rule because FEMA has issued a Revised Preliminary Flood Insurance Rate Map featuring updated flood hazard information. A Notice of Proposed Flood Hazard Determinations will be published in the
42 U.S.C. 4104; 44 CFR 67.4.
Federal Maritime Commission.
Notice of proposed rulemaking; notice of availability of finding of no significant impact.
The Federal Maritime Commission (FMC or Commission) proposes to amend its rules governing Non-Vessel-Operating Common Carrier (NVOCC) Negotiated Rate Arrangements and NVOCC Service Arrangements. The proposed rule is intended to modernize, update, and reduce regulatory burdens.
Submit comments on or before January 29, 2018.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA), the Commission is also seeking comment on revisions to two information collections. See the Paperwork Reduction Act section under Rulemaking Analyses and Notices below. Please submit all comments relating to the revised information collection requirements to the FMC and to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) at the address listed below under
Petitions for review of the Commission's finding of no significant impact (FONSI) under NEPA must be submitted on or before December 11, 2017.
You may submit comments and petitions for review of the FONSI, identified by the Docket No. 17-10 by the following methods:
•
•
Comments regarding the proposed revisions to the relevant information collections should be submitted to the FMC through one of the preceding methods and a copy should also be sent to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget, Attention: Desk Officer for Federal Maritime Commission, 725 17th Street NW., Washington, DC 20503; by Fax: (202) 395-5167; or by email:
For questions regarding submitting comments or petitions for review of the FONSI, or the treatment of confidential information, contact Rachel E. Dickon, Assistant Secretary.
The Commission proposes to amend its rules at 46 CFR part 531 governing NVOCC Service Arrangements to remove the NSA filing and publication requirements. The Commission also proposes to amend its rules at 46 CFR part 532 to permit NRAs to be modified at any time. In addition, an NVOCC may provide for the shipper's acceptance of the NRA by booking a shipment thereunder, subject to the NVOCC incorporating a prominent written notice to such effect in each NRA or amendment.
The Shipping Act of 1984 (the Shipping Act or the Act) expanded the options for pricing liner services by introducing the concept of carriage under service contracts filed with the
The Ocean Shipping Reform Act of 1998 (OSRA) amended the Shipping Act of 1984 as it related to service contracts. Public Law No. 105-258, § 106. No longer did contract rates need to be published in the tariff publication, and the essential terms publication was limited to: Origin and destination port ranges, commodities, minimum volume or portion, and duration. Nevertheless, though the Shipping Act and its amendments provided for more efficiency and flexibility for ocean common carriers through the use of service contracts, similar relief was not extended to NVOCCs, which were still required to publish tariffs and adhere to those tariffs when transporting cargo.
In 2003, NCBFAA filed a petition to seek exemption from some of the tariff requirements of the Shipping Act of 1984.
In 2008, the NCBFAA filed another petition with the Commission. This petition sought an exemption from mandatory rate tariff publication.
By Notice of Proposed Rulemaking (“NPRM”) issued May 7, 2010, the Commission proposed that the use of NRAs would be allowed, subject to conditions, including (1) a requirement for NVOCCs to continue publishing standard rules tariffs with contractual terms and conditions governing shipments, including any accessorial charges and surcharges, (2) a requirement to make available NVOCC rules tariffs to shippers free of charge; (3) a requirement that NRA rates must be mutually agreed to and memorialized in writing by the date the cargo is received for shipment; and (4) a requirement that NVOCCs who use NRAs must retain, and make available upon request to the Commission, documentation confirming the terms, and agreed rate, for each shipment for a period of five years.
The Commission subsequently granted the exemption, relieving NVOCCs from the burden and costs of tariff rate publication when using this new class of carrier rate arrangements.
As a condition to offering NRAs, NVOCCs were required to provide their rules tariffs to the public free of charge. 76 FR at 11358. The Commission also determined not to allow for amendment of an NRA after receipt of the cargo by the carrier or its agent.
NCBFAA petitioned the FMC on April 16, 2015, to initiate a rulemaking to eliminate the NSA provisions in 46 CFR part 531 in their entirety, or
On April 28, 2015, the Commission published a Notice of Filing and Request for Comments. 80 FR 23549 (Apr. 28. 2015). Comments were received from Mainfreight, Inc. (Mainfreight); ABS Consulting (ABS); Mohawk Global Statistics (Mohawk); Global Logistics Solutions (GLS); World Shipping Council (WSC); DJR Logistics, Inc. (DJR); Crowley Latin America Services, LLC and Crowley Caribbean Services, LLC (Crowley); New York New Jersey Foreign Freight Forwarders and Brokers Association, Inc. (NYNJFFF&BA); National Industrial Transportation League (NITL); CaroTrans International, Inc., (CaroTrans); Vanguard Logistics Services (USA), Inc., (Vanguard); Serra International, Inc., (Serra); C. H. Powell Company (Powell); BDG International, Inc., dba Seagull Express Lines, (BDG); John S. James Co. (James); and UPS Ocean Freight Services, Inc., UPS Europe SPRL, and UPS Asia Group Pte., Ltd. collectively submitting one comment (UPS). The comments represent a broad cross-section of industry stakeholders, including licensed NVOCCs and freight forwarders, a major trade association representing beneficial cargo owners, and vessel-operating common carriers (VOCCs). However, the Commission did not receive comments directly from beneficial owners of cargo shipped by NVOCCs under either NRAs or NSAs.
A majority of the OTI comments expressed general support for the petition. Commenters supported either the elimination of 46 CFR part 531 in its entirety, or eliminating the filing and essential terms publication requirements for NSAs. Many supported allowing economic terms beyond rates in NRAs, as well as the modification of NRAs at any time, upon mutual agreement.
The World Shipping Counsel, while not opposing the Petition, urged even-handed regulatory relief with respect to VOCCs as well. WSC cites prior requests that VOCCs have made for changes to the Commission's regulations governing service contract amendment filings. WSC's comments were supported by Crowley.
NITL, while supporting the negotiation of economic terms between NVOCCs and shippers, as well as the elimination of the filing and essential terms publication requirement of NSAs, did not support the elimination of part 531 in its entirety. UPS also opposed any restrictions upon, or the elimination of, part 531, expressing support for the continued use of NSAs.
On August 2, 2016, the Commission granted NCBFAA's petition to “initiate a rulemaking with respect to the revisions discussed in the petition.” However, because the Commission was in the process of a separate rulemaking to amend portions of part 531 related to NSAs (Docket No. 16-05,
NCBFAA has proposed deleting in its entirety the NSA exemption in 46 CFR part 531, or alternatively, eliminate the filing and essential terms publication requirements for NSAs. NCBFAA also sought to expand the NRA exemption in 46 CFR part 532 to allow inclusion of economic terms beyond rates into NRAs. NCBFAA Petition at 14. NCBFAA argues that, whereas the NSA exemption currently benefits few NVOCCs, NVOCCs and shippers often seek to negotiate one-on-one on a broad range of service terms including: Rate or service amendments; liability; minimum volumes or time/volume rates; liquidated damages; credit terms; service guarantees and/or service benchmarks; measurements and penalties; surcharges; GRIs or other pass-through charges from the carriers or ports; rate amendment processes; EDI services; and dispute resolution.
Mainfreight, ABS, Powell, Mohawk, and John S. James support the elimination of 46 CFR part 531. Mainfreight states that granting the petition “would eliminate a regulatory burden that, over time, has come to represent a significant hurdle to the profitability and sustainability of the NVOCC business model.” Mainfreight at 1.
Mohawk commented that given the current limitations on NRAs, which allow no provisions “that cover free time, demurrage, per diem and other similar components related to the transport of goods,” both Mohawk and its clients had a desire for NRAs to include more terms and provisions. Mohawk at 2. BDG asserts that since BDG is “able to privately negotiate rates with our customers without publishing them in a tariff; it is difficult to understand why other economic terms that we also negotiate have to be treated differently and filed as NSAs.” BDG at 2.
Global and NYNJFFF&BA support either eliminating the filing of essential terms publication requirements of NSAs or eliminating part 531 in its entirety. Global at 2; NYNJFFF&BA at 3. Global states that it has not used NRAs or NSAs and finds the provisions confusing. Global believes that combining NRAs and NSAs as one exemption would be more efficient and beneficial to “allow negotiated agreements to be fully comprehensive and cover rates and service arrangements.”
NITL does not support eliminating part 531. While advocating generally for greater flexibility for NVOCCs in the commercial marketplace, NITL “believes that NSAs should remain as an option for any shippers and NVOCCs that desire the increased formality of the NSA requirements.” NITL at 6.
UPS urges that NSAs be preserved regardless of any changes to the NRA regulations to improve flexibility of the latter. UPS at 4. UPS states that “NSAs
The World Shipping Council urges that the issues raised by the NCBFAA Petition “are most logically and equitably considered alongside requests that vessel operating common carriers have made for changes to the Commission's regulations governing service contract amendment filing.” WSC, at 1. WSC thus proposes that service contract amendments be permitted to be filed within 90 days of the filing of the underlying commercial agreement.
Some commenters claim that the NSA exemption benefits few NVOCCs, citing the low volume of filed NSAs and higher costs and filing formalities attendant to NSAs. However, UPS' description of NSAs as comprising “multi-year large-volume contracts” with its shipper customers, containing “hundreds or even a thousand or more individual rates” establishes a compelling factual parallel between the content of NSA and service contracts first anticipated by the Commission in creating an exemption for NSAs. Indeed, the exemption was expressly “conditioned on the same statutory and regulatory requirements and protections applicable to VOCCs' service contracts: Namely, filing of executed agreements; publication of essential terms of those agreements; and confidential treatment, similar to that set forth in 46 CFR part 530.” 69 FR at 63986.
Like service contracts, NSAs can contain non-rate economic terms, such as rate methodology, credit and payment terms, forum selection or arbitration clauses, or minimum quantities, which delineate the contractual terms and conditions binding both the carrier and shipper signatories. These latter provisions were excluded from application in NRAs. 76 FR at 11355. Indeed, in the Commission's 2011 Final Rule as to NRAs, a number of commenters therein insisted upon the need for a rate-based NRA exemption notwithstanding the ability of NVOCCs to contractually enter into NSAs. These concerns were premised largely upon the perspectives of their customers, shippers who “do not want or need to engage in a formal contract process.” 76 FR at 11353.
Verified Supporting Statement of Panalpina, Inc. at 4.
UPS insists that elimination of NSAs would create competitive conditions unfair to those larger NVOCCs who have invested heavily in building up procedures and business methods for this type of contracting. UPS points to the success of its own efforts and focus upon marketing NSAs, where more than one-third of their container volume in a major US trade lane is now shipped under NSAs. NITL likewise echoes the commercial importance of these contractual distinctions between NRAs and NSAs, and urges that “NSAs should remain as an option for any shippers and NVOCCs that desire the increased formality of the NSA requirements.”
Consistent with recent Executive Orders,
In doing so, the Commission also re-affirms its intention, first stated in Docket No. 10-03, that NRAs should facilitate a new business model conducive to those NVOCCs who could not then, and cannot now, utilize NSAs. While some NVOCCs may wish to issue a NSA to obtain a volume commitment from their shipper customer, many small and medium enterprises continue to work on a quotation basis, without need to engage in a formal contract process. 76 FR at 11353. See also DJR at 1; NYNJFF&BA at 3 (NSAs are not “practical particularly for our smaller members when moving lower or less
The Commission invites further public comment, particularly from shippers currently using NRAs, on how expanding the NRA exemption to allow inclusion in NRAs of non-rate economic terms may impact their commercial business operations. Non-rate economic terms could include but are not limited to such terms as: Service amendments; per-package liability limits; provision of free time, detention or demurrage charges; provisions for arbitration, dispute resolution or forum selection; minimum volumes or time/volume rates; liquidated damages; credit terms and late payment interest; service guarantees and/or service benchmarks, measurements and penalties; surcharges, GRIs or other pass-through charges from the carriers or ports; rate amendment processes; and EDI services, etc.
NCBFAA argues that the NSA exemption benefits few NVOCCs. As NSAs must be filed with the Commission, and essential terms of NSAs also need to be published in tariffs, NCBFAA opines that NSAs are more burdensome than regular rate tariffs. NCBFAA Petition at 7-8. NCBFAA also argues that continuing the filing requirement for NSAs does not appear to provide any regulatory benefit.
A substantial majority of the NVOCC commenters support the NCBFAA position. Commenting on NSAs, Mohawk states “the filing burden and rules of use run parallel to tariff filing. NSAs by their nature are more restrictive than the NRA we have opted to use. They require 30 days advanced filing to increase rates, and must be maintained electronically,” Mohawk at 2. Serra asserts that NSAs, due to the filing requirements, are “far too time consuming and costly both for ourselves and our customers.” Serra, at 2. Carotrans and Vanguard insist that “NSAs are often of little utility to most NVOCCs due to the formality, burden, and cost of its publication and filing requirements.” Carotrans, at 2; Vanguard, at 2. NYNJFF&BA summarizes the current requirements surrounding NSAs as “more formal, more costly, and more time-consuming to put in place.” NYNJFF&BA, at 3. NITL supports “the elimination of the filing and essential terms publication requirement of NSAs,” NITL at 5, but recommends continuation of provisions that would require “NVOCCs to provide NSA contract terms to the Commission upon its request.”
The OTI commenters have made a substantial case that continuing the filing requirement for NSAs does not appear to offer any regulatory benefit. NCBFAA suggests that these filing requirements may be impeding broader commercial acceptance of NSAs by shippers and NVOCCs, noting that approximately 2,300 NVOCCs have instead taken advantage of the NRA exemption. Petition at 7. UPS takes no issue with removing the filing and essential terms publication requirements so long as NSAs are not eliminated nor any material additional restrictions imposed upon NSAs. UPS, at 4. NITL also supports elimination of these requirements, asserting that the Commission “does not (and need not) rely on these submissions to fulfill its enforcement duties.” NITL, at 5.
WSC cites the need for “even-handed regulatory relief” with respect to VOCCs as well. WSC, at 9. While the WSC does not oppose most issues in the petition, WSC does oppose eliminating the filing requirement for NVOCCs because it would create a disparity between NVOCCs and VOCCs. WSC asserts that the NCBFAA Petition provides an opportunity to consider changes to the VOCC service contract amendment filing regulations at the same time the Commission addresses Petitioner's request for changes to the NRA and NSA regulations.
As noted, the Commission previously approved initiating a separate rulemaking to amend portions of parts 530 and 531 related to service contracts and NSAs, Docket No. 16-05,
The Commission proposes to exempt NSAs from both the SERVCON filing requirement and also the requirement that the NVOCC publish, in tariff format, the essential terms of any NSA. See 46 CFR 531.9. The essential terms requirement for NSAs currently mirrors those provisions set forth for VOCC service contracts, 46 CFR 530.12, while recognizing that the VOCCs' statutory obligation of disclosure to labor organizations for work covered by a collective bargaining agreement extended solely to service contracts, not NSAs. See 46 U.S.C. 40502 and 46 CFR 530.7. Inasmuch as most NVOCCs are not subject to collective bargaining agreements with shoreside labor unions, the Commission solicits public comments why the essential terms publication requirement should not now be removed as an unnecessary burden upon the use of NSAs. Shippers, who were identified by the Commission as the beneficiaries of essential terms in the original 2003 NSA rulemaking, have not since commented on the continuing utility of essential terms publications, and thus maintaining the essential terms publication requirement appears to provide little regulatory benefit.
In removing the NSA filing and essential terms publication requirements, the Commission seeks to preserve the NVOCC's current range of pricing and contracting choices, while eliminating the filing and publication costs currently associated with NSAs. According to the commenters, this regulatory relief is likely to make NSAs a more attractive pricing and contracting tool and thereby encourage increased use of NSAs. The Commission is mindful that NSAs, comprising both
NCBFAA has proposed deleting 46 CFR 532.5(e) and expanding the NRA exemption in 46 CFR part 532 to allow modification of NRAs at any time upon mutual agreement between NVOCCs and their customers. NCBFAA Petition at 14.
Mainfreight, ABS, Mohawk, GLS, DJR, NYNJFFF&BA, NITL, CaroTrans, Vanguard, Serra, Powell, and BDG support the NCBFAA petitioner's request to allow modification of NRAs, at any time, upon mutual agreement. DJR states that, under current NRA requirements, either “the NVOCC faces the serious loss of revenue and potentially being put out of business by issuing long period NRAs, or the NVOCC issues 1 day or 1 week NRAs which increases the NVOCCs' operational expense and floods the shipper with constantly changing pricing.” DJR at 2-3. NYNJFFF&BA also supports the NCBFAA recommendation that NRAs be allowed to be amended at any time after the receipt of cargo. NYNJFFF&BA states “if NRAs can be amended in conjunction with the shipper's agreement the NRA will become more directly responsive to competitive market conditions and business practices prevalent in the current marketplace.” NYNJFF&BA, at 3.
CaroTrans supports allowing modification of NRAs, as it believes it will improve efficiency and prevent the current “nonsensical” and “inefficient” approach to modification, which entails terminating the current NRA and entering into a new one. CaroTrans at 3. Serra and Powell also support allowing amendment of NRAs after the cargo is received if the shipper and the NVOCC both agree in writing. Serra at 2; Powell at 1-2. NITL supports “allowing a shipper and NVOCC the power to modify an NRA at any time but only to the extent that the modification is based on a mutual written agreement between the parties and, such agreement should not be in the form of the NVOCC's tariff, bill of lading, or other shipping document that is not subject to mutual negotiation.” NITL, at 5.
Due to their smaller cargo volume, recent history has shown, and the commenters' statements support that NRAs tend to be transactional in nature and are generally short term. With their singular focus upon rates, NRAs are more aligned with the “spot market.”
While not expressly included in the NCBFAA Petition, the Commission proposes a further change to enhance the use and competitiveness of NRAs. As noted in the comments of DGR Logistics, the requirement at 46 CFR 532.5(c) that an NRA “be agreed to” by the shipper prior to receipt of cargo by the common carrier or its agent may itself pose logistical and regulatory challenges to the NVOCC. See DGR, at 2. Rather than continuing a persistent practice requiring that shipper acceptance in all cases be memorialized through a formal writing or email, the Commission proposes also to allow NRAs to be more flexibly created, or be amended, upon the shipper's acceptance in the form of a request for booking pursuant to the NRA.
Your comments must be written and in English. To ensure that your comments are correctly filed in the docket, please include the docket number of this document in your comments.
You may submit your comments via email to the email address listed above under
You may also submit comments by mail to the address listed above under
The Commission will provide confidential treatment for identified confidential information to the extent allowed by law. If your comments contain confidential information, you must submit the following by mail to the address listed above under
• A transmittal letter requesting confidential treatment that identifies the specific information in the comments or which protection is sought and demonstrates that the information is a
• A confidential copy of your comments, consisting of the complete filing with a cover page marked “Confidential-Restricted,” and the confidential material clearly marked on each page. You should submit the confidential copy to the Commission by mail.
• A public version of your comments with the confidential information excluded. The public version must state “Public Version—confidential materials excluded” on the cover page and on each affected page, and must clearly indicate any information withheld. You may submit the public version to the Commission by email or mail.
The Commission will consider all comments received before the close of business on the comment closing date indicated above under
You may read the comments received by the Commission at the Commission's Electronic Reading Room or the Docket Activity Library at the addresses listed above under
Please note that even after the comment closing date, we may continue to file relevant information in the docket as it becomes available. Further, some commenters may submit late comments. Accordingly, we recommend that you periodically check the docket for new material.
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (codified as amended at 5 U.S.C. 601-612) provides that whenever an agency is required to publish a notice of proposed rulemaking under the Administrative Procedure Act (APA) (5 U.S.C. 553), the agency must prepare and make available for public comment an initial regulatory flexibility analysis (IRFA) describing the impact of the proposed rule on small entities, unless the head of the agency certifies that the rulemaking will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. 5 U.S.C. 603, 605.
The Commission recognizes that the majority of businesses affected by these rules qualify as small entities under the guidelines of the Small Business Administration. The rule as to Part 531 (NSAs) poses no economic detriment to small business. In this regard, the rule pertains to an NSA entered into between a NVOCC and a shipper, which is an optional pricing arrangement that benefits the shipping public and relieves NVOCCs from the burden of the statutory tariff filing requirements in 46 U.S.C. 40501. In that the proposed rule would eliminate the requirements that NVOCCs file NSAs with the Commission and publish essential terms of such NSAs, the regulatory burden on NVOCCs utilizing NSAs would be reduced. The rule as to part 532 (NRAs) would establish an optional method for NVOCCs to amend an NRA, and to garner shipper agreement to an NRA or amendment thereto, to be used at the NVOCC's discretion. In that the proposed rule would eliminate the prohibition on amendments to NRAs after an initial shipment is received by the carrier and would permit NVOCCs to more flexibly create and amend such NRAs, the regulatory burden on NVOCCs utilizing NRAs would be reduced.
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501-3521) (PRA) requires an agency to seek and receive approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) before collecting information from the public. 44 U.S.C. 3507. The agency must submit collections of information in proposed rules to OMB in conjunction with the publication of the notice of proposed rulemaking. 5 CFR 1320.11.
The information collection requirements for part 531, NVOCC Service Arrangements, and part 532 NVOCC Negotiated Rate Arrangements are currently authorized under OMB Control Numbers 3072-0070: 46 CFR part 531, NVOCC Service Arrangements, and 3072-0071: 46 CFR 532—NVOCC Negotiated Rate Arrangements, respectively. In compliance with the PRA, the Commission has submitted the proposed revised information collections to the Office of Management and Budget.
The proposed rule would eliminate the requirement that NVOCCs file NSAs with the Commission and the requirement that NVOCCs publish the essential terms of NSAs. Public burden for the collection of information pursuant to part 531, NVOCC Service Arrangements, as revised, would comprise 79 likely respondents and an estimated 3,328 annual instances. Given that the proposed rule eliminates the NSA filing requirement as well as the essential terms publication requirement, the burden estimate has been significantly reduced from 831 hours (2016 estimate) to 127 hours, a difference of 704 hours.
The proposed rule would also permit NRAs to be modified after the receipt of the initial shipment by the carrier, and permit shippers' acceptance of the NRA by booking a shipment thereunder, subject to the NVOCC incorporating a prominent written notice to such effect in each NRA or amendment. No new information collection or reporting requirements are proposed with respect to part 532, NVOCC Negotiated Rate Arrangements, as revised.
Comments are invited on:
• Whether the collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the Commission, including whether the information will have practical utility;
• Whether the Commission's estimate for the burden of the information collection is accurate;
• Ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected;
• Ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Please submit any comments, identified by the docket number in the heading of this document, by any of the methods described in the
Upon completion of an environmental assessment, the Commission has determined that the proposed rule will not constitute a major Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human environment within the meaning of the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969, 42 U.S.C. 4321
This proposed rule meets applicable standards in E.O. 12988 titled, “Civil Justice Reform,” to minimize litigation, eliminate ambiguity, and reduce burden.
The Commission assigns a regulation identifier number (RIN) to each regulatory action listed in the Unified Agenda of Federal Regulatory and Deregulatory Actions (Unified Agenda). The Regulatory Information Service Center publishes the Unified Agenda in April and October of each year. You may use the RIN contained in the heading at the beginning of this document to find this action in the Unified Agenda, available at
Freight, Maritime carriers, Report and recordkeeping requirements.
For the reasons stated in the supplementary information, the Federal Maritime Commission proposes to amend 46 CFR part 531 as follows:
46 U.S.C. 40103.
The purpose of this part is to facilitate NVOCC Service Arrangements (“NSAs”) as they are exempt from the otherwise applicable provisions of the Shipping Act of 1984 (“the Act”).
The revisions to read as follows:
(c)
(f)
(j)
(a) Before entering into NSAs under this Part, an NVOCC must provide electronic access to its rules tariffs to the public free of charge.
(b) An NVOCC wishing to invoke an exemption pursuant to this part must indicate that intention to the Commission and the public by a prominent notice in its rules tariff.
(a) Every NSA shall include the complete terms of the NSA including, but not limited to, the following:
(c)
(5) Except for the carrier party's rules tariff, the requirement in 46 U.S.C. 40501(a)-(c) that the NVOCC include its rates in a tariff open to public inspection in an automated tariff system and the Commission's corresponding regulations at 46 CFR part 520 shall not apply.
(d)
(1) A unique NSA number of more than one (1) but less than ten (10) alphanumeric characters in length (“NSA Number”); and
(2) A consecutively numbered amendment number no more than three digits in length, with initial NSAs using “0” (“Amendment number”).
(a) NSAs may be amended by mutual agreement of the parties.
(b) Where feasible, NSAs should be amended by amending only the affected specific term(s) or subterms.
(c) Each time any part of an NSA is amended, a consecutive amendment number (up to three digits), beginning with the number “1” shall be assigned.
(d) Each time any part of a NSA is amended, the “Effective Date” will be the date of the amendment.
The Commission has received OMB approval for this collection of information pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, as amended. In accordance with that Act, agencies are required to display a currently valid control number. The valid control number for this collection of information is 3072-0070.
46 U.S.C. 40103.
(c) Be agreed to by both NRA shipper and NVOCC, prior to receipt of cargo by the common carrier or its agent (including originating carriers in the case of through transportation). Shipper acceptance of the NRA may be demonstrated through a signed agreement or written communication, including email, from the shipper. Shipper acceptance of an NRA may also be demonstrated by booking a shipment after receiving the NRA terms from the NVOCC if the NVOCC incorporates a prominent written notice that booking constitutes acceptance of the NRA terms in each NRA or amendment.
(1) To comply with paragraph (c), the NVOCC shall incorporate the following text in bold font or by use of all uppercase letters: “SHIPPER MAY ACCEPT THIS NRA OR NRA AMENDMENT BY BOOKING A SHIPMENT AFTER RECEIVING THE TERMS HEREOF.”
(2) Reserved.
(e) May be amended after the time the initial shipment is received by the carrier or its agent (including originating carriers in the case of through transportation), but such changes may only apply prospectively to shipments not yet received by the carrier or its agent.
By the Commission.
Forest Service, USDA.
Notice of proposed Colorado Roadless Area boundary modifications; request for comment.
The Forest Service proposes to modify the Wightman Fork to Lookout Roadless Area boundary on the Rio Grande National Forest to include parcels of non-federal land and remove federal land for the Summitville Interchange land exchange. The Chief of the Forest Service proposes to modify this boundary after a 90-day public comment period.
Comments must be received in writing by February 28, 2018.
Written comments concerning this notice should be addressed to Tom Malecek, Rio Grande National Forest, 1803 West Highway 160, Monte Vista, CO 81144. Comments may also be sent via email to
All comments, including names and addresses when provided, are placed in the record and are available for public inspection and copying. The public may inspect comments received at the above address. Visitors are encouraged to call ahead to (719) 852-5941 to facilitate entry to the building.
For additional information, including maps of the proposed adjustments, contact Tom Malecek, Deputy Forest Supervisor, at (719) 852-6225. Additional information concerning this boundary modification, including maps, may be obtained on the Internet at:
Individuals who use telecommunication devices for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Information Relay Service (FIRS) at 1-800-877-8339 between 8:00 a.m. and 8:00 p.m., Eastern Standard Time, Monday through Friday.
The Colorado Roadless Rule permits the Chief of the Forest Service to modify Colorado Roadless Area boundaries after a 90-day public comment period. Pursuant to 36 CFR 294.47(a), the Forest Service proposes to modify the Wightman Fork to Lookout Roadless Area boundary, located in the Rio Grande National Forest, to allow for the inclusion of 10 acres of non-federal land to be acquired by the Forest Service and remove 16 acres of federal land to be conveyed to non-federal parties for this land exchange. With the boundary modifications, the exchange would result in a net decrease to Colorado Roadless Areas of approximately six acres.
The Forest Service is analyzing the impacts of the land exchange and roadless area boundary modifications. The Chief of the Forest Service is the responsible official for the boundary modification under the Colorado Roadless Rule. The Forest Supervisor, Rio Grande National Forest, is the responsible official for the land exchange. The Forest Service will consider public comments on the proposed boundary modifications in coordination with the proposed land exchange.
The Regulations and Procedures Technical Advisory Committee (RPTAC) will meet December 12, 2017, 9:00 a.m., Room 3884, in the Herbert C. Hoover Building, 14th Street between Constitution and Pennsylvania Avenues NW., Washington, DC. The Committee advises the Office of the Assistant Secretary for Export Administration on implementation of the Export Administration Regulations (EAR) and provides for continuing review to update the EAR as needed.
8. Discussion of matters determined to be exempt from the provisions relating to public meetings found in 5 U.S.C. app. 2 §§ 10(a)(1) and 10(a)(3).
The open session will be accessible via teleconference to 25 participants on a first come, first serve basis. To join the conference, submit inquiries to Ms. Yvette Springer at
A limited number of seats will be available for the public session. Reservations are not accepted. To the extent that time permits, members of the public may present oral statements to the Committee. The public may submit written statements at any time before or after the meeting. However, to facilitate the distribution of public presentation materials to the Committee members, the Committee suggests that presenters forward the public presentation materials prior to the meeting to Ms. Springer via email.
The Assistant Secretary for Administration, with the concurrence of the delegate of the General Counsel, formally determined on February 15, 2017, pursuant to Section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended (5 U.S.C. app. 2 § 10(d)), that the portion of the meeting dealing with pre-decisional changes to the Commerce Control List and the U.S. export control policies shall be exempt from the provisions relating to public meetings found in 5 U.S.C. app. 2 § § 10(a)(1) and 10(a)(3). The remaining portions of the meeting will be open to the public. For
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; proposed incidental harassment authorization; request for comments.
NMFS has received a request from the U.S. Department of the Navy (Navy) for authorization to take marine mammals incidental to continued construction activities as part of waterfront improvement projects at several Portsmouth Naval Shipyard (the Shipyard) berths in Kittery, Maine. Pursuant to the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA), NMFS is requesting comments on its proposal to issue an incidental harassment authorization (IHA) to incidentally take marine mammals during the specified activities. NMFS will consider public comments prior to making any final decision on the issuance of the requested MMPA authorization and agency responses will be summarized in the final notice of our decision.
Comments and information must be received no later than January 2, 2018.
Comments should be addressed to Jolie Harrison, Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, National Marine Fisheries Service. Physical comments should be sent to 1315 East-West Highway, Silver Spring, MD 20910 and electronic comments should be sent to
Rob Pauline, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, (301) 427-8401. Electronic copies of the application and supporting documents, as well as a list of the references cited in this document, may be obtained online at:
Sections 101(a)(5)(A) and (D) of the MMPA (16 U.S.C. 1361
An authorization for incidental takings shall be granted if NMFS finds that the taking will have a negligible impact on the species or stock(s), will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock(s) for subsistence uses (where relevant), and if the permissible methods of taking and requirements pertaining to the mitigation, monitoring and reporting of such takings are set forth.
NMFS has defined “negligible impact” in 50 CFR 216.103 as impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
The MMPA states that the term “take” means to harass, hunt, capture, kill or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any marine mammal.
Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, the MMPA defines “harassment” as: Any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
To comply with the National Environmental Policy Act of 1969 (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321
Accordingly, NMFS has preliminarily determined that the issuance of the proposed IHA qualifies to be categorically excluded from further NEPA review. This action is consistent with categories of activities identified in CE B4 of the Companion Manual for NOAA Administrative Order 216-6A, which do not individually or cumulatively have the potential for significant impacts on the quality of the human environment and for which we have not identified any extraordinary circumstances that would preclude this categorical exclusion. We will review all comments submitted in response to this notice prior to concluding our NEPA process or making a final decision on the IHA request.
On July 14, 2017, NMFS received a request from the Navy for an IHA to take marine mammals incidental to impact driving, vibratory pile driving, vibratory pile extraction, and drilling associated with an ongoing waterfront improvement project at the Shipyard. The application was considered adequate and complete on August 25, 2017. The Navy's request is for take of harbor porpoise (
This proposed IHA would cover the second year of a five-year project for which the Navy obtained a single prior IHA. The Navy intends to request take authorization for subsequent facets of the project. NMFS previously issued the first IHA to the Navy for this project
The purpose of the proposed action is to modernize and maximize dry dock capabilities for performing current and future missions efficiently and with maximum flexibility. The need for the proposed action is to correct deficiencies associated with the pier structure at Berths 11, 12, and 13 and the Dry Dock 3 caisson and concrete seats to ensure that the Shipyard can continue to support its primary mission to service, maintain, and overhaul submarines. The proposed action covers the second year of activities (January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018) associated with the waterfront improvement projects at the Shipyard in Kittery, Maine. The project includes impact and vibratory pile driving, vibratory pile removal, and drilling. Construction activities may occur at any time during the calendar year.
This authorization request covers in-water construction associated with the Year 2 activity as described above to occur from January 1, 2018-December 31, 2018. No seasonal limitations would be imposed on the construction timeline in 2018. Based on construction and Shipyard schedules, the Navy anticipates that structural repairs initiated during 2017 at Berths 11A, 11B and 11C will continue into 2018. Therefore, the proposed IHA would cover the in-water activities estimated to occur in 2018 at Berths 11A, 11B and 11C. For reference the planned schedule of activity for 2018, Year 2, is included below in Table 1.
Pile driving, pile extraction, and drilling are scheduled to take place during the timeframe covered by the proposed IHA. Note that pile driving days are not necessarily consecutive. There will be a maximum of 100 days of pile driving and/or drilling during this period. However, there could be up to 16 overlapping days when concurrent driving/drilling would take place simultaneously for a total of 84 driving days. The contractor could be working in more than one area of the berth at one time. Current schedule includes installation of king piles simultaneously with other construction activity including use of the vibratory hammer. A summary report will be issued for 2018 work with verified data of activity and days of duration of overlap.
The Shipyard is located in the Piscataqua River in Kittery, Maine. The Piscataqua River originates at the boundary of Dover, New Hampshire, and Elliot, Maine. (See Figure 1-1 in application). The river flows in a southeasterly direction for 13 miles before entering Portsmouth Harbor and then emptying into the Atlantic Ocean. The lower Piscataqua River is part of the Great Bay Estuary system and varies in width and depth. Many large and small islands break up the straight-line flow of the river as it continues toward the Atlantic Ocean. Seavey Island, the location of the Proposed Action, is located in the lower Piscataqua River approximately 547 yards from its southwest bank, 219 yards from its north bank, and approximately 2.5 miles from the mouth of the river.
Water depths in the project area range from 21 feet to 39 feet at Berths 11, 12, and 13. Water depths in the lower Piscataqua River near the project area range from 15 feet in the shallowest areas to 69 feet in the deepest areas. The river is approximately 3,300 feet wide near the project area, measured from the Kittery shoreline north of Wattlebury Island to the Portsmouth shoreline west of Peirce Island. The furthest direct line of sight from the project area would be 0.8 mile to the southeast and 0.26 mile to the northwest.
Benthic sediments and substrates in the project area were characterized during a benthic survey completed in May 2014 (CR Environmental, Inc. 2014). Surficial sediments were characterized using video transects and grab samples captured at five locations along Berths 11, 12, and 13. Sediment characteristics varied between the five locations. At the sample locations at both the north and south sides of the fitting-out pier (Berths 11 and 13), where the current was generally low energy, sediment consisted of soft mud, sand, pebbles, and old mussel shells. At the end of the pier (Berth 12), in an area of higher current flow, the substrate consisted of hard sand, pebbles/cobbles, and small boulders (CR Environmental, Inc. 2014).
Much of the shoreline in the project area has been characterized as hard shores (rocky intertidal). In general, rocky intertidal areas consist of bedrock that alternates between marine and terrestrial habitats, depending on the tide (Navy 2013). Rocky intertidal areas are characterized by “bedrock, stones, or boulders that singly or in combination cover 75 percent or more of an area that is covered less than 30 percent by vegetation” (Navy 2013).
In-water work anticipated for Year 2 work is planned as follows and is summarized in Table 2 below. Work will continue from the 2017 schedule with installation of the king pile template and support for excavation (SOE) system along Berth 11C and any remaining sections of Berth 11B and 11A. The end sheet wall sections (returns) will also be completed. The temporary SOE system with the H-pile is required due to site sediment conditions becoming potentially unstable. The Navy's contractor requested the use of alternative measures to provide a stable work area and protect worker safety. The SOE would be required to protect workers from underwater engulfment due to unstable sediments disturbed during
It is anticipated that a significant amount of the temporary pile extraction work will be completed from behind the new shutter panel wall during low-water situations which is anticipated to reduce the noise generated from use of the vibratory hammer during extraction; however, work to be conducted from behind the new shutter panel wall has not been included in the calculations for this application as it was not feasible to determine exact amounts of activity which would be accomplished from behind the new shutter panel wall during low water conditions. During Year 2 activity, concurrent work utilizing a vibratory hammer during drilling operations is possible. This potential concurrent activity could occur during installation of the rock sockets for up to 16 days. The vibratory hammer may be working to install SOE sheets or H-pile as the drilling work is being conducted.
The Navy plans to continue the project in 2018 with the installation of a king pile and concrete shutter panel bulkhead at Berth 11C. The bulkhead would extend from the western end of Berth 11B to the southern end of Berth 12. The in-water construction process would be the same as the process described below and utilized in 2017. See Figure 1-2 in the application depicting the layout of the berths at the Shipyard.
The contractor will install templates for the king pile and work in increments along the berth from a jack-up barge. The contractor will set the template (including temporary piles and horizontal members), which may take approximately 1 day. The contractor would then drill the rock sockets, which is estimated to take about one day per socket. King piles would be regularly spaced along the berths and grouted into sockets drilled into the bedrock (
The SOE system will then be installed within the current work area for the king pile (between king piles). The SOE system consists of an H-pile secured to a road plate. The H-pile will be placed utilizing the vibratory hammer to a depth sufficient to contain material, which could be dislodged during dredging activity, containing the activity to the permitted work area. The SOE system will not be utilized the full length of the berth. Soil borings and field conditions will determine need. The days and pile number for SOE installation are conservatively estimated from soil boring data obtained in 2017.
The concrete shutter panels would then be installed in stacks between the king piles along most of the length of Berth 11C and remaining portions of 11A and 11B. Installation of the concrete shutter panels is not included in the noise analysis because no pile driving would be required.
Along an approximately 16-foot section at the eastern end of Berth 11A and an additional 101 feet between Berths 11A and 11B, the depth to bedrock is greater, thus allowing a conventional sheet-pile bulkhead to be constructed. The steel sheet-piles would be driven to bedrock using a vibratory hammer. Note that this work was originally slated to occur in Year 1 but has been re-scheduled to occur in Year 2.
Sheet piles installed with a vibratory hammer also would be used to construct “returns,” which would be shorter bulkheads connecting the new bulkheads to the existing bulkhead under the pier. Installation of the sheeting with a vibratory hammer is estimated to take less than one hour per pair of sheets. The contractor would probably install two sheets at a time, and so the time required to install the sheeting (10 pairs = 20 sheets) using vibratory hammers would only be about 8 hours per 10 pairs of sheets. The activities described in Table 2 reflect those estimated installation durations. Time requirements for all other pile types were estimated based on information compiled from ICF Jones and Stokes and Illingworth and Rodkin, Inc. (2012).
Additional in-water work would be required to install steel H-type sister piles at the location of the inboard portal crane rail beam at Berth 11, including Berth 11C. The sister piles would provide additional support for the portal crane rail system and restore its load-bearing capacity. The sister piles would be driven into the bedrock below the pier, in water generally less than 10 feet deep, using an impact hammer. The timing of this work depends on operational schedules at the berths. The sister piles may be installed either before or after the bulkheads are constructed. Twenty-two (22) sister piles are (11C, 11A) planned for 2018. It is anticipated that this work will also be conducted behind the new shutter panel wall, providing for additional sound attenuation or completion of the work during low tide or “out of water” conditions.
In summary, vibratory hammers will be used to install the following:
• 15-inch timber piles used to reconstruct timber dolphins at the corners of Berth 11;
• 25-inch steel sheet piles used for the bulkhead at Berth 11;
• 14-inch H-pile for SOE system (road plate system) initial installation; and
• 25-inch sheet pile used for SOE in areas where the road plate system is not appropriate.
Extracted piles would include:
• 15-inch timber fender piles at Berth 11;
• 15-inch timber piles making up the existing dolphins at the corner of Berth 11; and
• 25-inch sheet pile and 14-inchH-pile road plate system for SOE.
Piles that would be installed through impact driving include 14-inch steelH-type piles used as sister piles at Berth 11. These piles must be fully installed with an impact hammer because the piles will not reach bearing depth or have the required load-bearing capacity if installed using vibratory methods only. The vibratory hammer will be used to set the pile with the impact hammer used to seat the pile for depth and assure load-bearing capacity. Estimated use of the impact hammer would be approximately four minutes per pile.
Table 2 shows the anticipated work effort (
The project schedule will include dredging operations. However, dredging operations are not expected to result in the take of any animals and will not be discussed further.
Proposed mitigation, monitoring, and reporting measures are described in detail later in this document (please see “Proposed Mitigation” and “Proposed Monitoring and Reporting”).
Five marine mammal species, including one cetacean and four pinnipeds, may inhabit or transit the waters near the Shipyard in the lower Piscataqua River during the specified activity. These include the harbor porpoise (
Sections 3 and 4 of the application summarize available information regarding status and trends, distribution and habitat preferences, and behavior and life history, of the potentially affected species. Additional information regarding population trends and threats may be found in NMFS's Stock Assessment Reports (SAR;
Table 4 lists all species with expected potential for occurrence near the Shipyard and summarizes information related to the population or stock, including regulatory status under the MMPA and ESA and potential biological removal (PBR), where known.
Marine mammal abundance estimates presented in this document represent the total number of individuals that make up a given stock or the total number estimated within a particular study or survey area. NMFS's stock abundance estimates for most species represent the total estimate of individuals within the geographic area, if known, that comprise that stock. For some species, this geographic area may extend beyond U.S. waters. All managed stocks in this region are assessed in NMFS's U.S. Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico Marine Mammal Stock Assessment—2016 (Hayes
As described below, all five species temporally and spatially co-occur with the activity to the degree that take is reasonably likely to occur, and we are proposing to authorize it. However, the temporal and/or spatial occurrence of hooded seals is such that take is not expected to occur, and they are not discussed further beyond the explanation provided here. While hooded seals have been recorded in the Piscataqua River, only two seals have been sighted near the shipyard with those observations occurring in 2009. We consider occurrence of the hooded seal in the Piscataqua River to be extralimital.
The harbor porpoise is a member of the
Line-transect surveys have been conducted in the Gulf of Maine between 1991 and 2011. Based on the 2011 aerial surveys, the best abundance estimate for the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of harbor porpoise is 79,883 animals (CV = 0.32). The aerial surveys included central Virginia to the lower Bay of Fundy. The minimum population estimate is 61,415 animals (Hayes
Harbor porpoises are found commonly in coastal and offshore waters of both the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans. In the western North Atlantic, the species is found in both U.S. and Canadian waters. More specifically, the species can be found between West Greenland and Cape Hatteras, North Carolina (Hayes
The Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy stock of the harbor porpoise is generally found over the Continental Shelf, ranging from the Gulf of Maine/Bay of Fundy region to North Carolina, in varying abundance and depending on the season (Waring
Harbor porpoises are considered high-frequency cetaceans. Hearing capabilities for harbor porpoises have been tested both behaviorally and with the auditory evoked potential technique. Based on an audiogram developed from behavioral methods, detection thresholds were estimated between 250 hertz (Hz) and 180 kilohertz (kHz). Within that, the range of best hearing was from 16 to 140 kHz, and maximum sensitivity was recorded at 100 to 140 kHz (Kastelein
Gray seals, which are members of the “true seal” family (
Gray seals can be found on both sides of the North Atlantic. Within this area, the species is split into three primary populations: (1) Eastern Canada, (2) northwestern Europe, and (3) the Baltic Sea (Hayes
Current estimates of the total western Atlantic gray seal population are not available; although estimates of portions of the stock are available for select time periods. The Canadian gray seal stock assessment (DFO 2014) reports gray seal pup production in 2014 for the three Canadian aggregations (Gulf of St. Lawrence, Sable Island, and Nova Scotia) as 93,000 animals; these are projected using population models to total population levels of 505,000 animals.
Gray seals, along with other members of the
Harbor seals are members of the true seal family (
The best current abundance estimate of harbor seals is 75,834 (CV = 0.15) which is from a 2012 survey (Waring
Harbor seals are capable of hearing in both air and water. In general, the estimated bandwidth for functional hearing for phocid (true seals) seals in water is 50 Hz to 86 kHz and in air is 75 Hz to 30 kHz (Southall
Harp seals are members of the true seal family and are classified into three stocks, which coincide with specific pupping sites on pack ice, as follows: (1) Eastern Canada, including the areas off the coast of Newfoundland and Labrador and the area near the Magdalen Islands in the Gulf of St. Lawrence; (2) the West Ice off eastern Greenland, and (3) the ice in the White Sea off the coast of Russia (Waring
Population abundance of harp seals in the western North Atlantic is derived from aerial surveys and mark-recapture (Waring
Hearing capabilities of this species have not been directly tested as they have for other species. However, as harp seals are within the
Hearing is the most important sensory modality for marine mammals underwater, and exposure to anthropogenic sound can have deleterious effects. To appropriately assess the potential effects of exposure to sound, it is necessary to understand the frequency ranges marine mammals are able to hear. Current data indicate that not all marine mammal species have equal hearing capabilities (
• Low-frequency cetaceans (mysticetes): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 7 Hz and 35 kHz, with best hearing estimated to be from 100 Hz to 8 kHz;
• Mid-frequency cetaceans (larger toothed whales, beaked whales, and most delphinids): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 150 Hz and 160 kHz, with best hearing from 10 to less than 100 kHz;
• High-frequency cetaceans (porpoises, river dolphins, and members of the genera Kogia and Cephalorhynchus; including two members of the genus Lagenorhynchus, on the basis of recent echolocation data and genetic data): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 275 Hz and 160 kHz.
• Pinnipeds in water: Phocidae (true seals): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between approximately 50 Hz to 86 kHz, with best hearing between 1-50 kHz; and
• Pinnipeds in water: Otariidae (eared seals): Generalized hearing is estimated to occur between 60 Hz and 39 kHz, with best hearing between 2-48 kHz.
The pinniped functional hearing group was modified from Southall
For more detail concerning these groups and associated frequency ranges, please see NMFS (2016) for a review of available information. Four marine mammal species (one cetacean and three pinniped (phocid) species) have the reasonable potential to co-occur with the proposed survey activities. Please refer to Table 4. Of the cetacean species that may be present, harbor porpoises are classified are classified as high-frequency cetaceans, while the three seal species belong within the pinnipeds in water (Phocidae) hearing group.
This section includes a summary and discussion of the ways that components of the specified activity may impact marine mammals and their habitat. The “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section later in this document includes a quantitative analysis of the number of individuals that are expected to be taken by this activity. The “Negligible Impact Analysis and Determination” section considers the content of this section, the “Estimated Take by Incidental Harassment” section, and the “Proposed Mitigation” section, to draw conclusions regarding the likely impacts of these activities on the reproductive success or survivorship of individuals and how those impacts on individuals are likely to impact marine mammal species or stocks.
Sound travels in waves, the basic components of which are frequency, wavelength, velocity, and amplitude. Frequency is the number of pressure waves that pass by a reference point per unit of time and is measured in Hz or cycles per second. Wavelength is the distance between two peaks of a sound wave; lower frequency sounds have longer wavelengths than higher frequency sounds and attenuate (decrease) more rapidly in shallower water. Amplitude is the height of the sound pressure wave or the `loudness' of a sound and is typically measured using the dB scale. A dB is the ratio between a measured pressure (with sound) and a reference pressure (sound at a constant pressure, established by scientific standards). It is a logarithmic unit that accounts for large variations in amplitude; therefore, relatively small changes in dB ratings correspond to large changes in sound pressure. When referring to sound pressure levels (SPLs; the sound force per unit area), sound is referenced in the context of underwater sound pressure to 1 μPa. One pascal is the pressure resulting from a force of one newton exerted over an area of one square meter. The source level (SL) represents the sound level at a distance of 1 m from the source (referenced to 1 μPa). The received level is the sound level at the listener's position. Note that all underwater sound levels in this document are referenced to a pressure of 1 µPa and all airborne sound levels in
Root mean square (rms) is the quadratic mean sound pressure over the duration of an impulse. Rms is calculated by squaring all of the sound amplitudes, averaging the squares, and then taking the square root of the average (Urick, 1983). Rms accounts for both positive and negative values; squaring the pressures makes all values positive so that they may be accounted for in the summation of pressure levels (Hastings and Popper 2005). This measurement is often used in the context of discussing behavioral effects, in part because behavioral effects, which often result from auditory cues, may be better expressed through averaged units than by peak pressures.
When underwater objects vibrate or activity occurs, sound-pressure waves are created. These waves alternately compress and decompress the water as the sound wave travels. Underwater sound waves radiate in all directions away from the source (similar to ripples on the surface of a pond), except in cases where the source is directional. The compressions and decompressions associated with sound waves are detected as changes in pressure by aquatic life and man-made sound receptors such as hydrophones.
Even in the absence of sound from the specified activity, the underwater environment is typically loud due to ambient sound. Ambient sound is defined as environmental background sound levels lacking a single source or point (Richardson
•
•
•
•
The sum of the various natural and anthropogenic sound sources at any given location and time—which comprise “ambient” or “background” sound—depends not only on the source levels (as determined by current weather conditions and levels of biological and shipping activity) but also on the ability of sound to propagate through the environment. In turn, sound propagation is dependent on the spatially and temporally varying properties of the water column and sea floor, and is frequency-dependent. As a result of the dependence on a large number of varying factors, ambient sound levels can be expected to vary widely over both coarse and fine spatial and temporal scales. Sound levels at a given frequency and location can vary by 10-20 dB from day to day (Richardson
In-water construction activities associated with the project would include impact pile driving, vibratory pile driving and vibratory pile extraction. The sounds produced by these activities fall into one of two general sound types: pulsed and non-pulsed (defined in the following paragraphs). The distinction between these two sound types is important because they have differing potential to cause physical effects, particularly with regard to hearing (
Pulsed sound sources (
Non-pulsed sounds can be tonal, narrowband, or broadband, brief or prolonged, and may be either continuous or non-continuous (ANSI, 1995; NIOSH, 1998). Some of these non-pulsed sounds can be transient signals of short duration but without the essential properties of pulses (
Impact hammers operate by repeatedly dropping a heavy piston onto a pile to drive the pile into the substrate. Sound generated by impact hammers is characterized by rapid rise times and high peak levels, a potentially injurious combination (Hastings and Popper 2005). Vibratory hammers install piles by vibrating them and allowing the weight of the hammer to push them into the sediment. Vibratory hammers produce significantly less sound than impact hammers. Peak SPLs may be 180 dB or greater, but are generally 10 to 20 dB lower than SPLs generated during impact pile driving of the same-sized pile (Oestman
Please refer to the information given previously (
When PTS occurs, there is physical damage to the sound receptors in the ear (
Relationships between TTS and PTS thresholds have not been studied in marine mammals—PTS data exists only for a single harbor seal (Kastak
Marine mammal hearing plays a critical role in communication with conspecifics, and interpretation of environmental cues for purposes such as predator avoidance and prey capture. Depending on the degree (elevation of threshold in dB), duration (
Currently, TTS data only exist for four species of cetaceans (bottlenose dolphin (
Habituation can occur when an animal's response to a stimulus wanes with repeated exposure, usually in the absence of unpleasant associated events (Wartzok
Available studies show wide variation in response to underwater sound; therefore, it is difficult to predict specifically how any given sound in a particular instance might affect marine mammals perceiving the signal. If a marine mammal does react briefly to an underwater sound by changing its behavior or moving a small distance, the impacts of the change are unlikely to be significant to the individual, let alone the stock or population. However, if a sound source displaces marine mammals from an important feeding or breeding area for a prolonged period, impacts on individuals and populations could be significant (
Changes in dive behavior can vary widely, and may consist of increased or decreased dive times and surface intervals as well as changes in the rates of ascent and descent during a dive (
Disruption of feeding behavior can be difficult to correlate with anthropogenic sound exposure, so it is usually inferred by observed displacement from known foraging areas, the appearance of secondary indicators (
Variations in respiration naturally vary with different behaviors and alterations to breathing rate as a function of acoustic exposure can be expected to co-occur with other behavioral reactions, such as a flight response or an alteration in diving. However, respiration rates in and of themselves may be representative of annoyance or an acute stress response. Various studies have shown that respiration rates may either be unaffected or could increase, depending on the species and signal characteristics, again highlighting the importance in understanding species differences in the tolerance of underwater noise when determining the potential for impacts resulting from anthropogenic sound exposure (
Marine mammals vocalize for different purposes and across multiple modes, such as whistling, echolocation click production, calling, and singing. Changes in vocalization behavior in response to anthropogenic noise can occur for any of these modes and may result from a need to compete with an increase in background noise or may reflect increased vigilance or a startle response. For example, in the presence of potentially masking signals, humpback whales and killer whales have been observed to increase the length of their songs (Miller
Avoidance is the displacement of an individual from an area or migration path as a result of the presence of a sound or other stressors, and is one of the most obvious manifestations of disturbance in marine mammals (Richardson
A flight response is a dramatic change in normal movement to a directed and rapid movement away from the perceived location of a sound source. The flight response differs from other avoidance responses in the intensity of the response (
Behavioral disturbance can also impact marine mammals in more subtle ways. Increased vigilance may result in costs related to diversion of focus and attention (
Many animals perform vital functions, such as feeding, resting, traveling, and socializing, on a diel cycle (24-hour cycle). Disruption of such functions resulting from reactions to stressors such as sound exposure are more likely to be significant if they last more than one diel cycle or recur on subsequent days (Southall
Neuroendocrine stress responses often involve the hypothalamus-pituitary-adrenal system. Virtually all neuroendocrine functions that are affected by stress—including immune competence, reproduction, metabolism, and behavior—are regulated by pituitary hormones. Stress-induced changes in the secretion of pituitary hormones have been implicated in failed reproduction, altered metabolism, reduced immune competence, and behavioral disturbance (
The primary distinction between stress (which is adaptive and does not normally place an animal at risk) and “distress” is the cost of the response. During a stress response, an animal uses glycogen stores that can be quickly replenished once the stress is alleviated. In such circumstances, the cost of the stress response would not pose serious fitness consequences. However, when an animal does not have sufficient energy reserves to satisfy the energetic costs of a stress response, energy resources must be diverted from other functions. This state of distress will last until the animal replenishes its energetic reserves sufficient to restore normal function.
Relationships between these physiological mechanisms, animal behavior, and the costs of stress responses are well-studied through controlled experiments and for both laboratory and free-ranging animals (
Under certain circumstances, marine mammals experiencing significant masking could also be impaired from maximizing their performance fitness in survival and reproduction. Therefore, when the coincident (masking) sound is man-made, it may be considered harassment when disrupting or altering critical behaviors. It is important to distinguish TTS and PTS, which persist after the sound exposure, from masking, which occurs during the sound exposure. Because masking (without resulting in TS) is not associated with abnormal physiological function, it is not considered a physiological effect, but rather a potential behavioral effect.
The frequency range of the potentially masking sound is important in determining any potential behavioral impacts. For example, low-frequency signals may have less effect on high-frequency echolocation sounds produced by odontocetes but are more likely to affect detection of mysticete communication calls and other potentially important natural sounds such as those produced by surf and some prey species. The masking of communication signals by anthropogenic noise may be considered as a reduction in the communication space of animals (
Masking affects both senders and receivers of acoustic signals and can potentially have long-term chronic effects on marine mammals at the
Airborne noise will primarily be an issue for pinnipeds that are swimming or hauled out near the project site within the range of noise levels elevated above the acoustic criteria. We recognize that pinnipeds in the water could be exposed to airborne sound that may result in behavioral harassment when looking with heads above water. Most likely, airborne sound would cause behavioral responses similar to those discussed above in relation to underwater sound. However, these animals would previously have been “taken” as a result of exposure to underwater sound above the behavioral harassment thresholds, which are in all cases larger than those associated with airborne sound. Thus, the behavioral
The most likely impact to fish from pile driving activities at the project area would be temporary behavioral avoidance. The duration of fish avoidance of this area after pile driving stops is unknown, but a rapid return to normal recruitment, distribution and behavior is anticipated. In general, impacts to marine mammal prey species from the proposed project are expected to be minor and temporary due to the relatively short timeframe of between 84 and 100 days of pile driving, pile extraction and drilling.
In summary, given the relatively short and intermittent nature of sound associated with individual pile driving and drilling events and the relatively small area that would be affected, pile driving activities associated with the proposed action are not likely to have a permanent, adverse effect on any fish habitat, or populations of fish species. Thus, any impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term consequences for individual marine mammals or their populations.
This section provides an estimate of the number of incidental takes proposed for authorization through this IHA, which will inform both NMFS' consideration of “small numbers” and the negligible impact determination.
Harassment is the only type of take expected to result from these activities. Except with respect to certain activities not pertinent here, section 3(18) of the MMPA defines “harassment” as any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild (Level A harassment); or (ii) has the potential to disturb a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration, breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering (Level B harassment).
Authorized takes would primarily be by Level B harassment, as impact and vibratory pile driving as well as drilling have the potential to result in disruption of behavioral patterns for individual marine mammals. There is also some potential for auditory injury (Level A harassment) due to large predicted auditory injury zones. The proposed mitigation and monitoring measures are expected to minimize the severity of such taking to the extent practicable.
As described previously, no mortality is anticipated or proposed to be authorized for this activity. Below we describe how the take is estimated.
Described in the most basic way, we estimate take by considering: (1) Acoustic thresholds above which NMFS believes the best available science indicates marine mammals will be behaviorally harassed or incur some degree of permanent hearing impairment; (2) the area or volume of water that will be ensonified above these levels in a day; (3) the density or occurrence of marine mammals within these ensonified areas; and, (4) and the number of days of activities. Below, we describe these components in more detail and present the proposed take estimate.
NMFS recommends acoustic thresholds that identify the received level of underwater sound above which exposed marine mammals would be reasonably expected to be behaviorally harassed (equated to Level B harassment) or to incur PTS of some degree (equated to Level A harassment).
Level B Harassment for non-explosive sources—Though significantly driven by received level, the onset of behavioral disturbance from anthropogenic noise exposure is also informed to varying degrees by other factors related to the source (
The Navy's proposed activity includes the use of continuous (vibratory pile driving, drilling) and impulsive (impact pile driving) sources, and therefore the 120 and 160 dB re 1 μPa (rms) are applicable.
Level A harassment for non-explosive sources—NMFS' Technical Guidance for Assessing the Effects of Anthropogenic Sound on Marine Mammal Hearing (Technical Guidance, 2016) identifies dual criteria to assess auditory injury (Level A harassment) to five different marine mammal groups (based on hearing sensitivity) as a result of exposure to noise from two different types of sources (impulsive or non-impulsive). The Navy's proposed activity includes the use of impulsive (impact pile driving) and non-impulsive (vibratory pile driving, drilling) sources.
These thresholds are provided in Table 5. The references, analysis, and methodology used in the development of the thresholds are described in NMFS 2016 Technical Guidance, which may be accessed at:
Here, we describe operational and environmental parameters of the activity that will feed into identifying the area ensonified above the acoustic thresholds.
Pile driving generates underwater noise that can potentially result in disturbance to marine mammals in the project area. Transmission loss (TL) is the decrease in acoustic intensity as an acoustic pressure wave propagates out from a source. TL parameters vary with frequency, temperature, sea conditions, current, source and receiver depth, water depth, water chemistry, and bottom composition and topography. The general formula for underwater TL is:
This formula neglects loss due to scattering and absorption, which is assumed to be zero here. The degree to which underwater sound propagates away from a sound source is dependent on a variety of factors, most notably the water bathymetry and presence or absence of reflective or absorptive conditions including in-water structures and sediments. Spherical spreading occurs in a perfectly unobstructed (free-field) environment not limited by depth or water surface, resulting in a 6 dB reduction in sound level for each doubling of distance from the source (20*log[range]). Cylindrical spreading occurs in an environment in which sound propagation is bounded by the water surface and sea bottom, resulting in a reduction of 3 dB in sound level for each doubling of distance from the source (10*log[range]). Although cylindrical spreading loss was applied to driving of 14-inch H-piles in the previous IHA, in an effort to maintain consistency NMFS utilized practical spreading loss (4.5 dB reduction in sound level for each doubling of distance) for all driving and drilling activities for this proposed IHA. A practical spreading value of 15 is often used under conditions, such as at the Shipyard dock, where water increases with depth as the receiver moves away from the shoreline, resulting in an expected propagation environment that
Source levels were collected for the four types of piles that would be installed and two pile-driving methods proposed for the project:
1. 14-inch steel H-type piles—Used as sister piles and for SOE system installation; installed/extracted via vibratory hammer and seated as needed with impact hammer.
2. 15-inch timber piles—Used for re-installation of dolphins at Berths 11, 12, and 13 and extracted via vibratory hammer.
3. 25-inch steel sheet piles—Used for the bulkhead at Berth 11 and for SOE installed/extracted via vibratory hammer.
Reference source levels for the project were determined using data for piles of similar sizes, the same pile-driving method as that proposed for the project, and at similar water depths. While the pile sizes and water depths chosen as proxies do not exactly match those for the project, they are the closest matches available, and it is assumed that the source levels shown in Table 6, 7 and 8 are the most representative for each pile type and associated pile-driving method.
The intensity of pile driving or sounds is greatly influenced by factors such as the type of piles, hammers, and the physical environment in which the activity takes place. Reference source levels for the proposed project were determined using data for piles of similar sizes, the same pile driving method as that proposed for the project, and at similar water depths. While the pile sizes and water depths chosen as proxies do not exactly match those for the project, they are the closest matches available, and it is assumed that the source levels shown in Table 6, 7, and 8 are the most representative for each pile type and associated pile driving method.
The Navy analyzed source level values associated with a number of projects involving impact driving of steel H-piles to approximate environmental conditions and driving parameters at the Shipyard (Caltrans 2015). Data from pertinent projects were used to obtain average SEL and rms values for H pile impact installation. To be sure all values were relevant to the site, the Navy eliminated all piles in waters greater than 5 m, as well as all readings measured at ranges greater than 10 m. The Navy used all H piles for which the diameter was not specified as well as the 14 to 15-inch H piles, converted the dB measurements to a linear scale before averaging, and re-converted the average measurements to the appropriate dB units. Piles driven at this project site will be driven in 0-11 feet of water (0-3.4 m). During low tide, piles will essentially be driven in the dry. This varies drastically from other Navy projects on the east coast, such as at the Naval Submarine Base New London, where 14-inch H piles will be driven in water depths of 25 feet (7.62 m). Results are shown in Table 6.
While the average rms value is 181.4, the Navy rounded up to 182 dB rms to be conservative.
Table 7 shows the source levels that were utilized to calculate isopleths for vibratory driving of 24-inch steel sheet piles, and 15-inch timber piles. An average value of 163 dB rms was used for 24-inch AZ steel sheet and 150 dB rms for 15-inch timber pile. For Year 1 work at the Shipyard Berth 11 the contractor has obtained initial acoustic readings associated with vibratory driving of 14” H-Pile of 148 dB rms at 10 m. Additional details are found in Appendix A in the application. NMFS will use 148 dB as the source level since it is site-specific and more conservative than the 145 dB value depicted in WSDOT 2012.
Using the data presented in Table 6 and Table 7, underwater sound levels were estimated using the practical spreading model to determine over what distance the thresholds would be exceeded.
Drilling is considered a continuous, non-impulsive noise source, similar to vibratory pile driving. Very little information is available regarding source levels of in-water drilling activities associated with nearshore pile installation such as that proposed for the Berths 11, 12, and 13 structural repairs project. Dazey
IHA applications for other construction projects have reported that, due to a lack of information regarding pile drilling source levels, it is generally assumed that pile drilling would produce less in-water noise than both impact and vibratory pile driving. Based on the general lack of information about these activities and the assumption that in-water noise from pile drilling would be less than either impact or vibratory pile driving, it is assumed that the source levels presented in Table 7 are the most applicable for acoustic impact analysis at Berths 11, 12, and 13. For the purposes of this proposed IHA, however, we will conservatively assume that drilling has identical source levels to vibratory driving when calculating zones of influence. This includes instances where drilling is underway in the absence of any concurrent driving.
During the proposed Year 2 activity, concurrent work utilizing a vibratory hammer during drilling operations is possible. This potential concurrent activity could occur during installation of the rock sockets for approximately 16 days. The vibratory hammer may be working to install SOE sheets or H-Pile as the drilling work is being conducted. Under concurrent driving conditions, the Navy will use the larger of the two source level values to calculate size of entire ensonified area. Since the vibratory source level is greater than the level associated with drilling, it will be utilized.
With limited source level data available for vibratory pile extraction of 24-inch steel sheet piles, NMFS used the same values for both vibratory installation and extraction assuming that the two activities would produce similar source levels if water depth, pile size, and equipment remain constant.
When NMFS Technical Guidance (2016) was published, in recognition of the fact that ensonified area/volume could be more technically challenging to predict because of the duration component in the new thresholds, an User Spreadsheet was developed that includes tools to help predict a simple
Using the same source level and transmission loss inputs discussed in the Level A isopleths section above, the Level B distance was calculated for both impact and vibratory driving (Table 11). The attenuation distance for impact hammer use associated with the installation of the sister pile/support pile with a source level of 182 dB rms resulted in an isopleth of 293 meters (m). The attenuation distance for vibratory hammer use with a source level of 163 dB rms resulted in an isopleth of 7.35 kilometers (km). The Level B area associated with the 120-dB isopleth for vibratory driving and which is used in the take calculations is 0.9445 square kilometers (km
In this section we provide the information about the presence, density, or group dynamics of marine mammals that will inform the take calculations. For all species, the best scientific information available was considered for use in the marine mammal take assessment calculations. Density information was taken from the Navy Marine Mammal Density Database as shown in Table 12. (Craine 2015; Krause 2015). These data are generally used for broad-scale offshore activities; however, due to a lack of any other data within the general project area, these data are presented as the best available data for the Piscataqua River.
Here we describe how the information provided above is brought together to produce a quantitative take estimate.
The following assumptions are made when estimating potential incidences of take:
• All marine mammal individuals potentially available are assumed to be present within the relevant area, and thus incidentally taken;
• An individual can only be taken once during a 24-h period;
• While up to 16 days of concurrent driving/drilling could occur, NMFS will conservatively assume that there are zero (0) days resulting in a total of 100 pile driving/drilling days; and
• Exposures to sound levels at or above the relevant thresholds equate to take, as defined by the MMPA.
In this case, the estimation of marine mammal takes uses the following calculation:
The ZOI impact area is estimated using the relevant distances in Table 10 and Table 11, assuming that sound radiates from a central point in the water column at project site and taking into consideration the possible affected area due to topographical constraints of the action area (
There are a several reasons why estimates of potential incidents of take may be conservative, assuming that available density and estimated ZOI areas are accurate. We assume, in the absence of information supporting a more refined conclusion, that the output of the calculation represents the number of individuals that may be taken by the specified activity. In fact, in the context of stationary activities such as pile driving and in areas where resident animals may be present, this number more realistically represents the number of incidents of take that may accrue to a smaller number of individuals. While pile driving can occur any day throughout the period of validity, and the analysis is conducted on a per day basis, only a fraction of that time (typically a matter of hours on any given day) is actually spent pile driving. The potential effectiveness of mitigation measures in reducing the number of takes is typically not quantified in the take estimation process. For these reasons, these take estimates may be conservative.
Harbor porpoises may be present in the project area year-round. Based on density data from the Navy Marine Species Density Database, their presence is highest in winter and spring, decreases in summer, and slightly increases in fall. However, in general, porpoises are known to occasionally occur in the river. Average density for the predicted seasons of occurrence was used to determine abundance of animals that could be present in the area for exposure, using the equation abundance = n * ZOI. Estimated abundance estimate for harbor porpoises was 0.96 animals generated from the equation (0.9445 km
The injury zone for harbor porpoise was calculated to extend to a radius of 140 m from impact driven piles and a maximum of 55 m from vibratory or drilling activity. A 75-m shutdown zone is proposed (see “Proposed Mitigation”); therefore, the area between the 75 m and 140 m isopleths is where Level A take may occur during impact hammer use. The area of the 75 m shutdown zone was subtracted from the full Level A injury zone to obtain the Level A take zone, 0.0132 km
Harbor seals may be present year-round in the project vicinity, with constant densities throughout the year. Based on local anecdotal data, harbor seals are the most common pinniped in the Piscataqua River near the Shipyard. Average density for the predicted seasons of occurrence was used to determine abundance of animals that could be present in the area for exposure, using the equation abundance = n * ZOI. Abundance for harbor seals were 0.19/day. (Average year-round density = 0.1998). Therefore, Level B harbor seal exposures within the ZOI is (100 days * 0.19 animals/day) would be up to 19 Level B exposures of harbor
The injury zone for harbor seals was calculated to extend a radius of 63 m from impact driven piles and 14m for vibratory hammer use. The injury zone for drilling activity is estimated at 23 m. The Level A injury zone is within the shutdown zone, therefore no injurious takes of harbor seals are estimated to occur. However, as stated above for the gray seal take request, this may be an underestimate. The Navy has requested four Level A takes of harbor seal to coincide with the same number of Level A takes requested in Year 1. Preliminary monitoring report results support authorization of Level A take as one harbor seal was detected within 50 m of drilling activity. Therefore, NMFS is conservatively proposing four Level A takes of harbor seals so that operations will not have to be suspended due to exceeding authorized Level A takes.
Gray seals are less common in the Piscataqua River than the harbor seal. Average density for the predicted seasons of occurrence was used to determine abundance of animals that could be present in the area for exposure, using the equation abundance = n * ZOI. The estimated abundance for gray seals is 0.21/day (average year-round density = 0.2202). Therefore, the number of Level B gray seal exposures within the ZOI is (100 days * 0.21 animals/day) resulting in up to 21 Level B exposures of gray seals within the ZOI.
However, current monitoring data indicate that this could be an underestimate. While there could be 21 Level B and 0 Level A takes for gray seal during construction activity monitoring of the zones, observations of gray seals have shown 18 Level B exposures over 73 days of activity through October 27, 2017. This comes out to 0.246 exposures per day (18/73 = 0.246). Therefore, the Navy has requested and NMFS is proposing to authorize 25 gray seal takes (0.246 takes/day * 100 days) under the proposed IHA.
The injury zone for gray seals was calculated to extend to a radius of 63m for impact driven piles and 14m for vibratory hammer use. Drilling activity is estimated at 23m from the activity. The injury zone for impact, vibratory and drilling activity remains within the shutdown zone of 75m for impact hammer use and 55 m for vibratory driving and drilling (see “Proposed Mitigation”). These zones were utilized during Year 1. Based on these calculations and continued implementation of the shutdown zones, no injurious takes of gray seals are estimated to occur. The Navy, however, requests authorization of two Level A takes of gray seal to coincide with the same number of Level A takes requested in Year 1. This is partially supported by data collected in the preliminary Year 1 IHA monitoring report in which observers recorded one gray seal within 50 m of drilling activity. Because animals were observed within the shutdown zone during Year 1, NMFS is conservatively proposing authorization of two Level A gray seal takes, so that operations will not have to be suspended if animals unexpectedly occur in the Level A zones.
Harp seals may be present in the project vicinity during the winter and spring, from January through February. In general, harp seals are much rarer than the harbor seal and gray seal in the Piscataqua River. These animals are conservatively assumed to be present within the underwater Level B ZOI during each day of in-water pile driving. Average density for the predicted seasons of occurrence was used to determine abundance of animals that could be present in the area for exposure, using the equation abundance = n * ZOI. Abundance for harp seals was 0.014/day (average year-round density = 0.0125). The number of Level B harp seal exposures within the ZOI is (100 days * 0.0125 animals/day) resulting in approximately 1 Level B exposure. Therefore, NMFS is proposing to authorize Level B take of 1 harp seal.
The injury zone for harp seals was calculated to extend a radius of 63m from impact driven piles and 14m for vibratory hammer use. Drilling activity is estimated at 23 m from the activity. These isopleths are within the shutdown zones and NMFS. Therefore, no Level A take is proposed as shown in Table 14.
In order to issue an IHA under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA, NMFS must set forth the permissible methods of taking pursuant to such activity and other means of effecting the least practicable impact on such species or stock and its habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance, and on the availability of such species or stock for taking for certain subsistence uses (latter not applicable for this action). NMFS regulations require applicants for incidental take authorizations to include information about the availability and feasibility (economic and technological) of equipment, methods, and manner of conducting such activity or other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact upon the affected species or stocks and their habitat (50 CFR 216.104(a)(11)).
In evaluating how mitigation may or may not be appropriate to ensure the least practicable adverse impact on species or stocks and their habitat, as well as subsistence uses where applicable, we carefully consider two primary factors:
(1) The manner in which, and the degree to which, the successful implementation of the measure(s) is expected to reduce impacts to marine mammals, marine mammal species or stocks, and their habitat. This considers the nature of the potential adverse impact being mitigated (likelihood, scope, range). It further considers the likelihood that the measure will be effective if implemented (probability of accomplishing the mitigating result if implemented as planned) the likelihood of effective implementation (probability implemented as planned); and
(2) the practicability of the measures for applicant implementation, which may consider such things as cost and impact on operations.
The mitigation strategies described below are similar to those required and implemented under the first IHA associated with this project. In addition to the measures described later in this section, the Navy would conduct briefings between construction supervisors and crews, marine mammal monitoring team, and Navy staff prior to the start of all pile driving activity, and when new personnel join the work, in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
The following measures would apply to the Navy's mitigation through shutdown and disturbance zones:
Monitoring will be conducted within the Level A harassment shutdown zone during all pile-driving operations and the Level B harassment buffer zone during two-thirds of pile-driving days. If a marine mammal is observed approaching a Level A zone, operations will be shut down. If an animal is seen entering the Level B harassment zone, an exposure would be recorded and behaviors documented. The Navy will extrapolate data collected during monitoring days and calculate total takes for all pile-driving days.
Prior to the start of pile driving activity, the shutdown zone will be monitored for 15 minutes to ensure that it is clear of marine mammals. Pile driving will only commence once observers have declared the shutdown zone clear of marine mammals; animals will be allowed to remain in the shutdown zone (
If a marine mammal approaches or enters the shutdown zone during the course of pile driving operations, activity will be halted and delayed until either the animal has voluntarily left and been visually confirmed beyond the shutdown zone or 15 minutes have passed. Monitoring will be conducted throughout the time required to drive a pile and for 30 minutes following the conclusion of pile driving.
Based on our evaluation of the applicant's proposed measures NMFS has preliminarily determined that the proposed mitigation measures provide the means effecting the least practicable impact on the affected species or stocks and their habitat, paying particular attention to rookeries, mating grounds, and areas of similar significance.
In order to issue an IHA for an activity, Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA states that NMFS must set forth requirements pertaining to the monitoring and reporting of such taking. The MMPA implementing regulations at 50 CFR 216.104 (a)(13) indicate that requests for authorizations must include the suggested means of accomplishing the necessary monitoring and reporting that will result in increased knowledge of the species and of the level of taking or impacts on populations of marine mammals that are expected to be present in the proposed action area. Effective reporting is critical both to compliance as well as ensuring that the most value is obtained from the required monitoring.
Monitoring and reporting requirements prescribed by NMFS should contribute to improved understanding of one or more of the following:
• Occurrence of marine mammal species or stocks in the area in which take is anticipated (
• Nature, scope, or context of likely marine mammal exposure to potential stressors/impacts (individual or cumulative, acute or chronic), through better understanding of: (1) Action or environment (
• Individual marine mammal responses (behavioral or physiological) to acoustic stressors (acute, chronic, or cumulative), other stressors, or cumulative impacts from multiple stressors;
• How anticipated responses to stressors impact either: (1) Long-term fitness and survival of individual marine mammals; or (2) populations, species, or stocks;
• Effects on marine mammal habitat (
• Mitigation and monitoring effectiveness.
Observers shall record all incidents of marine mammal occurrence, regardless of distance from activity, and shall document any behavioral reactions in concert with distance from piles being driven or removed. Pile driving activities include the time to install or remove a single pile or series of piles, as long as the time elapsed between uses of the pile driving equipment is no more than 30 minutes.
Marine mammal monitoring will include the following:
A minimum of two marine mammal observers (MMOs) will be on location during two-thirds of all pile driving/removal days. They will be placed at the best vantage point(s) practicable to monitor for marine mammals and implement shutdown/delay procedures when applicable by calling for the shutdown to equipment operators. The observer will be trained on the observation zones, potential species, how to observe, and how to fill out the data sheets by the Navy Natural Resources Manager prior to any pile-driving activities. The supervisory observer will be a trained biologist; additional observers will be trained by that supervisor as needed.
Shutdown zones must be monitored at all times. When MMOs are not available during one-third of pile driving/removal days, project contractors/workers will be responsible for monitoring shutdown zones and will call for shutdown as appropriate. The following additional measures apply to visual monitoring during the
• Independent observers (
• At least one observer must have prior experience working as an observer;
• Other observers (that do not have prior experience) may substitute education (undergraduate degree in biological science or related field) or training for experience;
• NMFS will require submission and approval of observer resumes.
Qualified observers are trained biologists with the following minimum qualifications:
• Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible) sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars may be necessary to correctly identify the target;
• Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the construction operation to provide for personal safety during observations;
• Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of observations including but not limited to the number and species of marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were conducted; dates and times when in-water construction activities were suspended to avoid potential incidental injury from construction sound of marine mammals observed within a defined shutdown zone; and marine mammal behavior; and
• Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals observed in the area as necessary.
Monitoring will be conducted within the Level A harassment and shutdown zone during all pile-driving operations and the Level B harassment buffer zone during two-thirds of pile-driving days. Monitoring will take place from 15 minutes prior to initiation through 30-minutes post-completion of pile-driving/removal activities.
• During pile removal or installation the observers will monitor the shutdown zones to record take when marine mammals enter the relevant Level B harassment zones based on type of construction activity.
• Prior to the start of pile-driving/removal activity, the shutdown and safety zones will be monitored for 15 minutes to ensure that they are clear of marine mammals. Pile driving will only commence once observers have declared the shutdown zone clear of marine mammals; if present, animals will be allowed to remain in the ZOI and their behavior will be monitored and documented.
• In the unlikely event of conditions that prevent the visual detection of marine mammals, such as heavy fog, activities with the potential to result in Level A or Level B harassment will not be initiated. Impact pile driving would be curtailed, but vibratory pile driving or extraction would be allowed to continue if such conditions arise after the activity has begun.
A draft marine mammal monitoring report will be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the completion of pile driving and removal activities or 60 days prior to the issuance of any subsequent IHA for this project, whichever comes first. It will include an overall description of work completed, a narrative regarding marine mammal sightings, and associated marine mammal observation data sheets. Specifically, the report must include:
• Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
• Construction activities occurring during each observation period;
• Weather parameters (
• Water conditions (
• Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
• Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from pile driving activity;
• Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and distance from the marine mammals to the observation point;
• Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
• Other human activity in the area.
If no comments are received from NMFS within 30 days, the draft final report will constitute the final report. If comments are received, a final report addressing NMFS comments must be submitted within 30 days after receipt of comments.
In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by the IHA (if issued), such as serious injury or mortality, the Navy will immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to the Chief of the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Northeast/Greater Atlantic Regional Stranding Coordinator. The report would include the following information:
• Description of the incident;
• Environmental conditions (
• Description of all marine mammal observations in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
• Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
• Fate of the animal(s); and
• Photographs or video footage of the animal(s) (if equipment is available).
Activities would not resume until NMFS is able to review the
In the event that the Navy discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead MMO determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
In the event that the Navy discovers an injured or dead marine mammal and the lead MMO determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
The Navy will continue to implement its in situ acoustic monitoring efforts in 2018. During Year 2, the Navy will verify acoustic monitoring at the source (33 feet) and, where the potential for Level A harassment exists, at a second representative monitoring location at an intermediate distance between the cetacean and pinniped shutdown zones. A draft hydroacoustic monitoring plan will be submitted to NMFS for approval. A final report will be submitted to NMFS within 30 days of completing the verification monitoring. Results from the 2017 Hydroacoustic Monitoring Report may be found in Appendix A of the application.
NMFS has defined negligible impact as an impact resulting from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (50 CFR 216.103). A negligible impact finding is based on the lack of likely adverse effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival (
Pile driving, pile extraction and drilling activities associated with the Navy project as outlined previously have the potential to injure, disturb or displace marine mammals. Specifically, the specified activities may result in Level B harassment (behavioral disturbance) for all species authorized for take from underwater sound generated during pile driving. Level A harassment in the form of PTS may also occur to limited numbers of three marine mammal species. Potential takes could occur if individuals of these species are present in the ensonified zone when pile driving and removal occurs.
No serious injury or mortality is anticipated given the nature of the activities and measures designed to minimize the possibility of injury to marine mammals. The potential for these outcomes is minimized through the construction method and the implementation of the planned mitigation measures. Specifically, vibratory driving and drilling will be the primary methods of installation (impact driving will occur for only 1.5 hours over 84-100 days). During impact driving, implementation of soft start and shutdown zones significantly reduces any possibility of injury. Given sufficient “notice” through use of soft start (for impact driving), marine mammals are expected to move away from a sound source that is annoying prior to it becoming potentially injurious. Conditions at the Shipyard offer MMOs clear views of the shutdown zones, enabling a high rate of success in implementation of shutdowns to avoid injury.
The Navy's planned activities are highly localized. A small portion of the Piscataqua River may be affected which is only a subset of the ranges of species for which take is authorized. The project is not expected to have significant adverse effects on marine mammal habitat. No important feeding and/or reproductive areas for marine mammals are known to be near the project area. Project-related activities may cause some fish to leave the area of disturbance, thus temporarily impacting marine mammals' foraging opportunities in a limited portion of the foraging range, but because of the relatively small area of the habitat range utilized by each species that may be affected, the impacts to marine mammal habitat are not expected to cause significant or long-term negative consequences.
Exposures to elevated sound levels produced during pile driving activities may cause behavioral responses by an animal, but they are expected to be mild and temporary. Effects on individuals that are taken by Level B harassment, on the basis of reports in the literature as well as monitoring from other similar activities, will likely be limited to reactions such as increased swimming speeds, increased surfacing time, or decreased foraging (if such activity were occurring) (
In summary and as described above, the following factors primarily support our preliminary determination that the impacts resulting from this activity are not expected to adversely affect the species or stock through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival:
• No mortality or serious injury is anticipated or authorized;
• The area of potential impacts is highly localized;
• No adverse impacts to marine mammal habitat;
• The absence of any significant habitat within the project area, including rookeries, or known areas or features of special significance for foraging or reproduction;
• Anticipated incidences of Level A harassment would be in the form of a small degree of PTS to a limited number of animals;
• Anticipated incidents of Level B harassment consist of, at worst, temporary modifications in behavior;
• Very few individuals are likely to be affected by project activities (<0.01 percent of population for all authorized species); and
• The anticipated efficacy of the required mitigation measures in reducing the effects of the specified activity.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the likely effects of the specified activity on marine mammals and their habitat, and taking into consideration the implementation of the proposed monitoring and mitigation measures, NMFS preliminarily finds that the total marine mammal take from the proposed activity will have a negligible impact on all affected marine mammal species or stocks.
As noted above, only small numbers of incidental take may be authorized under Section 101(a)(5)(D) of the MMPA for specified activities other than military readiness activities. The MMPA does not define small numbers and so, in practice, where estimated numbers are available, NMFS compares the number of individuals taken to the most appropriate estimation of abundance of the relevant species or stock in our determination of whether an authorization is limited to small numbers of marine mammals. Additionally, other qualitative factors may be considered in the analysis, such as the temporal or spatial scale of the activities.
Table 14 illustrates the number of animals that could be exposed to Level A and Level B harassment from work associated with the waterfront improvement project. The analysis provided indicates that authorized takes account for <0.01 percent of the populations of the stocks that could be affected. These are small numbers of marine mammals relative to the sizes of the affected species and population stocks under consideration.
Based on the analysis contained herein of the proposed activity (including the proposed mitigation and monitoring measures) and the anticipated take of marine mammals, NMFS preliminarily finds that small numbers of marine mammals will be taken relative to the population size of the affected species or stocks.
There are no relevant subsistence uses of the affected marine mammal stocks or species implicated by this action. Therefore, NMFS has determined that the total taking of affected species or stocks would not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence purposes.
Section 7(a)(2) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973 (ESA: 16 U.S.C. 1531
No incidental take of ESA-listed species is proposed for authorization or expected to result from this activity. Therefore, NMFS has determined that consultation under section 7 of the ESA is not required for this action.
As a result of these preliminary determinations, NMFS proposes to issue an IHA to the Navy for conducting in-water construction activities at the Portsmouth Naval Shipyard in Kittery, Maine from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018 provided the previously mentioned mitigation, monitoring, and reporting requirements are incorporated. This section contains a draft of the IHA itself. The wording contained in this section is proposed for inclusion in the IHA (if issued).
1. This Incidental Harassment Authorization (IHA) is valid from January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018. This IHA is valid only for pile driving, extraction, and drilling activities associated with the waterfront improvements project at the Shipyard.
2. General Conditions.
(a) A copy of this IHA must be in the possession of the Navy, its designees, and work crew personnel operating under the authority of this IHA.
(b) The species authorized for taking are the harbor porpoise
(c) The taking, by Level A and Level B harassment, is limited to the species listed in condition 2(b). See Table 14 for numbers of Level A and Level B take authorized.
(d) The take of any other species not listed in condition 2(b) of marine mammal is prohibited and may result in
(e) The Navy shall conduct briefings between construction supervisors and crews, marine mammal monitoring team, acoustical monitoring team prior to the start of all pile driving activities, and when new personnel join the work, in order to explain responsibilities, communication procedures, marine mammal monitoring protocol, and operational procedures.
3. Mitigation Measures.
The holder of this Authorization is required to implement the following mitigation measures.
(a) Time Restriction: For all in-water pile driving activities, the Navy shall operate only during daylight hours.
(b) Pile driving shall only take place when the shutdown and Level A zones are visible and can be adequately monitored. If conditions (
(c) Establishment of Shutdown Zones.
(i) The shutdown zone during impact driving shall extend to 75 m for all authorized species. The shutdown during vibratory driving or drilling shall extend to 55 m for all authorized species.
(ii) If a marine mammal comes within or approaches the shutdown zone, pile driving operations shall cease.
(iii) Pile driving and removal operations shall restart once the marine mammal is visibly seen leaving the zone or after 15 minutes have passed with no sightings.
(iii) For in-water heavy machinery work other than pile driving (using,
(iv) Shutdown shall occur if a species for which authorization has not been granted or for which the authorized numbers of takes have been met approaches or is observed within the Level B harassment zone. The Navy shall then contact NMFS within 24 hours.
(d) Establishment of Level A and B Harassment Zones.
(i) The Level A take zones shall extend from the 75 m shutdown zone out to 140 m for harbor porpoises during all impact pile driving activities.
(ii) The Level B take zones shall extend from the 55 m shutdown zone out to 293 m during impact driving activities and from 55 m out to 7.35 km during vibratory driving activities.
(e) Use of Soft-Start for Impact Pile Driving.
(i) The project shall utilize soft start techniques for impact pile driving. The Navy shall conduct an initial set of three strikes from the impact hammer at 40 percent energy, followed by a 1-minute waiting period, then two subsequent three strike sets. Soft start shall be required for any impact driving, including at the beginning of the day, and at any time following a cessation of impact pile driving of 30 minutes or longer.
4. Monitoring.
The holder of this Authorization is required to conduct visual marine mammal monitoring and acoustic monitoring during pile driving activities.
(a) Visual Marine Mammal Observation—The Navy shall collect sighting data and behavioral responses to pile driving for marine mammal species observed in the region of activity during the period of activity. Visual monitoring shall include the following:
(i) A minimum of two marine mammal observers (MMOs) shall be in place during two-thirds of pile driving days.
(ii) Shutdown zones shall be monitored at all times. When MMOs are not on-site during one-third of pile driving/removal days, project contractors/workers shall be responsible for monitoring shutdown zones and shall call for shutdown as appropriate.
(iii) Monitoring shall take place from 15 minutes prior to initiation of pile driving activity through 30 minutes post-completion of pile driving activity.
(iv) MMOs shall be placed at the best vantage point(s) practicable to monitor for marine mammals during two-thirds of all pile driving days.
(b) The following additional measures apply to visual monitoring during two-thirds of all pile driving days:
(i) Independent observers (
(ii) At least one observer must have prior experience working as an observer;
(iii) Other observers (that do not have prior experience) may substitute education (undergraduate degree in biological science or related field) or training for experience;
(iv) NMFS shall require submission and approval of observer resumes.
(v) Visual acuity in both eyes (correction is permissible) sufficient for discernment of moving targets at the water's surface with ability to estimate target size and distance; use of binoculars may be necessary to correctly identify the target;
(vi) Sufficient training, orientation, or experience with the construction operation to provide for personal safety during observations;
(vii) Writing skills sufficient to prepare a report of observations including but not limited to the number and species of marine mammals observed; dates and times when in-water construction activities were conducted; dates and times when in-water construction activities were suspended to avoid potential incidental injury from construction sound of marine mammals observed within a defined shutdown zone; and marine mammal behavior; and
(viii) Ability to communicate orally, by radio or in person, with project personnel to provide real-time information on marine mammals observed in the area as necessary.
(c) Hydroacoustic Monitoring.
(i) During Year 2, the Navy shall verify acoustic monitoring at the source (33 feet) and, where the potential for Level A harassment exists, at a second representative monitoring location at an intermediate distance between the cetacean and pinniped shutdown zones.
(ii) A draft hydroacoustic monitoring plan shall be submitted to NMFS for approval.
(iii) A final report shall be submitted to NMFS within 30 days of completing the verification monitoring.
5. Reporting.
(a) A draft marine mammal monitoring report shall be submitted to NMFS within 90 days after the completion of pile driving and removal activities or 60 days prior to the issuance of any subsequent IHA for this project, whichever comes first. The report shall include an overall description of work completed, a narrative regarding marine mammal sightings, and associated marine mammal observation data sheets. Specifically, the report shall include.
(i) Date and time that monitored activity begins or ends;
(ii) Construction activities occurring during each observation period;
(iii) Weather parameters (
(iv) Water conditions (
(v) Species, numbers, and, if possible, sex and age class of marine mammals;
(vi) Description of any observable marine mammal behavior patterns, including bearing and direction of travel and distance from pile driving activity;
(vii) Distance from pile driving activities to marine mammals and
(viii) Locations of all marine mammal observations; and
(ix) Other human activity in the area.
(b) Reporting injured or dead marine mammals:
(i) In the unanticipated event that the specified activity clearly causes the take of a marine mammal in a manner prohibited by this IHA, such as serious injury, or mortality, the Navy shall immediately cease the specified activities and report the incident to the Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, and the Northeast/Greater Atlantic Regional Stranding Coordinator, NMFS. The report must include the following information:
(1) Time and date of the incident;
(2) Description of the incident;
(3) Environmental conditions (
(4) Description of all marine mammal observations and active sound source use in the 24 hours preceding the incident;
(5) Species identification or description of the animal(s) involved;
(6) Fate of the animal(s); and
(7) Photographs or video footage of the animal(s).
Activities shall not resume until NMFS is able to review the circumstances of the prohibited take. NMFS shall work with the Navy to determine what measures are necessary to minimize the likelihood of further prohibited take and ensure MMPA compliance. The Navy may not resume their activities until notified by NMFS.
(ii) In the event that the Navy discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the cause of the injury or death is unknown and the death is relatively recent (
The report must include the same information identified in 5(b)(i) of this IHA. Activities may continue while NMFS reviews the circumstances of the incident. NMFS shall work with the Navy to determine whether additional mitigation measures or modifications to the activities are appropriate.
(iii) In the event that the Navy discovers an injured or dead marine mammal, and the lead observer determines that the injury or death is not associated with or related to the activities authorized in the IHA (
6. This Authorization may be modified, suspended or withdrawn if the holder fails to abide by the conditions prescribed herein, or if NMFS determines the authorized taking is having more than a negligible impact on the species or stock of affected marine mammals.
We request comment on our analyses, the draft authorization, and any other aspect of this Notice of Proposed IHA for proposed Waterfront Improvement Projects at Portsmouth Naval Shipyard. Please include with your comments any supporting data or literature citations to help inform our final decision on the request for MMPA authorization.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice; receipt of application.
Notice is hereby given that NMFS Pacific Islands Fisheries Science Center [Responsible Party: Michael Seki, Ph.D.], 1845 Wasp Boulevard, Honolulu, Hawaii, 96818, has applied in due form for a permit to take green (
Written, telefaxed, or email comments must be received on or before January 2, 2018.
The application and related documents are available for review by selecting “Records Open for Public Comment” from the “Features” box on the Applications and Permits for Protected Species (APPS) home page,
These documents are also available upon written request or by appointment in the Permits and Conservation Division, Office of Protected Resources, NMFS, 1315 East-West Highway, Room 13705, Silver Spring, MD 20910; phone (301) 427-8401; fax (301) 713-0376.
Written comments on this application should be submitted to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division, at the address listed above. Comments may also be submitted by facsimile to (301) 713-0376, or by email to
Those individuals requesting a public hearing should submit a written request to the Chief, Permits and Conservation Division at the address listed above. The request should set forth the specific reasons why a hearing on this application would be appropriate.
Erin Markin or Amy Hapeman, (301) 427-8401.
The subject permit is requested under the authority of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (ESA; 16 U.S.C. 1531
The Pacific Islands Fisheries Science Center proposes to continue long-term monitoring of sea turtles in the Pacific Islands Region to understand population status, abundance, and trends as well as age at maturity, growth rates, and foraging and movement ecology of green, hawksbill, leatherback, loggerhead, and olive ridley sea turtles. Annually, up to 250 green, 150 hawksbill, 100 loggerhead, 100 leatherback, and 100 olive ridley sea turtles would be captured for morphometric data, tagging (flipper and passive integrated transponder), biological samples, and instrument attachment (acoustic, satellite, and/or archival) prior to release. The permit would be valid for up to ten years from the date of issuance.
National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS), National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), Commerce.
Notice of standard prices and fee percentages.
NMFS publishes standard prices and fee percentages for cost recovery for the Amendment 80 Program, the American Fisheries Act (AFA) Program, the Aleutian Islands Pollock (AIP) Program, and the Western Alaska Community Development Quota (CDQ) groundfish and halibut Programs. The fee percentage for 2017 is 0.71 percent for the Amendment 80 Program, 0.19 percent for the AFA inshore cooperatives, 0.21 percent for the AFA catcher/processor sector, 0.22 percent for the AFA mothership cooperative, 0 percent for the AIP program, and 0.55 percent for the CDQ groundfish and halibut Programs. This action is intended to provide the 2017 standard prices and fee percentages to calculate the required payment for cost recovery fees due by December 31, 2017.
The standard prices and fee percentages are valid on November 30, 2017.
Carl Greene, Fee Coordinator, 907-586-7105.
Section 304(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Fishery Conservation and Management Act (Magnuson-Stevens Act) authorizes and requires the collection of cost recovery fees for limited access privilege programs and the CDQ Program. Cost recovery fees recover the actual costs directly related to the management, data collection, and enforcement of the programs. Section 304(d) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act mandates that cost recovery fees not exceed three percent of the annual ex-vessel value of fish harvested by a program subject to a cost recovery fee, and that the fee be collected either at the time of landing, filing of a landing report, or sale of such fish during a fishing season or in the last quarter of the calendar year in which the fish is harvested.
NMFS manages the Amendment 80 Program, AFA Program, and AIP Program as limited access privilege programs. On January 5, 2016, NMFS published a final rule to implement cost recovery for these three limited access privilege programs and the CDQ groundfish and halibut programs (81 FR 150). The designated representative (for the purposes of cost recovery) for each program is responsible for submitting the fee payment to NMFS on or before the due date of December 31 of the year in which the landings were made. The total dollar amount of the fee due is determined by multiplying the NMFS published fee percentage by the ex-vessel value of all landings under the program made during the fishing year. NMFS publishes this notice of the fee percentages for the Amendment 80, AFA, AIP, and CDQ groundfish and halibut fisheries in the
The fee liability is based on the ex-vessel value of fish harvested in each program. For purposes of calculating cost recovery fees, NMFS calculates a standard ex-vessel price (standard price) for each species. A standard price is determined using information on landings purchased (volume) and ex-vessel value paid (value). For most groundfish species, NMFS annually summarizes volume and value information for landings of all fishery species subject to cost recovery in order to estimate a standard price for each species. The standard prices are described in U.S. dollars per pound for landings made during the year. The standard prices for all species in the Amendment 80, AFA, AIP, and CDQ groundfish and halibut programs are listed in Table 1. Each landing made under each program is multiplied by the appropriate standard price to arrive at an ex-vessel value for each landing. These values are summed together to arrive at the ex-vessel value of each program (fishery value).
NMFS calculates the fee percentage each year according to the factors and methods described in Federal regulations at 50 CFR 679.33(c)(2), 679.66(c)(2), 679.67(c)(2), and 679.95(c)(2). NMFS determines the fee percentage that applies to landings made during the year by dividing the total costs directly related to the management, data collection, and enforcement of each program (direct program costs) during the year by the fishery value. NMFS captures direct program costs through an established accounting system that allows staff to track labor, travel, contracts, rent, and procurement. For 2017, the direct program costs were tracked from October 1, 2016, to September 30, 2017 (the end of the fiscal year). The individual 2017 fee percentages for the Amendment 80 Program, the American Fisheries Act (AFA) Program, and the Western Alaska Community Development Quota (CDQ) groundfish and halibut Programs are higher relative to percentages calculated for the programs in 2016. This is primarily because direct program costs in 2016 were tracked for only part of the fiscal year, from February 4, 2016 (the effective date of the rule) to September 30, 2016.
NMFS will provide an annual report that summarizes direct program costs for each of the programs in early 2018. NMFS calculates the fishery value as described under the section “Standard Prices.”
The Amendment 80 Program allocates total allowable catches (TACs) of groundfish species, other than Bering Sea pollock, to identified trawl catcher/processors in the Bering Sea and Aleutian Islands (BSAI). The Amendment 80 Program allocates a portion of the BSAI TACs of six species: Atka mackerel, Pacific cod, flathead sole, rock sole, yellowfin sole, and Aleutian Islands Pacific ocean perch. Participants in the Amendment 80 sector have established cooperatives to harvest these allocations. Each Amendment 80 cooperative is responsible for payment of the cost recovery fee for fish landed under the Amendment 80 Program. Cost recovery requirements for the Amendment 80 Program are at 50 CFR 679.95.
For most Amendment 80 species, NMFS annually summarizes volume and value information for landings of all fishery species subject to cost recovery in order to estimate a standard price for each fishery species. Regulations specify that for rock sole, NMFS shall calculate a separate standard price for two periods—January 1 through March 31, and April 1 through October 31, which accounts for a substantial difference in estimated rock sole prices during the first quarter of the year relative to the remainder of the year. The volume and value information is obtained from the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report, and the Pacific Cod Ex-Vessel Volume and Value Report.
Using the fee percentage formula described above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to
The AFA allocates the Bering Sea directed pollock fishery TAC to three sectors—catcher/processor, mothership, and inshore. Each sector has established cooperatives to harvest the sector's exclusive allocation. These cooperatives are responsible for paying the fee for Bering Sea pollock landed under the AFA. Cost recovery requirements for the AFA sectors are at 50 CFR 679.66.
NMFS calculates the standard price for pollock using the most recent annual value information reported to the Alaska Department of Fish & Game for the Commercial Operator's Annual Report and compiled in the Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission Gross Earnings data for Bering Sea pollock. Due to the time required to compile the data, there is a one-year delay between the gross earnings data year and the fishing year to which it is applied. For example, NMFS used 2016 gross earnings data to calculate the standard price for 2017 pollock landings.
Using the fee percentage formula described above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to fishery value for the 2017 calendar year is 0.19 percent for the AFA inshore sector, 0.21 percent for the AFA catcher/processor sector, and 0.22 percent for the AFA mothership sector. For 2017, NMFS applied the fee percentage to each AFA inshore cooperative, AFA mothership cooperative, and AFA catcher/processor sector landing of Bering Sea pollock debited from its AFA pollock fishery allocation between January 1 and December 31 to calculate the AFA fee liability for each AFA cooperative. The 2017 fee payments must be submitted to NMFS on or before December 31, 2017. Payment must be made in accordance with the payment methods set forth in 50 CFR 679.66(a)(4)(iv).
The AIP Program allocates the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery TAC to the Aleut Corporation, consistent with the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2004 (Pub. L. 108-109), and its implementing regulations. Annually, prior to the start of the pollock season, the Aleut Corporation provides NMFS with the identity of its designated representative for harvesting the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery TAC. The same individual is responsible for the submission of all cost recovery fees for pollock landed under the AIP Program. Cost recovery requirements for the AIP Program are at 50 CFR 679.67.
NMFS calculates the standard price for pollock using the most recent annual value information reported to the Alaska Department of Fish & Game for the Commercial Operator's Annual Report and compiled in the Alaska Commercial Fisheries Entry Commission Gross Earnings data for Aleutian Islands pollock. Due to the time required to compile the data, there is a one-year delay between the gross earnings data year and the fishing year to which it is applied. For example, NMFS used 2016 gross earnings data to calculate the standard price for 2017 pollock landings.
For the 2017 fishing year, the Aleut Corporation did not select any participants to harvest or process the Aleutian Islands directed pollock fishery TAC, and most of that TAC was reallocated to the Bering Sea directed pollock fishery TAC. Using the fee percentage formula described above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to fishery value for the 2017 calendar year is 0 percent for the AIP Program.
The CDQ Program was implemented in 1992 to provide access to BSAI fishery resources to villages located in Western Alaska. Section 305(i) of the Magnuson-Stevens Act identifies 65 villages eligible to participate in the CDQ Program and the six CDQ groups to represent these villages. CDQ groups receive exclusive harvesting privileges of the TACs for a broad range of crab species, groundfish species, and halibut. NMFS implemented a CDQ cost recovery program for the BSAI crab fisheries in 2005 (70 FR 10174, March 2, 2005) and published the cost recovery fee percentage for the 2017/2018 crab fishing year on July 13, 2017 (82 FR 32329). This notice provides the cost recovery fee percentage for the CDQ groundfish and halibut programs. Each CDQ group is subject to cost recovery fee requirements for landed groundfish and halibut, and the designated representative of each CDQ group is responsible for submitting payment for their CDQ group. Cost recovery requirements for the CDQ Program are at 50 CFR 679.33.
For most CDQ groundfish species, NMFS annually summarizes volume and value information for landings of all fishery species subject to cost recovery in order to estimate a standard price for each fishery species. The volume and value information is obtained from the First Wholesale Volume and Value Report and the Pacific Cod Ex-Vessel Volume and Value Report. For CDQ halibut and fixed-gear sablefish, NMFS calculates the standard prices using information from the Individual Fishing Quota (IFQ) Ex-Vessel Volume and Value Report, which collects information on both IFQ and CDQ volume and value.
Using the fee percentage formula described above, the estimated percentage of direct program costs to fishery value for the 2017 calendar year is 0.55 percent for the CDQ groundfish and halibut programs. For 2017, NMFS applied the calculated CDQ fee percentage to all CDQ groundfish and halibut landings made between January 1 and December 31 to calculate the CDQ fee liability for each CDQ group. The 2017 fee payments must be submitted to NMFS on or before December 31, 2017. Payment must be made in accordance with the payment methods set forth in 50 CFR 679.33(a)(3)(iv).
16 U.S.C. 1801
30-day information collection notice.
The Department of Defense has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by January 2, 2018.
Comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be emailed to Ms. Jasmeet Seehra, DoD Desk Officer, at
Fred Licari, 571-372-0493, or
You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:
•
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at WHS/ESD Directives Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 03F09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
30-Day information collection notice.
The Department of Defense has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by January 2, 2018.
Comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be emailed to Ms. Jasmeet Seehra, DoD Desk Officer, at
Fred Licari, 571-372-0493, or
You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:
•
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at WHS/ESD Directives Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 03F09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
30-Day information collection notice.
The Department of Defense has submitted to OMB for clearance, the following proposal for collection of information under the provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act.
Consideration will be given to all comments received by January 2, 2018.
Comments and recommendations on the proposed information collection should be Emailed to Ms. Jasmeet Seehra, DoD Desk Officer, at
Fred Licari, 571-372-0493, or
You may also submit comments and recommendations, identified by Docket ID number and title, by the following method:
•
Written requests for copies of the information collection proposal should be sent to Mr. Licari at WHS/ESD Directives Division, 4800 Mark Center Drive, East Tower, Suite 03F09, Alexandria, VA 22350-3100.
Office of Planning, Evaluation and Policy Development (OPEPD), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a new information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Erica Lee, 202-260-1463.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
This analysis will rely on three types of data sources:
•
•
•
Office of Management (OM), Department of Education (ED).
Notice.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, ED is proposing a revision of an existing information collection.
Interested persons are invited to submit comments on or before January 2, 2018.
To access and review all the documents related to the information collection listed in this notice, please use
For specific questions related to collection activities, please contact Kathleen Styles, 202-453-5587.
The Department of Education (ED), in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA) (44 U.S.C. 3506(c)(2)(A)), provides the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed, revised, and continuing collections of information. This helps the Department assess the impact of its information collection requirements and minimize the public's reporting burden. It also helps the public understand the Department's information collection requirements and provide the requested data in the desired format. ED is soliciting comments on the proposed information collection request (ICR) that is described below. The Department of Education is especially interested in public comment addressing the following issues: (1) Is this collection necessary to the proper functions of the Department; (2) will this information be processed and used in a timely manner; (3) is the estimate of burden accurate; (4) how might the Department enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (5) how might the Department minimize the burden of this collection on the respondents, including through the use of information technology. Please note that written comments received in response to this notice will be considered public records.
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
EPA has granted or denied emergency exemptions under the Federal Insecticide, Fungicide, and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA) for use of pesticides as listed in this notice. The exemptions or denials were granted during the period April 1, 2017 to June 30, 2017 to control unforeseen pest outbreaks.
Michael L. Goodis, Registration Division (7505P), Office of Pesticide Programs, Environmental Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460-0001; main telephone number: (703) 305-7090; email address:
You may be potentially affected by this action if you are an agricultural producer, food manufacturer, or pesticide manufacturer. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Crop production (NAICS code 111).
• Animal production (NAICS code 112).
• Food manufacturing (NAICS code 311).
• Pesticide manufacturing (NAICS code 32532).
If you have any questions regarding the applicability of this action to a particular entity, consult the person listed at the end of the emergency exemption or denial.
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPP-2017-0009, is available at
EPA has granted or denied emergency exemptions to the following State and Federal agencies. The emergency exemptions may take the following form: Crisis, public health, quarantine, or specific. EPA has also listed denied emergency exemption requests in this notice.
Under FIFRA section 18 (7 U.S.C. 136p), EPA can authorize the use of a pesticide when emergency conditions exist. Authorizations (commonly called emergency exemptions) are granted to State and Federal agencies and are of four types:
1. A “specific exemption” authorizes use of a pesticide against specific pests on a limited acreage in a particular State. Most emergency exemptions are specific exemptions.
2. “Quarantine” and “public health” exemptions are emergency exemptions issued for quarantine or public health purposes. These are rarely requested.
3. A “crisis exemption” is initiated by a State or Federal agency (and is confirmed by EPA) when there is insufficient time to request and obtain EPA permission for use of a pesticide in an emergency.
EPA may deny an emergency exemption: If the State or Federal agency cannot demonstrate that an emergency exists, if the use poses unacceptable risks to the environment, or if EPA cannot reach a conclusion that the proposed pesticide use is likely to result in “a reasonable certainty of no harm” to human health, including exposure of residues of the pesticide to infants and children.
If the emergency use of the pesticide on a food or feed commodity would result in pesticide chemical residues, EPA establishes a time-limited tolerance meeting the “reasonable certainty of no harm standard” of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (FFDCA).
In this document: EPA identifies the State or Federal agency granted the exemption or denial, the type of exemption, the pesticide authorized and the pests, the crop or use for which authorized, number of acres (if applicable), and the duration of the exemption. EPA also gives the
EPA authorized the use of sulfoxaflor on a maximum of 150,000 acres of cotton to control tarnished plant bug
EPA authorized the use of flupyradifurone on a maximum of 200 acres of sweet sorghum (forage and syrup) to control sugarcane aphid. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.679(b). Effective June 12, 2017 to November 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of dinotefuran on a maximum of 415 acres of pome and stone fruit to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.603(b). Effective May 22, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of flupyradifurone on a maximum of 200 acres of sweet sorghum (forage and syrup) to control sugarcane aphid. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.679(b). Effective June 12, 2017 to November 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of dinotefuran on a maximum of 3,730 acres of pome and stone fruit to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.603(b). Effective May 22, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of flupyradifurone on a maximum of 1,000 acres of sweet sorghum (forage and syrup) to control sugarcane aphid. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.679(b). Effective June 12, 2017 to November 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of sulfoxaflor on a maximum of 241,500 acres of cotton to control tarnished plant bug (
EPA authorized the use of sulfoxaflor on a maximum of 50,000 acres of sorghum (grain and forage) to control sugarcane aphid. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.668(b). Effective May 5, 2017 to November 30, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of bifenthrin on a maximum of 3,000 acres of apples, pears, and nectarines, to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.442(b). Effective May 12, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of dinotefuran on a maximum of 4,000 acres of pome and stone fruit to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.603(b). Effective May 22, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of flupyradifurone on a maximum of 150 acres of sweet sorghum (forage and syrup) to control sugarcane aphid. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.679(b). Effective June 12, 2017 to November 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of dinotefuran on a maximum of 24,974 acres of pome and stone fruit to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.603(b). Effective May 22, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of flupyradifurone on a maximum of 750 acres of sweet sorghum (forage and syrup) to control sugarcane aphid. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.679(b). Effective June 12, 2017 to November 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of tolfenpyrad on a maximum of 10,000 acres of dry bulb onions to control thrips (
EPA authorized the use of bifenthrin on a maximum of 29,000 acres of apples, pears, and nectarines, to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.442(b). Effective April 20, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of dinotefuran on a maximum of 29,000 acres of pome and stone fruit to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.603(b). Effective May 22, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
EPA authorized the use of dinotefuran on a maximum of 5,986 acres of pome and stone fruit to control the brown marmorated stink bug. A time-limited tolerance in connection with this action has been established in 40 CFR 180.603(b). Effective May 22, 2017 to October 15, 2017.
7 U.S.C. 136
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
Notice.
On December 15, 2016, EPA issued a notice in the
You may be potentially affected by this action if you manufacture or process chemical substances or mixtures. The following list of North American Industrial Classification System (NAICS) codes is not intended to be exhaustive, but rather provides a guide to help readers determine whether this document applies to them. Potentially affected entities may include:
• Basic Chemical Manufacturers (NAICS code 3251);
• Resin, Synthetic Rubber, and Artificial Synthetic Fibers and Filament Manufacturers (NAICS code 3252);
• Pesticide, Fertilizer, and Other Agricultural Chemical Manufacturers (NAICS code 3253);
• Paint, Coating, and Adhesive Manufacturers (NAICS code 3255);
• Other Chemical Product and Preparation Manufacturers (NAICS code 3259); and
• Petroleum Refineries (NAICS code 32411).
The docket for this action, identified by docket identification (ID) number EPA-HQ-OPPT-2016-0675, is available at
On June 22, 2016, President Obama signed into law the Frank R. Lautenberg Chemical Safety for the 21st Century Act which amends the Toxic Substance Control Act (TSCA), the nation's primary chemicals management law. A summary of the new law is available at
In the 1980s, EPA issued standards that are used in identifying which businesses qualify as small manufacturers and processors for purposes of the reporting and recordkeeping rules issued under TSCA section 8(a). Under TSCA section 8(a)(1), small manufacturers and processors are generally exempt from section 8(a) reporting requirements, except in limited cases set forth in TSCA section 8(a)(3).
In 1982, EPA finalized standards for determining which manufacturers of a reportable chemical substance qualify as small manufacturers for purposes of the section 8(a) Preliminary Assessment Information Reporting (PAIR) rules, codified in 40 CFR part 712, subpart B. The small manufacturer standard for PAIR rules is found at 40 CFR 712.25(c).
In 1988, EPA established general small manufacturer standards for use in other rules issued under TSCA section 8(a) (40 CFR 704.3). For example, these are the standards that now apply to the Chemical Data Reporting (CDR) rule (40 CFR part 711). The general standards are somewhat different from the earlier standards that are codified for use in the PAIR rules. The general small manufacturer standards are as follows:
1.
2.
3.
Pursuant to authority under section 8(a)(3)(B), certain section 8(a) rules codify slight variations of the general small manufacturer standards at 40 CFR 704.3. (See,
As an initial step in evaluating whether a change in these current size standards are warranted, EPA reviewed the change in the Producer Price Index (PPI) for Chemicals and Allied Products between 1988 (the year the general size standards at 40 CFR 704.3 were last revised) and 2015 (the most recent year of PPI data available) (Ref. 1). EPA found that the PPI has changed by 129 percent, far exceeding the 20 percent inflation index specified as a level above which EPA may adjust annual sales levels in the current standard if deemed necessary. This change to the PPI is pertinent for both the $4 million annual sales standard and the $40 million threshold used in the combined sales and production standard. Furthermore, among the more than 500 revenue-based size standards set by the Small Business Administration (SBA), the lowest is $5.5 million, and more than 75% of those standards are in excess of $7.5 million. Some revenue-based standards are as high as $38.5 million. Thus, EPA's existing $4 million annual sales standard is an outlier at the low end of this range. Along the same lines, the sales-only size standard EPA recently adopted for the TSCA section 8(a) nanoscale reporting rule is $11 million, significantly larger than $4 million. Because of the magnitude of the increase in the PPI since the last revision of the size standards and because the current annual sales standard is comparatively low given current revenue-based size standards developed by SBA, EPA preliminarily determined that a revision to currently codified size standards is warranted.
On December 15, 2016, EPA published its preliminary determination and requested public comment on the adequacy of the current standards and whether revision of the standards is warranted. In addition, EPA consulted with the SBA and received feedback on the consultation from SBA on April 5, 2017. SBA's consultation feedback recommended that EPA “apply a comprehensive approach that not only evaluates inflation but also examines other important factors, such as the characteristics of firms and industries associated with manufacturing or importation of chemical substances and percentage of firms impacted by the rules, to determine whether or not a revision to the current size standards is warranted.”
EPA reopened the public comment period on May 9, 2017 to give the public an opportunity to review SBA's consultation feedback to inform their comments on EPA's preliminary determination. On May 9, 2017, EPA's preliminary finding and its basis remained the same as in the December 15, 2016 publication in the
EPA's decision not to consider a more comprehensive range of factors as recommended in SBA's consultation feedback before taking the current action is appropriate because the current action is limited to determining whether “revision of the standards” is warranted or not. See TSCA section 8(a)(3)(C)(ii). (The set of size standards covered by this determination are those that EPA has issued under TSCA section 8(a)(3)(B), pertinent to information collection under TSCA section 8(a).) EPA found that the PPI index changed by a percentage far exceeding the 20 percent inflation index. EPA had previously specified 20 percent as a level above which EPA may adjust annual sales levels in the current standard if deemed necessary. This change in the PPI index (along with the observation that the current annual sales standard is comparatively low given current revenue-based size standards developed by SBA) is a sufficient basis to determine that
EPA received a number of comments on its preliminary determination. Most commenters agreed with EPA's preliminary determination that an update is warranted. SBA submitted comments that argued that EPA should have considered more than the second (
Two commenters questioned whether a revision to the standards is warranted. One of these commenters argued that the standards should not be changed, based on the serious nature of unspecified chemicals of concern. The second commenter argued that a revision to the standards that would result in classifying more manufacturers or processors as small is not warranted because states need to have complete information about chemical use, including volume, location, and toxicity, in order to effectively respond to emergencies and to prioritize resources to address concerns among various chemicals.
EPA does not agree that either argument justifies a determination that revision of the standards is not warranted. The first commenter did not explain how chemical risks would be exacerbated by updating the status quo of small manufacturer standards. With regard to the second comment, the outcome of the rulemaking (
Several commenters also provided their opinions on how the standards should be specifically revised or explained why specific parts of the standards ought to be maintained. For example, SBA commented that, when developing standards, EPA should consider a broad range of factors that may potentially be relevant in the context of TSCA reporting. These factors include barriers to entry, start-up and expansion costs, capital versus labor intensiveness of industries, average firm size (employment and revenue), growth trends, and technological factors. Multiple commenters agreed with SBA's recommendations. Additionally, one commenter argued that the combined sales and production standard should be revised by lowering its production threshold and not changing its $40 million sales threshold. However, the scope of this action is limited to a general determination as to whether
EPA's preliminary determination that a revision to size standards was warranted did not include the size standard for nanoscale materials found at 40 CFR 704.20. See 81 FR 90842 (determination was only with respect to
Based on EPA's preliminary determination, a review of the comments on the preliminary determination, and the feedback from consultation from SBA, EPA is now making a final determination under TSCA section 8(a)(3)(C)(ii) that revision to the TSCA section 8(a) size standards for manufacturers and processors is warranted.
The following is a listing of the documents that are specifically referenced in this document. The docket includes these documents and other information considered by EPA, including documents that are referenced within the documents that are included in the docket, even if the referenced document is not physically located in the docket. For assistance in locating these other documents, please consult the technical person listed under
U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. “Producer Price Index, Series WPU06, Chemicals and Allied Products, 1933-2015”. Retrieved November 14, 2016 from
15 U.S.C. 2607(a).
Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board.
Notice.
Pursuant to 31 U.S.C. 3511(d), the Federal Advisory Committee Act (Pub. L. 92-463), as amended, and the FASAB Rules of Procedure, as amended in October 2010, notice is hereby given that the Federal Accounting Standards Advisory Board (FASAB) has issued its
The
Respondents are encouraged to comment on the content of the annual report and FASAB's project priorities for the next three years. Written comments are requested by January 29, 2018, and should be sent to
The Board is also conducting an online survey to help in assessing the most important priorities for the future. The annual planning survey is available at
Ms. Wendy M. Payne, Executive Director, 441 G Street NW., Mailstop 6H19, Washington, DC 20548, or call (202) 512-7350.
Federal Advisory Committee Act, Pub. L. 92-463.
Tuesday, December 5, 2017, at 10:00 a.m. and its continuation at the conclusion of the open meeting on December 7, 2017.
999 E Street NW., Washington, DC.
This meeting will be closed to the public.
Compliance matters pursuant to 52 U.S.C. 30109.
Judith Ingram, Press Officer, Telephone: (202) 694-1220.
10:00 a.m., Thursday, December 14, 2017.
The Richard V. Backley Hearing Room, Room 511N, 1331 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20004 (enter from F Street entrance).
Open.
The Commission will consider and act upon the following in open session:
Any person attending this meeting who requires special accessibility features and/or auxiliary aids, such as sign language interpreters, must inform the Commission in advance of those needs. Subject to 29 CFR 2706.150(a)(3) and 2706.160(d).
Emogene Johnson, (202) 434-9935/(202) 708-9300 for TDD Relay/1-800-877-8339 for toll free.
1-(866) 867-4769, Passcode: 678-100.
The notificants listed below have applied under the Change in Bank Control Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)) and § 225.41 of the Board's Regulation Y (12 CFR 225.41) to acquire shares of a bank or bank holding company. The factors that are considered in acting on the notices are set forth in paragraph 7 of the Act (12 U.S.C. 1817(j)(7)).
The notices are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The notices also will be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing to the Reserve Bank indicated for that notice or to the offices of the Board of Governors. Comments must be received not later than December 18, 2017.
A.
1.
The companies listed in this notice have applied to the Board for approval, pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (12 U.S.C. 1841
The applications listed below, as well as other related filings required by the Board, are available for immediate inspection at the Federal Reserve Bank indicated. The applications will also be available for inspection at the offices of the Board of Governors. Interested persons may express their views in writing on the standards enumerated in the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1842(c)). If the proposal also involves the acquisition of a nonbanking company, the review also includes whether the acquisition of the nonbanking company complies with the standards in section 4 of the BHC Act (12 U.S.C. 1843). Unless otherwise noted, nonbanking activities will be conducted throughout the United States.
Unless otherwise noted, comments regarding each of these applications must be received at the Reserve Bank indicated or the offices of the Board of Governors not later than December 28, 2017.
A.
1.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice; correction.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) requested publication of a document in the
Leroy Richardson, 1600 Clifton Road, MS D-74, Atlanta, GA 30333; telephone (404) 639-4965; email:
Correct the docket number on the
Food and Drug Administration, HHS.
Notice.
The Food and Drug Administration (FDA or the Agency) has determined the regulatory review period for ADVANTAME and is publishing this notice of that determination as required by law. FDA has made the determination because of the submission of applications to the Director of the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO), Department of Commerce, for the extension of a patent which claims that food additive.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published (in the
You may submit comments as follows. Please note that late, untimely filed comments will not be considered. Electronic comments must be submitted on or before January 29, 2018. The
Submit electronic comments in the following way:
•
• If you want to submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made available to the public, submit the comment as a written/paper submission and in the manner detailed (see “Written/Paper Submissions” and “Instructions”).
Submit written/paper submissions as follows:
•
• For written/paper comments submitted to the Dockets Management Staff, FDA will post your comment, as well as any attachments, except for information submitted, marked and identified, as confidential, if submitted as detailed in “Instructions.”
• Confidential Submissions—To submit a comment with confidential information that you do not wish to be made publicly available, submit your comments only as a written/paper submission. You should submit two copies total. One copy will include the information you claim to be confidential with a heading or cover note that states “THIS DOCUMENT CONTAINS CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION.” The Agency will review this copy, including the claimed confidential information, in its consideration of comments. The second copy, which will have the claimed confidential information redacted/blacked out, will be available for public viewing and posted on
Beverly Friedman, Office of Regulatory Policy, Food and Drug Administration, 10903 New Hampshire Ave., Bldg. 51, Rm. 6250, Silver Spring, MD 20993, 301-796-3600.
The Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Pub. L. 98-417) and the Generic Animal Drug and Patent Term Restoration Act (Pub. L. 100-670) generally provide that a patent may be extended for a period of up to 5 years so long as the patented item (human drug product, human biologic product,
A regulatory review period consists of two periods of time: A testing phase and an approval phase. For food and color additive products, the testing phase begins on the date a major health or environmental effects test is begun and runs until the approval phase begins. The approval phase begins on the date a petition relying on the major health or environmental effects test and requesting the issuance of a regulation for use of the additive under section 409 or 721 of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act (the FD&C Act) is initially submitted to FDA and ends upon whichever of the following occurs last: (i) The regulation for the additive becomes effective; or (ii) objections filed against the regulation that result in a stay of effectiveness are resolved and commercial marketing is permitted; or (iii) proceedings resulting from objections to the regulation, after commercial marketing has been permitted and later stayed pending resolution of the proceedings, are finally resolved and commercial marketing is permitted.
Although only a portion of a regulatory review period may count toward the actual amount of extension that the Director of USPTO may award (for example, half the testing phase must be subtracted as well as any time that may have occurred before the patent was issued), FDA's determination of the length of a regulatory review period for a food and color additive will include all of the testing phase and approval phase as specified in 35 U.S.C. 156(g)(2)(B).
FDA has approved for marketing the food additive ADVANTAME. ADVANTAME may be safely used as a sweetening agent and flavor enhancer in foods generally, except in meat and poultry, in accordance with current good manufacturing practice, in an amount not to exceed that reasonably required to achieve the intended technical effect, in foods for which standards of identity established under section 401 of the FD&C Act do not preclude such use. Subsequent to this approval, the USPTO received patent term restoration applications for ADVANTAME (U.S. Patent Nos. 6,548,096 and 7,141,263) from Ajinomoto Co., Inc., and the USPTO requested FDA's assistance in determining the patents' eligibility for patent term restoration. In a letter dated October 30, 2015, FDA advised the USPTO that this food and color additive had undergone a regulatory review period and that the approval of ADVANTAME represented the first permitted commercial marketing or use of the product. Thereafter, the USPTO requested that FDA determine the product's regulatory review period.
FDA has determined that the applicable regulatory review period for ADVANTAME is 4,967 days. Of this time, 3,091 days occurred during the testing phase of the regulatory review period, while 1,876 days occurred during the approval phase. These periods of time were derived from the following dates:
1.
2.
3.
FDA has verified the applicant's claim that FAP 9A4778 became effective on May 21, 2014.
This determination of the regulatory review period establishes the maximum potential length of a patent extension. However, the USPTO applies several statutory limitations in its calculations of the actual period for patent extension. In its applications for patent extension, this applicant seeks 5 years of patent term extension.
Anyone with knowledge that any of the dates as published are incorrect may submit either electronic or written comments and, under 21 CFR 60.24, ask for a redetermination (see
Submit petitions electronically to
Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA), Department of Health and Human Services (HHS).
Notice.
HRSA is publishing this notice of petitions received under the National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program (the program), as required by the Public Health Service (PHS) Act, as amended. While the Secretary of Health and Human Services is named as the respondent in all proceedings brought by the filing of petitions for compensation under the program, the United States Court of Federal Claims is charged by statute with responsibility for considering and acting upon the petitions.
For information about requirements for filing petitions, and the program in general, contact Lisa L. Reyes, Acting Clerk, United States Court of Federal Claims, 717 Madison Place NW., Washington, DC 20005, (202) 357-6400. For information on HRSA's role in the Program, contact the Director, National Vaccine Injury Compensation Program, 5600 Fishers Lane, Room 08N146B, Rockville, MD 20857; (301) 443-6593, or visit our Web site at:
The program provides a system of no-fault compensation for certain individuals who have been injured by specified childhood vaccines. Subtitle 2 of Title XXI of the PHS Act, 42 U.S.C. 300aa-10
A petition may be filed with respect to injuries, disabilities, illnesses, conditions, and deaths resulting from vaccines described in the Vaccine Injury Table (the table) set forth at 42 CFR 100.3. This table lists for each covered childhood vaccine the conditions that may lead to compensation and, for each condition, the time period for occurrence of the first symptom or manifestation of onset or of significant aggravation after vaccine administration. Compensation may also be awarded for conditions not listed in the Table and for conditions that are manifested outside the time periods specified in the Table, but only if the petitioner shows that the condition was caused by one of the listed vaccines.
Section 2112(b)(2) of the PHS Act, 42 U.S.C. 300aa-12(b)(2), requires that “[w]ithin 30 days after the Secretary receives service of any petition filed under section 2111 the Secretary shall publish notice of such petition in the
Section 2112(b)(2) also provides that the special master “shall afford all interested persons an opportunity to submit relevant, written information” relating to the following:
1. The existence of evidence “that there is not a preponderance of the evidence that the illness, disability, injury, condition, or death described in the petition is due to factors unrelated to the administration of the vaccine described in the petition,” and
2. Any allegation in a petition that the petitioner either:
a. “[S]ustained, or had significantly aggravated, any illness, disability, injury, or condition not set forth in the Vaccine Injury Table but which was caused by” one of the vaccines referred to in the Table, or
b. “[S]ustained, or had significantly aggravated, any illness, disability, injury, or condition set forth in the Vaccine Injury Table the first symptom or manifestation of the onset or significant aggravation of which did not occur within the time period set forth in the Table but which was caused by a vaccine” referred to in the Table.
In accordance with Section 2112(b)(2), all interested persons may submit written information relevant to the issues described above in the case of the petitions listed below. Any person choosing to do so should file an original and three (3) copies of the information with the Clerk of the U.S. Court of Federal Claims at the address listed above (under the heading
Indian Health Service, HHS.
Notice and request for comments.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, which requires 60 days for public comment on proposed information collection projects, the Indian Health Service (IHS) invites the general public to take this opportunity to comment on the information collection Office of Management and Budget (OMB) Control Number 0917-XXXX, titled, Information Security Ticketing and Incident Reporting. The purpose of this notice is to allow 60 days for public comment to be submitted directly to OMB. A copy
The IHS Office of Information Technology is submitting the proposed information collection to OMB for review, as required by the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This notice is soliciting comments from members of the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information to: (1) Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond; including through the use of appropriate automated collection techniques of other forms of information technology,
IHS is responsible for maintaining an information security program that provides protection for information collected or maintained by or on behalf of the Agency, and protection for information systems used or operated by the Agency or by another organization on behalf of the Agency.
The table below provides: Types of data collection instruments, estimation to number of respondents, number of responses per respondent, annual number of responses, average burden hour per response, and total annual burden hours.
•
•
•
Indian Health Service, HHS.
Notice and request for comments. Request for extension of approval.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, the Indian Health Service (IHS) is submitting to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) a request for an extension of a previously approved collection of information titled, “Generic Clearance for the Collection of Qualitative Feedback on Agency Service Delivery: IHS Customer Service Satisfaction and Similar Surveys” (OMB Control Number 0917-0036), which expires July 30, 2018. This proposed information collection project was recently published in the
A copy of the supporting statement is available at
January 2, 2018. Your comments regarding this information collection are best assured of having full effect if received within 30 days of the date of this publication.
To request additional information, please contact Evonne Bennett-Barnes by one of the following methods:
•
•
•
•
Feedback or information collected under this generic clearance will provide useful information, but it will not yield data that can be generalized to the overall population. This type of generic clearance for qualitative collection will not be used for quantitative information collections that are designed to yield reliably actionable results, such as monitoring trends over time or documenting program performance. Such data uses require more rigorous designs that address: the target population to which generalizations will be made, sampling frame, sample design (including stratification and clustering), precision requirements or power calculations that justify the proposed sample size, the expected response rate, methods for assessing potential non-response bias, protocols for data collection, and any testing procedures that were or will be undertaken prior fielding the study. Depending on the degree of influence the results are likely to have, such collections may still be eligible for submission for other generic mechanisms that are designed to yield quantitative results. Below are the IHS projected average estimates for the next three years:
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meetings.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of the following meeting.
The meeting will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
Pursuant to section 10(d) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act, as amended, notice is hereby given of meetings of the National Advisory Allergy and Infectious Diseases Council. The meetings will be open to the public as indicated below, with attendance limited to space available. Individuals who plan to attend and need special assistance, such as sign language interpretation or other reasonable accommodations, should notify the Contact Person listed below in advance of the meeting.
The meetings will be closed to the public in accordance with the provisions set forth in sections 552b(c)(4) and 552b(c)(6), Title 5 U.S.C., as amended. The grant applications and the discussions could disclose confidential trade secrets or commercial property such as patentable material, and personal information concerning individuals associated with the grant applications, the disclosure of which would constitute a clearly unwarranted invasion of personal privacy.
In the interest of security, NIH has instituted stringent procedures for entrance onto the NIH campus. All visitor vehicles, including taxicabs, hotel, and airport shuttles will be inspected before being allowed on campus. Visitors will be asked to show one form of identification (for example, a government-issued photo ID, driver's license, or passport) and to state the purpose of their visit.
Information is also available on the Institute's/Center's home page:
Coast Guard, DHS.
Notice of issuance of a certificate of alternative compliance.
The Coast Guard has issued a Certificate of Alternative Compliance (COAC) to the TUG BENSON GEORGE MORAN because it is a vessel of special construction or purpose, that, with respect to the position of its navigation
The Certificate of Alternative Compliance was issued on November 16, 2017.
For information or questions about this notice call or email Mr. Kevin Miller, First District Towing Vessel/Barge Safety Specialist, U.S. Coast Guard; telephone (617) 223-8272, email
The United States is signatory to the International Maritime Organization's International Regulations for Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 (72 COLREGS), as amended. The special construction or purpose of some vessels makes them unable to comply with the light, shape, and sound signal provisions of the 72 COLREGS. Under statutory law
For vessels of special construction, the cognizant Coast Guard District Office determines whether the vessel for which the COAC is sought complies as closely as possible with the 72 COLREGS, and decides whether to issue the COAC. The Coast Guard issued a COAC to the TUG BENSON GEORGE MORAN on November 16, 2017. That COAC will remain valid until information supplied in the COAC application or the COAC terms become inapplicable to the vessel.
Under the governing statute
The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, certifies that the TUG BENSON GEORGE MORAN is a vessel of special construction or purpose, and that, with respect to the position of the navigation and towing lights, it is not possible to comply fully with the requirements of the provisions enumerated in the 72 COLREGS, without interfering with the normal operation of the vessel. The Commandant further finds and certifies that the sidelights (13′ 5″ from the vessel's side mounted on the pilot house) and the vessel's stern light and towing lights (3′ 6″ aft of frame 20) are in the closet possible compliance with the applicable provisions of the 72 COLREGS and that full compliance with the 72 COLREGS would not significantly enhance the safety of the vessel's operation.
This notice is issued under authority of 33 U.S.C. 1605(c) and 33 CFR 81.18.
Federal Emergency Management Agency, DHS.
Notice.
This notice lists communities where the addition or modification of Base Flood Elevations (BFEs), base flood depths, Special Flood Hazard Area (SFHA) boundaries or zone designations, or the regulatory floodway (hereinafter referred to as flood hazard determinations), as shown on the Flood Insurance Rate Maps (FIRMs), and where applicable, in the supporting Flood Insurance Study (FIS) reports, prepared by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) for each community, is appropriate because of new scientific or technical data. The FIRM, and where applicable, portions of the FIS report, have been revised to reflect these flood hazard determinations through issuance of a Letter of Map Revision (LOMR). The LOMR will be used by insurance agents and others to calculate appropriate flood insurance premium rates for new buildings and the contents of those buildings. For rating purposes, the currently effective community number is shown in the table below and must be used for all new policies and renewals.
These flood hazard determinations will be finalized on the dates listed in the table below and revise the FIRM panels and FIS report in effect prior to this determination for the listed communities.
From the date of the second publication of notification of these changes in a newspaper of local circulation, any person has 90 days in which to request through the community that the Deputy Associate Administrator for Insurance and Mitigation reconsider the changes. The flood hazard determination information may be changed during the 90-day period.
The affected communities are listed in the table below. Revised flood hazard information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Submit comments and/or appeals to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
Rick Sacbibit, Chief, Engineering Services Branch, Federal Insurance and Mitigation Administration, FEMA, 400 C Street SW., Washington, DC 20472, (202) 646-7659, or (email)
The specific flood hazard determinations are not described for each community in this notice. However, the online location and local community map repository address where the flood hazard determination information is available for inspection is provided.
Any request for reconsideration of flood hazard determinations must be submitted to the Chief Executive Officer of the community as listed in the table below.
The modifications are made pursuant to section 201 of the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973, 42 U.S.C. 4105, and are in accordance with the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968, 42 U.S.C. 4001
The FIRM and FIS report are the basis of the floodplain management measures that the community is required either to adopt or to show evidence of having in effect in order to qualify or remain qualified for participation in the National Flood Insurance Program (NFIP).
These flood hazard determinations, together with the floodplain management criteria required by 44 CFR 60.3, are the minimum that are required. They should not be construed to mean that the community must change any existing ordinances that are more stringent in their floodplain management requirements. The community may at any time enact stricter requirements of its own or pursuant to policies established by other Federal, State, or regional entities. The flood hazard determinations are in accordance with 44 CFR 65.4.
The affected communities are listed in the following table. Flood hazard determination information for each community is available for inspection at both the online location and the respective community map repository address listed in the table below. Additionally, the current effective FIRM and FIS report for each community are accessible online through the FEMA Map Service Center at
Office of the Chief Human Capital Officer, HUD.
Notice of appointments, correction.
The Department of Housing and Urban Development published a notice on November 21, 2017, listing individuals appointed to serve on two Performance Review Boards. Today's notice corrects the November 21, 2017, notice by substituting Jereon M. Brown for Tawanna Preston on the senior executive Performance Review Board. For the convenience of the public, the Department is republishing the corrected notice.
Persons desiring any further information about the Performance Review Board and its members may contact Lynette Warren, Director, Office of Executive Resources, Department of Housing and Urban Development, Washington, DC 20410. Telephone (202) 708-1381. (This is not a toll-free number).
The Department of Housing and Urban Development announces the establishment of two Performance Review Boards to make recommendations to the appointing authority on the performance of its senior executives. Dominique G. Blom, Towanda A. Brooks, Sarah L. Gerecke, Jean L. Pao, Jereon M. Brown, and Todd M. Richardson will serve as members of the Departmental Performance Review Board to review career SES performance. Seth D. Appleton, Matthew F. Hunter, Johnson P. Joy, Gisele G. Roget, and Bethany A. Zorc will serve as members of the Departmental Performance Review
Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
Notice of receipt of applications for permit.
We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, invite the public to comment on the following applications to conduct certain activities with endangered species, marine mammals, or both. With some exceptions, the Endangered Species Act (ESA) and Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) prohibit activities with listed species unless Federal authorization is acquired that allows such activities.
We must receive comments or requests for documents on or before January 2, 2018.
•
•
When submitting comments, please indicate the name of the applicant and the PRT# you are commenting on. We will post all comments on
Joyce Russell, Government Information Specialist, Division of Management Authority, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Headquarters, MS: IA; 5275 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-3803; telephone 703-358-2023; facsimile 703-358-2280.
Send your request for copies of applications or comments and materials concerning any of the applications to the contact listed under
Please make your requests or comments as specific as possible. Please confine your comments to issues for which we seek comments in this notice, and explain the basis for your comments. Include sufficient information with your comments to allow us to authenticate any scientific or commercial data you include.
The comments and recommendations that will be most useful and likely to influence agency decisions are: (1) Those supported by quantitative information or studies; and (2) Those that include citations to, and analyses of, the applicable laws and regulations. We will not consider or include in our administrative record comments we receive after the close of the comment period (see
Comments, including names and street addresses of respondents, will be available for public review at the street address listed under
To help us carry out our conservation responsibilities for affected species, and in consideration of section 10(a)(1)(A) of the Endangered Species Act of 1973, as amended (16 U.S.C. 1531
We invite the public to comment on applications to conduct certain activities with endangered species. With some exceptions, the Endangered Species Act (16 U.S.C. 1531
The applicant requests renewal of a captive-bred wildlife registration under 50 CFR 17.21(g) for barasingha (
The applicant requests a permit to import biological samples from wild specimens of hawksbill turtle (
The applicant requests a permit to import 2.2 southern black rhinoceros (
The applicant requests a permit to import small amounts of biological samples that may be derived from museum, wild-caught or salvaged specimens worldwide for the purpose of scientific research for the following marine mammal species: manatee (
The applicant requests a permit to photograph southern sea otters (
If the Service decides to issue permits to any of the applicants listed in this notice, we will publish a notice in the
You may submit your comments and materials concerning this notice by one of the methods listed in
If you submit a comment via
We will post all hardcopy comments on
Endangered Species Act of 1973 (16 U.S.C. 1531
Marine Mammal Protection Act of 1972 (16 U.S.C. 1361
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice.
Pursuant to applicable provisions of the Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act (FLREA), the Bureau of Land Management's (BLM) Royal Gorge Field Office is proposing to begin collecting fees for a Standard Amenity Day-Use Site in the Guffey Gorge Day-Use Area, east of Guffey, within Park County, Colorado. In the 2015 Guffey Gorge Management Plan, the BLM designated Guffey Gorge Day-Use Area as a Special Area, where resources require intensive management and control measures for their protection, and a permit system to achieve management objectives.
Comments on the proposed fee changes must be received or postmarked by February 28, 2018 and include a legible full name and address. Applicable May 29, 2018, the BLM will initiate fee collection at the Guffey Gorge Day-Use Area, unless the BLM publishes a
Documents concerning this fee change may be reviewed at the Royal Gorge Field Office, 3028 E. Main Street, Canon City, CO 81212; phone: 719-269-8500; and online at:
Linda Skinner, Outdoor Recreation Planner, at the address above. Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call the Federal Relay Service at 1-800-877-8339 to contact the above individual during normal business hours. The Service is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, to leave a message or question with the above individual. You will receive a reply during normal business hours.
In 2013, the BLM began the public planning process for developing a management plan for the 80-acre Guffey Gorge parcel to manage the increasing impacts and conflicts related to high visitation numbers. This process included presentations and site tours with the Resource Advisory Council (RAC), the BLM Solicitor, the Park County Sheriff, and neighboring landowners. The BLM released the draft Business Plan and Guffey Gorge Management Plan Environmental Assessment (EA) for public comment in November 2014. The BLM considered all comments from the EA when preparing the final versions of these documents as well as the Finding of No Significant Impact (FONSI) and Decision Record. The BLM signed the FONSI and Decision Record on June 29, 2015.
The EA and Business Plan provide management direction for regulating recreational visitation, while minimizing impacts to other resources and providing a high quality experience. The Business Plan analyzed anticipated management costs and a variety of revenue structures to determine a fee that is comparable to fees charged by regional facilities that offer similar amenities.
This Business Plan, prepared pursuant to the FLREA and BLM recreation fee program policy, addressed establishing user fees. It established the rationale for charging standard amenity fees, explained the fee collection process, and outlined how the fees would be used at the Guffey Gorge Day-Use Area.
This special area qualifies as a site wherein visitors can be charged a fee in conjunction with a Recreation Use Permit (RUP or Permit), authorized under Section 803(h) of the FLREA, 16 U.S.C. 6802(h). In accordance with the FLREA and implementing regulations at 43 CFR 2930, visitors will obtain an RUP upon arrival at the site.
Permits/day-use passes will be available at a cost of $6 per vehicle and will be valid from dawn to dusk. The day-use pass will be available for purchase during the summer season (May 15 to September 30). As a standard amenity site within the National System of Public Lands, the fee will be waived on dates specified as fee-free days by the BLM. All applicable Federal Recreational Lands Passes will be accepted. All fees collected will be used to enhance visitor experiences, address environmental impacts and manage conflicting uses at Guffey Gorge Day-Use Area.
The BLM has notified and involved the public at each stage of the planning process, including the proposal to collect fees. The BLM posted the Guffey Gorge Business Plan in May 2016, which outlined operational goals of the area and the purpose of the fee program. The Rocky Mountain (formerly Front Range) RAC considered the proposal at its August 19, 2016, meeting and recommended approval. Future adjustments in the fee amount will be made in accordance with the Business Plan and through consultation with the RAC and the public prior to a fee increase. FLREA fee revenue and how the revenue is spent will be posted annually on-site and online at:
Comments, including names, street addresses, and other contact information of commenters, will be available for public review at the BLM Royal Gorge Field Office (see
16 U.S.C. 6803(b) and 43 CFR 2932.13.
Bureau of Land Management, Interior.
Notice of public meeting.
In accordance with the Federal Land Policy and Management Act, the Federal Advisory Committee Act, and the Federal Lands Recreation Enhancement Act, the U.S. Department of the Interior, Bureau of Land Management's (BLM) Utah Resource Advisory Council (RAC) will meet as indicated below.
The Utah RAC will hold a public meeting on December 11 and 12, 2017. On December 11, the RAC will meet from 8:00 a.m. to 11:00 a.m. A field tour of the Indian Creek area is scheduled on December 11 from 11:00 a.m. to 5 p.m. On December 12, the RAC will meet from 8 a.m. to 3:30 p.m.
The meeting will be held at the Hideout Community Center, 648 Hideout Way, Monticello, Utah, 84535. Field tour participants will depart from the Hideout Community Center, Monticello, Utah. Written comments may be sent to the BLM Utah State Office, 440 West 200 South, Suite 500, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101.
Lola Bird, Public Affairs Specialist, BLM, Utah State Office, 440 West 200 South, Suite 500, Salt Lake City, Utah 84101; phone (801) 539-4033; or by email at
The Utah RAC consists of 15 members chartered and appointed by the Secretary of the Interior. Their diverse perspectives are represented in commodity, conservation, and general interests. The RAC provides advice to BLM resource managers regarding management plans and proposed resource actions on public land in Utah. The meeting agenda topics will include: The Secretary of the Interior's priorities, statewide oil and gas leasing, Canyon Country District overview, Monticello Field Office updates, Manti-La Sal National Forest recreation fee proposal, BLM Utah recreation donation policy, Utah Recreation Fee Program Initiative, Proposed Moab Campground Business Plan, updates on current resource management planning efforts and major projects, and RAC work projects and business.
A public comment period will take place on December 12 from 11:00 a.m. to 11:30 a.m., when the public may address the RAC. Depending on the number of people who wish to speak, and the time available, the time for individual comments may be limited. Written comments may also be sent to the BLM Utah State Office at the address listed in the
The meeting and field tour are open to the public; however, transportation, lodging, and meals are the responsibility of the participating individuals.
Before including your address, phone number, email address, or other personal identifying information in your comments, please be aware that your entire comment, including your personal identifying information, may be made publicly available at any time. While you can ask us in your comment to withhold your personal identifying information from public review, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so.
43 CFR 1784.4-2.
Executive Office for Immigration Review, Department of Justice.
30-Day notice.
The Department of Justice (DOJ), Executive Office for Immigration Review (EOIR), will be submitting the following information collection request to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and approval in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995. This proposed information collection was previously published in the
Comments are encouraged and will be accepted for an additional 30 days until January 2, 2018.
If you have comments especially on the estimated public burden or associated response time, suggestions, or need a copy of the proposed information collection instrument with instructions or additional information, please contact Jean King, General Counsel, Executive Office for Immigration Review, U.S. Department of Justice, Suite 2600, 5107 Leesburg Pike, Falls Church, Virginia, 22041; telephone: (703) 305-0470. Written comments and/or suggestions can also be sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Attention Department of Justice Desk Officer, Washington, DC 20503 or sent to
Written comments and suggestions from the public and affected agencies concerning the proposed collection of information are encouraged. Your comments should address one or more of the following four points:
Overview of this information collection:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Office of the Assistant Secretary for Policy, Chief Evaluation Office, Department of Labor.
Notice of information collection; request for comment.
The Department of Labor (DOL), as part of its continuing effort to reduce paperwork and respondent burden, conducts a preclearance consultation program to provide the general public and Federal agencies with an opportunity to comment on proposed and/or continuing collections of information in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (PRA95). This program helps to ensure that requested data can be provided in the desired format, reporting burden (time and financial resources) is minimized, collection instruments are clearly understood, and the impact of collection requirements on respondents is properly assessed.
Currently, DOL is soliciting comments concerning the collection of site visit data for a study of the implementation of the Workforce Innovation and Opportunity Act (WIOA). A copy of the proposed Information Collection Request (ICR) can be obtained by contacting the office listed below in the addressee section of this notice.
Written comments must be submitted to the office listed in the addressee section below on or before January 29, 2018.
You may submit comments by either one of the following methods:
Contact Janet Javar by email at
DOL is funding a study to document and describe how critical state-level activities under WIOA are being implemented and identify possible areas for which further technical assistance, guidance, or policies might be needed in order to help implement the law. The study's major research questions are: (1) How are the critical reforms under WIOA related to the core workforce programs for Title I and III being implemented? (2) to what extent is WIOA's vision for an integrated workforce system being achieved through state- and local-level synergies between Titles I and III and Titles II and IV stakeholders? and (3) what changes or supplemental technical assistance, guidance, or policy would be helpful to states administering the core programs and in providing guidance and oversight to the local level to improve service quality and management?
This
• Evaluate whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information will have practical utility.
• Evaluate the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information, including the validity of the methodology and assumptions used.
• Enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected.
• Minimize the burden of the collection of information on those who are to respond, including through the use of appropriate automated, electronic, mechanical, or other technological collection techniques or other forms of information technology—for example, permitting electronic submission of responses.
Comments submitted in response to this request will be summarized and/or included in the request for Office of Management and Budget approval of the information collection request; they will also become a matter of public record.
National Science Foundation.
Notice and Request for Comments.
In compliance with the requirement of the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 for opportunity for public comment on proposed data collection projects, the National Science Foundation (NSF) will publish periodic summaries of proposed projects.
Written comments on this notice must be received by January 29, 2018 to be assured of consideration. Comments received after that date will be considered to the extent practicable.
Comments are invited on (a) whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of the functions of the agency, including whether the information shall have practical utility; (b) the accuracy of the agency's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (c) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (d) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or other forms of information technology.
Suzanne H. Plimpton, Reports Clearance Officer, National Science Foundation, 2415 Eisenhower Avenue, Suite W 18000, Alexandria, Virginia 22314; telephone (703) 292-7556; or send email to
(c) Enter into contracts or other arrangements, or modifications thereof, for the carrying on, by organizations or individuals in the United States and foreign countries, including other government agencies of the United States and of foreign countries, of such scientific or engineering activities as the Foundation deems necessary to carry out the purposes of this Act, and, at the request of the Secretary of Defense, specific scientific or engineering activities in connection with matters relating to international cooperation or national security, and, when deemed appropriate by the Foundation, such contracts or other arrangements or modifications thereof, may be entered into without legal consideration, without performance or other bonds and without regard to section 5 of title 41, U.S.C.
U.S. Small Business Administration.
Notice.
This is a notice of an Administrative declaration of a disaster for the State of North Carolina dated 11/21/2017.
Issued on 11/21/2017.
Submit completed loan applications to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Processing and Disbursement Center, 14925 Kingsport Road, Fort Worth, TX 76155.
A. Escobar, Office of Disaster Assistance, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 3rd Street SW., Suite 6050, Washington, DC 20416, (202) 205-6734.
Notice is hereby given that as a result of the Administrator's disaster declaration, applications for disaster loans may be filed at the address listed above or other locally announced locations.
The following areas have been determined to be adversely affected by the disaster:
The Interest Rates are:
The number assigned to this disaster for physical damage is 15393 6 and for economic injury is 15394 0.
The States which received an EIDL Declaration # are North Carolina, Tennessee.
Small Business Administration.
Notice of open Federal Advisory Committee meetings.
The SBA is issuing this notice to announce the location, date, time and agenda for December meeting of the Federal Advisory Committee for the Small Business Development Centers Program. The meeting will be open to the public; however, advance notice of attendance is required.
Tuesday, December 12, 2017, at 1:00 p.m. EST.
Meeting will be held via conference call.
Monika Nixon, Office of Small Business Development Center, U.S. Small Business Administration, 409 Third Street SW., Washington, DC 20416;
Pursuant to section l0(a) of the Federal Advisory Committee Act (5 U.S.C. Appendix 2), SBA announces the meetings of the National SBDC Advisory Board. This Board provides advice and counsel to the SBA Administrator and Associate Administrator for Small Business Development Centers.
The purpose of the meetings is to discuss the following issues pertaining to the SBDC Program:
SBA Update.
Annual Meetings.
Board.
Assignments.
Member Roundtable.
Department of State.
Notice of Availability.
The U.S. Department of State (DOS) announces the availability of the Final Environmental Impact Statement (FEIS) on the master plan for the long-term development of a Foreign Missions Center, under authorities of the Foreign Missions Act of 1982, on the site of the former Walter Reed Army Medical Center (WRAMC) in the District of Columbia. Actions evaluated in the master plan consist of assignment of federal land to foreign missions for the purpose of constructing and operating new chancery facilities. DOS has prepared this FEIS on Alternative 7 as its Selected Action Alternative for the master plan, consistent with the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA) of 1969, as amended, regulations developed by the Council on Environmental Quality, and DOS regulations for implementing NEPA.
Following this thirty (30) day notice in the
Geoffrey Hunt, Department of State, A/OPR/RPM, Room 1264, 2201 C St. NW., Washington, DC 20520-1264, or (202) 647-7530, or
The master plan is intended to guide the development of a cohesive campus by establishing design and land-use planning principles for the construction of new buildings, roadways, open green space, and utilities, while minimizing environmental impacts. The FEIS analyzes the potential impacts associated with Alternative 7 that could satisfy the purpose and need defined in the FEIS and master plan. Additionally, the FEIS addresses substantive comments submitted by the public and other stakeholders during the public comment period for the Supplemental Draft Environmental Impact Statement (SDEIS).
The SDEIS was previously circulated publicly in April 2017 and Draft Environmental Impact Statement (DEIS) was previously circulated publicly in February 2014. Subsequent to the publication of the DEIS, the total acreage of the land available for transfer from the Army to DOS was reduced from 43.5 to 31.7 acres through the National Defense Authorization Act of 2015. Because of the change in the proposed action, DOS prepared the SDEIS to describe the new preferred alternative, and evaluate any change in potential impacts from the reduction in size of the proposed action.
In addition, DOS is carrying out the Section 106 review process under the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, through which it consults with interested parties on the potential effect of the proposed undertaking on identified historic properties.
A “chancery” is the principal office of a foreign mission used for diplomatic or related purposes, and annexes to such offices (including ancillary offices and support facilities), and includes the site and any buildings on the site which are used for such purposes. A “foreign mission” is any mission to or agency or entity in the United States which is involved in diplomatic, consular or other activities of, or which is substantially owned or effectively controlled by, a foreign government; or an organization representing a territory or political entity which has been granted diplomatic or other official privileges and immunities under the laws of the United States or which engages in some aspect of the conduct of international affairs of such territory or political entity, including any real property of such a mission and the personnel of such a mission.
The need for the project is based on increased and high demand for foreign mission facilities in the District of Columbia, a lack of large sites for foreign mission development or redevelopment in the District of Columbia, and the need for land to use in property exchanges with other countries. The proposed Foreign Missions Center is needed to primarily address the increasing scarcity of
DOS identified, developed, and analyzed the No Action Alternative and seven action alternatives that could potentially satisfy the proposed action's purpose and need. Alternative 7 and the No Action Alternative were retained for detailed study within the FEIS. Alternative 7 would provide up to 15 lots for chancery development, retain the historic Memorial Chapel building for adaptive reuse, and potentially retain other buildings for adaptive reuse, depending on marketability. Dahlia Street and 14th Street would be developed as connections to the surrounding neighborhoods. The existing historic perimeter fence along 16th Street and Alaska Avenue would remain. The existing landscape on the western boundary of the site would be enhanced to create a 50-foot vegetated buffer, maximizing the tree canopy in that area. Access to individual lots would be internal to the former WRAMC campus.
The No Action Alternative was included to provide a basis for comparison to the action alternative described above as required by the NEPA regulations. DOS has identified Alternative 7 as its Selected Action Alternative because it best satisfies the study purpose and needs, would fulfill their statutory mission and responsibilities, and has the least adverse environmental impact.
The FEIS is available to the public at the Web site:
Office of the United States Trade Representative.
Request for comments and notice of public hearing.
The United States International Trade Commission (ITC) has determined that large residential washers are being imported into the United States in such increased quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury to the domestic industry producing an article that is like or directly competitive with the imported articles. The Commissioners who voted in the affirmative are now conducting a process to recommend a remedy (or safeguard measure) for the President to apply. The Office of the United States Trade Representative (USTR), on behalf of the Trade Policy Staff Committee (TPSC), is announcing a process so that, once the ITC makes its recommendation, domestic producers, importers, exporters, and other interested parties may submit their views and evidence on the appropriateness of the recommended safeguard measure and whether it would be in the public interest. USTR also invites interested parties to participate in a public hearing regarding this matter.
December 11, 2017 at midnight EST: Deadline for submission of written comments and for requests to testify at the hearing.
December 18, 2017 at midnight EST: Deadline for submission of written responses to the initial round of comments.
January 3, 2018 at 9:30 a.m. EST: The TPSC will hold a public hearing in Rooms 1 and 2, 1724 F Street NW., Washington DC.
USTR strongly encourages electronic submissions made through the Federal eRulemaking Portal:
Victor Mroczka, Office of WTO and Multilateral Affairs, at
On June 5, 2017, the ITC instituted Investigation No. TA-201-076 under section 202 of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2252), as a result of a petition properly filed on May 31, 2017, and amended on June 5, 2017, by Whirlpool Corp., a domestic producer of large residential washers. The ITC would determine if large residential washers were being imported into the United States in such increased quantities as to be a substantial cause of serious injury, or the threat thereof, to the domestic industry producing an article that is like or directly competitive with the imported articles. The ITC's notice of institution (82 FR 27075) identifies the scope of the products covered by this investigation.
On October 5, 2017, after receiving submissions from interested parties and holding a public hearing that provided an opportunity to present opposing views and supporting evidence, the ITC determined that increased imports of residential washers into the United States are a substantial cause of serious injury to the domestic industry. You can find the ITC determination and additional information about the investigation, including the administrative record consisting of briefs and other submissions, in the Electronic Document Information System (EDIS) on the ITC Web site at
In light of the affirmative finding on injury, the ITC held a public hearing on October 19, 2017, regarding the question of remedy and interested parties received an opportunity to file submissions on this issue. On December 4, 2017, after the remedy hearing and consideration of the submissions, including post-hearing submissions, the ITC will submit a report to the President with its recommendation on action(s) to address the serious injury, or threat thereof, to the domestic industry and to facilitate the efforts of the domestic
Section 201 of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2251) authorizes the President, in the event of an affirmative determination by the ITC, to take all appropriate and feasible action within his power that he determines will facilitate efforts by the domestic industry to make a positive adjustment to import competition and provide greater economic and social benefits than costs. The statute provides for the President to take action within 60 days after receiving the ITC report, subject to any decision the President makes to request additional information from the ITC. In accordance with section 203(a)(1)(C) of the Trade Act (19 U.S.C. 2253(a)(1)(C)), the TPSC will make a recommendation to the President. This recommendation will take into account the ITC recommendation, the extent to which the domestic industry will benefit from adjustment assistance, the efforts of the domestic industry to make positive adjustments, and other relevant considerations.
The potential action the President may take to provide a remedy in the form of a safeguard measure includes:
• Imposition, or increase, of a duty on the imported articles in question
• Use of a tariff-rate quota.
• Modification or imposition of any quantitative restriction on the importation of the articles into the United States.
• A proposal to negotiate and carry out an agreement with foreign countries to limit the exportation from foreign countries and importation into the United States.
• Procedures for the granting of import licenses.
• Other negotiations to identify the underlying cause of the increased imports to alleviate the injury or threat thereof.
• Legislative proposals that would facilitate a positive adjustment.
• Other action consistent with the President's authority.
• Any combination of these actions.
USTR offers these potential remedies for further consideration by domestic producers, importers, exporters, and other interested parties, and invites views and evidence on whether a proposed remedy is appropriate and in the public interest. In commenting on the action to take, we request that you address:
1. The appropriateness of any other proposed action and how it would be in the public interest;
2. the short- and long-term effects the proposed action is likely to have on the domestic residential washers industry, other domestic industries, and downstream consumers; and
3. the short- and long-term effects that not taking the proposed action is likely to have on the domestic residential washers industry, its workers, and on other domestic industries and communities.
The TPSC will convene a public hearing on January 3, 2018, at 9:30 a.m. EST in Rooms 1 and 2, 1724 F Street NW., Washington, DC. Requests to testify are due on December 11, 2017, and must include: (1) The name, address, telephone number, email address, and firm or affiliation of the individual wishing to testify, and (2) a brief summary of the proposed oral presentation. Please note the following:
• Your written comments should include a summary of no more than two pages that identifies the key points.
• The deadline to submit a request to testify at the hearing is December 11, 2017 at midnight EST and it must include your written comments.
• The TPSC will not accept written testimony at the hearing. You must include any materials you intend to use during your testimony with the written comments you submit.
We will provide information about the format and schedule for the hearing to interested parties.
USTR seeks public comments with respect to the issues described in Section II. To be assured of consideration, you must submit written comments by midnight EST on December 11, 2017, and any written responses to those comments by midnight EST on December 18, 2017. All comments must be in English and must identify on the reference line of the first page of the submission “Section 201: Large Residential Washers.”
We strongly encourage commenters to make on-line submissions using the
The
For any comments submitted electronically that contain business confidential information, the file name of the business confidential version should begin with the characters “BC”. Any page containing business confidential information must be clearly marked “BUSINESS CONFIDENTIAL” on the top of that page and the submission should clearly indicate, via brackets, highlighting, or other means, the specific information that is business confidential. A filer requesting business confidential treatment must certify that the information is business confidential and would not customarily be released to the public by the submitter.
Filers of submissions containing business confidential information also must submit a public version of their comments. The file name of the public version should begin with the character “P”. The “BC” and “P” should be followed by the name of the person or entity submitting the comments. Filers submitting comments containing no business confidential information should name their file using the name of the person or entity submitting the comments.
As noted, we strongly urge submitters to file comments through
We will post comments in the docket for public inspection, except business confidential information. You can view comments on
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to renew an information collection. The purpose of this research is to conduct a nation-wide survey to update the scientific evidence of the relationship between aircraft noise exposure and its effects on communities around airports.
Written comments should be submitted by January 29, 2018.
Send comments to the FAA at the following address: Barbara Hall, Federal Aviation Administration, ASP-110, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177.
Barbara Hall by email at:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice.
The Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) is requesting public comment on a request by the Laurinburg-Maxton Airport Commission, on behalf of the airport Sponsor (the City of Laurinburg and the Town of Maxton), to change a portion of airport property from aeronautical to non-aeronautical use at the Laurinburg-Maxton Airport. The request consists of release of approximately 29.10 acres to Scotland County Economic Development Corporation (SCEDC) to be used for future economic development.
Comments must be received on or before January 2, 2018.
Comments on this notice may be mailed or delivered in triplicate to the FAA at the following address: Memphis Airports District Office, Attn: Koty Brown, Program Manager, 2600 Thousand Oaks Boulevard, Suite 2250, Memphis, TN 38118.
In addition, one copy of any comments submitted to the FAA must be mailed or delivered to Ms. Joanne Gentry, Executive Director for Laurinburg-Maxton Airport Commission at the following address: 16701 Airport Road, Maxton, NC 28364.
Koty Brown, Program Manager, Federal Aviation Administration, Memphis Airports District Office, 2600 Thousand Oaks Boulevard, Suite 2250, Memphis, TN 38118-2482. The application may be reviewed in person at this same location, by appointment.
The FAA proposes to rule and invites public comment on the request to release property for non-aeronautical purposes at Laurinburg-Maxton Airport, Maxton, NC under the provisions of 49 U.S.C. 47107(h)(2). The FAA determined that the request to release property at Laurinburg-Maxton Airport (MEB) submitted by the Laurinburg-Maxton Airport Commission on behalf of the City of Laurinburg and the Town of Maxton meets the procedural requirements of the FAA and the release of the property does not and will not impact future aviation needs at the airport. The FAA may approve the request, in whole or in part, no sooner than thirty days after the publication of this notice.
The following is a brief overview of the request:
The Laurinburg-Maxton Airport Commission on behalf of the City of Laurinburg and the Town of Maxton is proposing the release of approximately 29.10 acres to Scotland County Economic Development Corporation (SCEDC) to be used for future economic development. This property is located along Airport Road and U.S. 74 Bypass in Scotland County, NC. The property is separated from the majority of airport property by other parcels of land owned by others. The proposed use of this property is compatible with airport operations.
Any person may inspect, by appointment, the request in person at the FAA office listed above under
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to reinstate a previously approved information collection. The
Written comments should be submitted by January 2, 2018.
Interested persons are invited to submit written comments on the proposed information collection to the Office of Information and Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Comments should be addressed to the attention of the Desk Officer, Department of Transportation/FAA, and sent via electronic mail to
Barbara Hall at (940) 594-5913, or by email at:
Federal Aviation Administration (FAA), DOT.
Notice and request for comments.
In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, FAA invites public comments about our intention to request the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) approval to extend an information collection. Pilots who have been involved in a drug or alcohol related motor vehicle action are required to send specific information to the FAA . The information to be collected will be used to and/or is necessary for the FAA to ensure the safety of the National Airspace System with regard to those airmen.
Written comments should be submitted by January 29, 2018.
Send comments to the FAA at the following address: Barbara Hall, Federal Aviation Administration, ASP-110, 10101 Hillwood Parkway, Fort Worth, TX 76177.
Barbara Hall by email at:
This regulation calls for pilots certificated by the FAA to send information regarding Driving Under the Influence (or similar charges) of alcohol
An airman is required to provide a letter via mail or facsimile, with the following information: Name, address, date of birth, pilot certificate number, the type of violation which resulted in the conviction or administrative action, and the state which holds the records or action.
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA), Department of Transportation (DOT).
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995, this notice announces that the Information Collection Request (ICR) abstracted below has been forwarded to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The ICR describes the nature of the information collections and their expected burden. The
Comments must be submitted on or before January 2, 2018.
George Stevens, Office of Vehicle Safety Compliance (NEF-230), National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, West Building, 4th Floor, Room W43-481, 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE., Washington, DC 20590. Mr. Stevens's telephone number is (202) 366-5308.
A comment to OMB is most effective if OMB receives it within 30 days of publication.
Office of Foreign Assets Control, Treasury.
Notice.
The U.S. Department of the Treasury's Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) is publishing the names of one or more persons that have been placed on OFAC's Specially Designated National and Blocked Persons List based on OFAC's determination that one or more applicable legal criteria were satisfied. All property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of these persons are blocked, and U.S. persons are generally prohibited from engaging in transactions with them.
See
The Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List and additional information concerning OFAC sanctions programs are available on OFAC's Web site (
On November 20, 2017, OFAC determined that the property and interests in property subject to U.S. jurisdiction of the following persons are blocked under the relevant sanctions authorities listed below.
1. HEIDARI, Reza; DOB 10 Jan 1977; Additional Sanctions Information—Subject to Secondary Sanctions; Gender Male; Passport A37899489 (Iran) expires 26 Jul 2021; alt. Passport R24530943 (Iran) expires 23 Jun 2017 (individual) [SDGT] [IRGC] [IFSR].
Designated pursuant to sections 1(c) and 1(d)(i) of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001, “Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism,” (E.O. 13224) for having acted for or on behalf of, and for having assisted in, sponsored, or provided financial, material, techological support for, or financial or other services to or in support of, Iran's ISLAMIC REVOLUTIONARY GUARD CORPS-QODS FORCE, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224.
2. SEIF, Mahmoud (a.k.a. AL-SAYF, Mahmud; a.k.a. SAJADDINIA, Mohsen; a.k.a. SAJADINIA, Mohsen; a.k.a. SAJJADI NIA, Mohsen; a.k.a. SAJJADINIA, Mohsen); DOB 05 Jun 1964; alt. DOB 05 Jun 1967; alt. DOB 05 Jun 1969; Additional Sanctions Information—Subject to Secondary Sanctions; Gender Male (individual) [SDGT] [IRGC] [IFSR].
Designated pursuant to section 1(d)(i) of E.O. 13224 for having assisted in, sponsored, or provided financial, material, techological support for, or financial or other services to or in support of, Iran's ISLAMIC REVOLUTIONARY GUARD CORPS-QODS FORCE, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224
1. FORENT TECHNIK GMBH, Konrad-Duden-Weg 1, Frankfurt am Main, Hessen 60437, Germany; Additional Sanctions Information—Subject to Secondary Sanctions; Registration ID 60313B102980 (Germany); alt. Registration ID HRB102980 (Germany) [SDGT] [IRGC] [IFSR].
Designated pursuant to section 1(c) of E.O. 13224 for being owned or controlled by REZA HEIDARI, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224.
2. PARDAZESH TASVIR RAYAN CO. (a.k.a. RAYAN IMAGE PROCESSING CORPORATION; a.k.a. RAYAN PRINTING), No. 9, 22nd St., 9th Km. of Karaj Special Rd., 1389843613, Tehran, Iran; Africa St., West Nahid St., Akhtaran Ave., p. 57, 1967773314, Tehran, Iran; Additional Sanctions Information—Subject to Secondary Sanctions; National ID No. 10102041648 (Iran); Registration ID 161530 (Iran) [SDGT] [IRGC] [IFSR].
Designated pursuant to section 1(c) of E.O. 13224 for being owned by TEJARAT ALMAS MOBIN HOLDING, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224; pursuant to 1(c) of E.O. 13224 for being controlled by REZA HEIDARI, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224; and pursuant to 1(c) and 1(d)(i) of E.O. 13224 for having acted for or on behalf of, and for having assisted in, sponsored, or provided financial, material, techological support for, or financial or other services to or in support of, Iran's ISLAMIC REVOLUTIONARY GUARD CORPS-QODS FORCE, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224.
3. PRINTING TRADE CENTER GMBH (a.k.a. PTC GMBH), Konrad Duden Weg 3, 60437, Frankfurt am Main, Germany; Schubertstr. 1 a, 65760, Eschborn, Hessen, Germany; Web site
Designated pursuant to sections 1(c) and 1(d)(i) of E.O. 13224 for having acted for or on behalf of, and for having assisted in, sponsored, or provided financial, material, techological support for, or financial or other services to or in support of, REZA HEIDARI, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224.
4. TEJARAT ALMAS MOBIN HOLDING (a.k.a. ALMAS MOBIN TRADING), 57 Akhtaran Lane, West Nahid Street, Africa Blvd., Tehran, Iran; Additional Sanctions Information—Subject to Secondary Sanctions [SDGT] [IRGC] [IFSR].
Designated pursuant to section 1(c) of E.O. 13224 for being owned or controlled by MAHMOUD SEIF, a person determined to be subject to E.O. 13224.
Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
Notice.
Publication of the tier 2 tax rates for calendar year 2018 as required by section 3241(d) of the Internal Revenue Code. Tier 2 taxes on railroad employees, employers, and employee representatives are one source of funding for benefits under the Railroad Retirement Act.
The tier 2 tax rates for calendar year 2018 apply to compensation paid in calendar year 2018.
Kathleen Edmondson, CC:TEGE:EOEG:ET1, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20224, Telephone Number (202) 317-6798 (not a toll-free number). TIER 2 TAX RATES: The tier 2 tax rate for 2018 under section 3201(b) on employees is 4.9 percent of compensation. The tier 2 tax rate for 2018 under section 3221(b) on employers is 13.1 percent of compensation. The tier 2 tax rate for 2018 under section 3211(b) on employee representatives is 13.1 percent of compensation.
Departmental Offices, U.S. Department of the Treasury.
Notice of open meeting.
This notice announces that the Department of the Treasury's Federal Advisory Committee on Insurance (“Committee”) will convene a meeting on Wednesday, December 6, 2017, in the Cash Room, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220, from 1:00-5:00 p.m. Eastern Time. The meeting is open to the public, and the site is accessible to individuals with disabilities.
The meeting will be held on Wednesday, December 6, 2017, from 1:00-5:00 p.m. Eastern Time.
The Committee meeting will be held in the Cash Room, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220.
The meeting will be open to the public. Because the meeting will be held in a secured facility, members of the public who plan to attend the meeting must register online at
Requests for reasonable accommodations under Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act should be directed to Mariam G. Harvey, Office of Civil Rights and Diversity, Department of the Treasury, at 202-622-0316 or
Daniel McCarty, Federal Insurance Office, Room 1410, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220 at 202-622-5892 (this is not a toll-free number). Persons who have difficulty hearing or speaking may access this number via TTY by calling the toll-free Federal Relay Service at (800) 877-8339.
Notice of this meeting is provided in accordance with the Federal Advisory Committee Act, 5 U.S.C. App. II, 10(a)(2), through implementing regulations at 41 CFR 102-3.150.
• Send electronic comments to
• Send paper statements triplicate to the Federal Advisory Committee on Insurance, Room 1410, Department of the Treasury, 1500 Pennsylvania Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20220.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 29, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
38 U.S.C. 2301(f)(1)).
By direction of the Secretary.
Loan Guaranty Service, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, this notice announces that the Loan Guaranty Service, Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden and it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 2, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Enterprise Records Service (005R1B), Department of Veterans Affairs, 810 Vermont Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
44 U.S.C. 3501-21.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Loan Guaranty Service, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Loan Guaranty Service, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 29, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is being made pursuant to Section 3506(c)(2)(A) of the PRA.
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
38 U.S.C. 3713(a) and 3714 and 3702(b)(2).
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
In compliance with the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, this notice announces that the Veterans Benefits Administration (VBA), Department of Veterans Affairs, will submit the collection of information abstracted below to the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for review and comment. The PRA submission describes the nature of the information collection and its expected cost and burden and it includes the actual data collection instrument.
Comments must be submitted on or before January 2, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor, Office of Quality, Privacy and Risk, Department of Veterans Affairs, 811 Vermont Avenue, Floor 5, Area 368, Washington, DC 20420, (202) 461-5870 or email
38 U.S.C. 103.
The information requested under this collection is necessary to establish the common-law marriage of a Veteran and the dependency of the Veteran's common-law spouse for the purpose of paying monetary benefits.
VBA utilizes VA Form 21P-4171 to collect information from third-parties regarding claimed common-law marriage between Veterans and spouses/surviving spouses. VBA uses the information collected to determine whether or not the claimed common-law marriage is valid under the law of the place where the parties resided at the time of marriage, or the law of the place where the parties resided when the right to benefits accrued, to comply with 38 CFR 3.1(j) and pay monetary benefits.
An agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number. The
By direction of the Secretary.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs.
Notice.
Veterans Benefits Administration, Department of Veterans Affairs (VA), is announcing an opportunity for public comment on the proposed collection of certain information by the agency. Under the Paperwork Reduction Act (PRA) of 1995, Federal agencies are required to publish notice in the
Written comments and recommendations on the proposed collection of information should be received on or before January 29, 2018.
Submit written comments on the collection of information through Federal Docket Management System (FDMS) at
Cynthia Harvey-Pryor at (202) 461-5870.
Under the PRA of 1995, Federal agencies must obtain approval from the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) for each collection of information they conduct or sponsor. This request for comment is
With respect to the following collection of information, VBA invites comments on: (1) Whether the proposed collection of information is necessary for the proper performance of VBA's functions, including whether the information will have practical utility; (2) the accuracy of VBA's estimate of the burden of the proposed collection of information; (3) ways to enhance the quality, utility, and clarity of the information to be collected; and (4) ways to minimize the burden of the collection of information on respondents, including through the use of automated collection techniques or the use of other forms of information technology.
Public Law 104-13; 44 U.S.C. 3501-3521.
By direction of the Secretary.
Category | Regulatory Information | |
Collection | Federal Register | |
sudoc Class | AE 2.7: GS 4.107: AE 2.106: | |
Publisher | Office of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration |